PACIFIC LUTHERAN UNIVERSITY

CATALOG-1968

PA IFle LL"mm N U IYEn lIT nIDJ.F:TI .

'otl n: XI.\,11I FR8Rl n' 1968 L1. mEl' 2 'ni rn;it)

3

Pacific Lutheran University

Bulletin: Announcements for 1968-69

Catalog for 1967-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS Pages

SdlOOI Calendar 7

The Univer�ity B

Adllli��ions 13

17

Financial Aid 21

Stlldent Life 25

Summer Se,,�ion 34

Late Afternoon and E,·cning Clas<;('<; 34

Academic. Procedllrp.· 35

Academic Organization 41

Cour<;es of Instruction 93

The Regi�tl!r 1H2

Index .. 206

4 HJEt Tl\T.<=;

Objectives of the University

Pacific Lutheran University, born of the Reformation spirit, ma£ntains the privilege of exploration and learning in all areas of the arts, sciences, and religion. The basic con­cern of Martin Luther was religious, but his rejection of church tradition as primary authoritJ, and his own free search for religious truth, served in eU ect to liberate the modern mind in its quest for all truth. The total impact of Luther's stand has permanently shaped the modem world and helped provide the modern university with its basic methodology.

Padfic Lutheran University is u community of professing Christian scholars dedicated to a philosophy of liberal educa­tion. The major goals of the institution are to inculcate a rcspect. for learning and truth, to free the mind from the confinements of ignorance and prejudice, to organ£ze the powers of clear thought and expression, to preserve and extend knowledge, to help men achieve professional compe­tence, and to establish lifelong habits of study, reflection, and learning. Through an emphasis on the liherating arts, the UniversitJ s('eks to develop creativc, reflective, and re­sponsihle persons. At the same time, the acquisition of spc­cialized information aTid technical skill is recognized as a

condition of successful involvement in the modern world. The University sceks to develop the evalnative and spiritual capacities of the student and to acquaint him honestly with rival claims vf the true and the good. It encourages the pur­suit of rich and ennobling experiences and the development of significant personhood through an appreciation of man's intellectual, artistic, {:111tural, and natural surroundings. The Univcrsity affirms its fundamental obligation to confront liherally educated men with the challenges of Christian faith and to instill in them a truc scnse of vocation.

OlllU Tn I· S 5

B)' providing a rich variet), of social experiences, Pacific Lutheran Universit), seeks to develop in the student a jo), in abundant living, a feding for the welfare and personal in­tegrity of others, good taste, and a sense of social propriety and adequacy. Distinguishing between personal Christian ethics and normal social controls, the Universit), adopts onl)' such rules as seem necessarjr for the welfare of the edu­cational community.

The physical development of the student is regarded as an integral part of his liberal education. Hence the Universit), encourages participation in ph)'sical activities and respect for health and fitness.

Professing a concern for the entire nature of man, the facultjr of the University encourages wholesome develop­ment of Christian faith and life by providing opportunities for worship and meditation, offering systematic studies of religion and encouraging free investigation and discussion of basic religious questions. The University believes the essence of Christianit), to be personal faith in God as Creator and Redeemer, and it bdieves that such faith born of the Holy Spirit generates integrative power capable of guiding men to illuminating perspectives and worthy purposes. The University community confesses the faith that the ultimate meaning and pur pose of human life are to be discovered in the person and work of Jesus Christ.

As an educational arm of the Church, Pacific Lutheran University' provides a locus for the fruitful interplajr of Christian faith and all of human learning and culture, and as such holds it a responsihilitJr to discover, explore, and develop new frontiers. Believing that all truth is God's truth, the University, in achieving its educational and spiritual goals, maintains the right and indeed the obligation of facultjr and students to engage in an unbiased search for truth in all realms.

1968

1969

JANUARY 1968 s M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 2324252627

28293031

FEBRUARY 1968 s M T W T , S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617

18 19 2021 22 2324 2526272829

MARCH 1 968 . M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 141516 17181920,21 22 23 90;1252627282930

APRIL 1968 s M T W T , S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213

141516 1718 1920 2122 2324 252627 282930

JAN UARY 1969 s M T W T 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

121314 15 161718 192021 22 23 2425 262728 293031

FEBRUARY 1969 s M T W T F 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 131415

16 17 1819 2021 22 232425262728

MARCH 1969 s " T W T , S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 1415

1617 18192021 22 23 2_ 2526272829

30 31

APRIL

$ M

6 7

T

1 8

1969 W T , S

2 3 4 5 9 10 1112

13141516 171819 2021 22 23 242526 27282930

MAY 1958 , M T W T .' S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011

12131415161718 192021 22 23 24 25 262728293031

JUNE 1 968 S M T W T S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415

1 6 17 1 8 1 9 20 21 22 2;0242526272829

JULY 1968 S M T W T , S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213

1 4 1 5 1 6 17 1 8 1 9 20 21 222324252627 28293031

AUGUST 1 968 S M T w T , S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 151617 18 192021 22 2324 25262 7 28293031

MAY 1969 . M T W T , S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11121314151617 18192021 22 2324 25262728293031

JUNE 1969 S M T W T 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121314

15 161718192021 22 232425262728 2930

J ULY 1 969 $ M T W T , S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

131415 16 171819 2021 22 23242526 2728293031

AUGUST 1969 S M T W T , S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1011 121314 1516 1718192021 22 23 ""�, 25 26 27 28 29 30

SEPTEMBER 1968 I " M T W T F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 121314

15161718192021 22 232425262728 2930

OC TOBER 1968 S " T W T S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12

13141516171819 202122 23 242526 2728293031

NOVEMBER 1968 , M T w T S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13141516 1718192021 22 23 2425262 7 282930

DECEMBER 1 968 5 M T w T , s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314

1 5 16 17 1 8 19 20 21 22 23 2425262728 293031

SEPTEMBER 1969 S M T W T F 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 "1213

1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 20 21 222324252627 282930

O CTOBER 1969 S M T w T , s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011

1213 141516 1718 192 0212223 2425 262728293031

NOVEMBER 1969 S M T W T , s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12131415

1617 18 19202122 "�o 24252627 2829

DECEMBER 1969 S M T w T F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13

1 4 1 5 1 6 17 1 8 1 9 20

I 21 222324252627 28293031

,THOOL CAl E:-';D,\R 7

School Calendar 1968-69

Summer Session, 1968

Registration begins 8 :30 a.Ill. Cla,"cs be!(in 7 :30 a.tn. [�irst term ends Classes begin-2nd term SlIlI1mer Se,;;ion clo,c� BarTa la urea te/Commcnccmen t

Firsl Semesler 1968-69

Orientation days Registration Classes begin 7 :SO a.lll. La"t date for adding a cOll"e

Saturday, Junc 15 Monday, June 17

friday, July 19 Monday, July 22

Friday, August 23 Friday, August 23

Sunday, Septcmber 8·\Vednesday, September II Monday, September 9·Wednesday, September 11

Thursday, Septt'lllber 12 Wednesday, Septelllber 25

Lu:;l dale fur di�conlillllillg a cuur-;e without receivin g a grnue Wedne;;day, October 9

Friday, November 8 Wedncsday, NOH'mbcr 27

Monda)" Dcr:cmbcr 2 Friday, December 20

Mid·",nlester Thank�g:iyillg Re('e�:-: lwgins 12 :30 p.lll. Thanb!(idng Rece;:" I'lids 7 :SO a.lll. Christllla;; Recess begin;; 10:00 p.m.

1969

Christmas Rece,s elllb 7 :50 CUll. Exulllinalion=--Semester ends

Second Semesler 1 968-69

Rf'�istnltiOJ1 Cla!->!-=c� begin 7 :50 a.m. La,-t date for adding a cOllr,e

1"londa)', Junuary 6

Monday, January 20·Friday, January 24 Friday, January 24

Wcdn(',day. January 29·Friday, January 31 Monday, February 3

Thursday, February 13 Lust date for djsr:ontinuing a tourst: without

r�('ci\'ing a grade Mid·selllester Ea,ter Recess begins G :00 p.lII. J-:u'ter Re('e" end, 7 :50 a.m. Examinations Memorial Day ("Ias,;"s meet) Semester ends Baccalaureatc Sen'ice, 11 :00 a.lll. (onllllcneement 3 ::30 p.m.

Thursday, Febmary 27 Friday, March 21 Friday, March 28 Tuesday, April B

Monday, May 2G·Friday, May 30 Friday, May 30

, Friday, May 30 Sunday, .I une I Sunday, June I

HISTORY

Founded in 1890 by the Rev. Bjug Harstad, Pacific Lutheran University has occupied the same location since its beginning.

Although named Pacific Lutheran University, the institution opened as an academy on October 14, 1894 and became a junior college in 1921. Ten years later. it was organized into a three-year normal $Chool. which became a college of education in 1939. In 1941, still a small and struggling institution. it assumed the role of a college of liberal arts. It was known as Pacific Lutheran College from 1920 until 1960. when, because of a rest ructuring of its organiza­tion. it again assumed its original name, Pacific Lutheran University.

Two Lutheran institutions have merged with the University- Columbia College of Everett, Wa,hington in 1920, and Spokane College of Spokane, Washington in 1930.

Beginning about 1945, the University experienced great growth, benefiting from dynamic leadership. as well as from factors which led to the expansion of higher education on a na tional scale. Today it operates with an aeademic structure embra<:ing a College of Arts and Sciences and a College of Profes­sional Studi es; the latter including a School of Business Admini"tration, a School of Education, a School of Fine and Applied Arts, and a School of Nursing. A Division of Graduate Studies offers work leading to the Master's degree in a nlllllber of areas.

Robert Mortvedt. who was elected in 1962, is the eigh th president of the

University. Other presidents. all deceased, were: Bjug Harstad, 1890-95, 1897-98; Ole Gronsberg, 1895-97; Nils J. Hong, 1898-1918; John U. Xavier

(acting), 1920.21; Ola J. Ordal, 1921-28; Oscar A. Tingehtad , 1928-43; Seth C. Eastvold, 1943-62.

LOCATION

Nestled in the southern reaehes of Puget Sound in the heart of the Evergreen Playground lies Tacoma, \Vashington, a metropolitan area with a population of over 250,000 persons. The University is loea ted in Parkland, one of Tacoma's

unineorporated suburbs. The campus is seven miles south of the city center and is adjaeent to one of the main arter ials, the Mt. Rainier highway.

Towering monntain peaks flank the beautiful natural setting of the Puget

Sound Gountry. Hundreds of streams course down to Puget Sound through

evergreen forest slopes of the Olympic Monntains on the west and the Cascade

Range on the east. Scores of lakes dot the area. The Evergreen Playground is ideal for boating, "kiing, swimming, hiking. fishing and hunting.

OWNERSHIP AND SU PPORT

The University is owned and operated by Pacific Lutheran University, Inc., a 'Vashington corporation whose purpose is to maintain a Christian institution

of higher learning. Membership of this corporation coincides with the mem­bership of the North Pacific Distriet of the American Lutheran Church and

Trn: UM\ l.H Tn: 9

the mcmben;hip of that portion of thc ALe's Rocky Mountain District which is located in Idaho and Montana west of the Continental Divide.

The annual meeting of the corpo ration is held in conjunction with the annual convention of the North Paeific District.

V oting memlwrs incl ude the mcmbers of the Board of Regents, and the pastors and lay delegates of congr egations i n the constituent urea.

Tile Univcr,ity receives regular financial support from the American Luther­nn Church, the Pacific Northwest Synod of the Lutheran Church in America and from the Pacific Lutheran University Alumni Association.

In addition to Church as,istancc, the University receives considerable support from individuals, organizations and businesses throughout the nation and world.

(;OVERNMENT

The policy-making and governing body of the University is the Board of Regents. On the basis of recommendations made by the President, it charts a course for the develoPlllcnt of the total program of the University and strives to provide essentia l funds .

The nivcr.sity corporation' s c.onstitution provid es for 29 regents of whom 25 are elected for three-year terms. Fifteen regents represent the North Pacific and Rocky l\'Iountain Districts of the American Lutheran Church, six are chosen by th e Pacific Northwest Synod of the Lutheran Church in A meriea, three represent th e PLU Alumni Association, and three are chosen at large hy the Board of Regent" The President of the University and the President of the North Pacific Diqrict are regents by ,·irtue of their position.

ACCREDITATION

Pacific Lutheran Univcrsiiy is fully accredited by the Northwest Association of Secondary and Higher Sebool,; as a fOll r-year institution of higher education and by the Wash ington State Board of Education for teacher education. The Uni\'('r�ity is accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Etlucation for the preparation of elementary anti secondary teachers with the Master's degree as the highest degree ap proved.

The Univer,ity is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the American Council on Education , the National Lutheran Etlucational Confer­ence, th" NorthlVe�t A,"ociation of Private Colleges and Universities, and the Independent Colleges of Washington, Incorporated. The Sc.hool of Nursing is accredited hy the National League for Nursing. The Univer;;ity is approved by the American Asso(;iution of University Women and by the American Chemical Socip.ty.

STUDENT BODY

AI'Proximatr.iy 4,000 ;:tudents will he served by the University during the current school year and SlIlllmer session. Full-time enrollment each semester is about 2,100. While the majority of the students come from the State of \Vashingtoll, over 30 states and several foreign countries are represented. When it comes to religious affiliation, a majority are of the Lutheran faith, bnt some 20 other church groups are represented.

10 rJlI� C 1\ J·.H 1'1'

FACULTY

Tile Unilcr,ity has a full-time teaching faculty of 125 persons. There are 40 part-t1mc teachers, most of whom are connected with the latte uf[(,moon and (,\TIling program and tlJ(� summer ;;:;r:;sion. QuaIitie� expecteJ of faculty lIIc1l1bers incilidc commitment to tile Chri,tian faith, deep concem for the individual !-'tlldeIlt� excellent pr('paration in a recognized g:radllatt� school, and a desire and an abilitv to t("etch.

AL MNI

The AJulllni A�."ociatiofl number,", over 6,000 per:';OIl.:-;, living all on�r tlH� world. Membel-' of the teaching: profc"ion eOlllprise the lar[!;cst se[!;ment of the alumlli. IIundred� arc engaged ill the work of the Chllrch as pa:-;tor,:.;, rni�:"ion­uries. parish wOI-kns and other special tics. P!'U alumni sene their God. their fdlow men and their countrie, in a host of other profc,.;siOlls and ,"ocations.

THE CAMPUS

Beautifnl natural SIIITolllH.!in[!;s ]'lrllded with modern bnildings and facilitie'i charactnizc the 12(I-acrc "'llllpn, of Pacific"_ Lutheran. Stately Douglas fir trees. a ,'aridy of 'blooming and cvcrf!reCIl :-;hr[ll>:-;, lllsb green lawn� and flower bed� sct off the bllildin[!;s and make the canIpll, attractive the year around. l\Iaje'itie Mt. Rainier, rising to an altitude of HAlO feet about :30 mil", away, dOnI­inatf':� the ;-oetting-.

Campus outdoor recreational fal'ilitics include a nine-Ilolc. 2,048-yard [!;olf ('0111':-;(" l(,ll11i� ('ourh, and atldctic field;:.;,

1\10,t of the University buildin[!;s arc located on \\-Ilat is termed the "upper caillpns." The "lower call1plh,'' bcIow a slight hill to the south. is the sctting for tIle athktic facilities, re,idence halls for men, a dining Ilull and apartnJenh for married �llld(,llt".

The main campns is bounded hy Sonth 121st Street on the north and SOllth 127th Street on the south, by Park AveniI<' on the c�,,,t and South "\" Street 011 the west.

HADIO STATION

Th University operates a non-colllnll'rcial FIVf broadcastin[!; station, KPLU· Fi'lL J t broadcasts on a frequency of HH.S megacycles with 10 wath of power licTIN,r1 by tile Federal ComTllnnications Commission. Programming; inclndes ('Ia.��i('al and pOJlular ml1�i(', Ilt�W."';, network progruJIlJlliIlp; und educational programs originatiTlf!;H tll(: l.ni\·cr�ity.

Academic

Tacoltla-Pierce Administration lluildin[!;, a two-story steel and concrete struc­ture, \las completed in 1960. It houses the aclministrati\"(: office" of the Univer­sity, 21 cb:-;sroom:-" facult.y ofri('('�, !'itlldios and ma�tcr control for closed circuit television, and a chapel-auditoriulIl scating 175 persons.

The Bohert A. L. MOr!\cdt Library is a multi -media learning center con­taining ovc-,r 140,000 published and recorded items and provides un optimum environilwilt of comfort awi privacy c-,vcntually capable of hOllsing; LOOD

THE ,'n J:n In' 1 1

persons at one time and 500,000 iterm-. This two'story, plus basemen t, brick

.stmctun, wa.s cOlllpl<'ted in 1966. Xavier Hall, built us a library III 1937 and remodeled in 1966,67, houses

cla."-."'room�, fa(,ulty office,.::; and central seryiccs. Ila mstad Hall, a t h rce,.story brick stmc t u re, was built in 1947 a n d added

to in 1959. It co n t a i n s laboratory, clu.ssroom, l ibrary, museum, research and office facilitic,; for the departments of biology, chemistry, geol ogy and ph y:.oics.

Memorial Gymnasium, built in 1947, provides dassroorns, a n d activ i t y a reas for th" depart ment of heal tlr a n d physical education, a n d accommoda tions for i n tram u ral a n d i n t erc�ollegia te athletics. Tlrere is seating for 2,200 spcc'

tator:-;. in t h e gy rnna .-.:.iull1. LH,·old Chapel, com ple ted in 1952, sca ts 1,2:1H pnsons a n d is used for

daily chapel, concerts, .s pecial evenb and plays. The multi'purpose structu re also ('onta in"":' ('1 a:s . ...;roo m.-.:.. work a rca�, !-ita�e a n d a ra dio �tlldio for the depart­

l1l l'nt of sI"'<'clr; stu dios, l i brary, cnst'mble pract.ice rooms and i n dividual practice r'oorns for tire depa rt ment of mlhic; a rkvo t io n a l chapel and offices fo r the :--tudent co ngn·gation .

The Clas,room Building, built in 19:17, is a two,story brick veneer structure which has four classrooms, faculty officc", a sta gf', ki tchen and photography laboratory .

The Art Building , a two'story fra m e build ing, contains cl""room, lahoratory a n d o ffice.s for the dqra rtmcnt of a rt .

Tire Swi m m i n g Pool, cOlllpleted in April, 1965, has a "wirllln ing arca 42 hy 75 feet and a diving area :30 by :)5 fee t . Slrow"r, locker and drc,"ing rooms a rc lo",,'t('d in tire 133 hy 145 foot strul't.ure .

. ervice Ullildin,!:"s

Th" CollPgf' Union Building, (·.omplcted in 1955 a n d added to in 1959, (·ontain.s a ('af"tf>ria, Chris Knutzen Fd lowship Hall, boobton" coffee shop, recreational a n d -ocial lo unges, offices for studcnt publicat ions and government and a �lIlall dining room. A new l]niver�ily Center is _in the pl anning stuge

with eonstnrnion scheduled to begin in 1968. COIlIllll)ia Cellter, a t\\'o-�tory frame and masonry �trll ('tllre r�olllpletcd in

196:2, contains a ('af,-,tcria , ('off"" sbop. hakery a n d pro shop for the University Golf Cou ,-se.

The Student Heal th Cen tel' hou ses offices for the University doctors and nlll"'.;e�, oll t - pa tien t t reatment a reas, and beds for day patients.

The \\'a rehouse and Sho p.s a re used for the sto rag" of equipmen t and the maintenance of t h e p hysi('al plant.

Hesitience Halls for Men

H. L. foss IIaLl, a tlIn' ",story residcnce for 188 students, hus 16,men living u n ib and is divided into Nardi" IIouse (no r·th half ) , a n d Olympic House (south Iralf).

J. P. Pflueger Hall, a thrcc,story residence accommodating 194 men, is divided into SUlllmit Hou:;c (ca4 half ) , and Viking House (west hal f).

Tingelstad Hall, a nine'story resid"nce for :392 men, is made up of four

12 THL n ERSI n

distinct houses each having two floors and named as follows: Cascade House, floors 2 and 3; Ivy House, floors 4 and 5; Evergreen House, floors 6 and 7; and Alpine Hou>iC, floors 8 and 9.

These three men's residence halls are modern buildings and have lounges, study rooms, typing rooms, self·service laundry and TV viewing rooms. The hall" are divided into houses of about 94 men. Each house is a cohesive unit designed to encourage greater participation in the intramural, social, recre· ational, and academic programs.

Residence "alios for Women

Harstad Hall, a six-story solid brick building completely refurbished in recent years, accommodates 250 student . It has three lounges, a recreation room, self-service laundry and kitchen facilities.

Hinderlie Hall, for 131 students, forms the south side of a quadrangle area for women's housing. It overlooks the lower campus.

Hong Hall, for 115 students, makes up the east side of this quadrangle and is closest to the heart of the campus.

Kreidler Hall, for 126 students, forms the west side of this quadrangle, and is on the west edge of the campus.

Ordal Hall, for 184 students, is adjacent to Stuen Hall and forms the north edge of the quadrangle_

Stuen Hall, for 109 students, is located directly north of Hong Hall. The five residence halls in this quadrangle area are modern three-story

buildings each having large lounges, stndy lounges, typing rooms, kitchens, self-service laundries, and other fa<,ilities used in common.

Other living units

The President's Residence i;; a brick rambler located on the corner of Park Avenue and South 123rd Street.

University apartments are two- and three-bedroom one-story frame units for 'rental by married students.

\n ns IO� ' 1 3

Admissions The slUdent body at Pac if ic Lutheran University is carefully selected. The

Un iYcr"ity adheres to the p ractice that every student aecepted should possess the high academic and per,onal traits which expcri!'IH:e ha" shown wil l enable him to slIcceed in college work.

In judging the qnnli ficatiolls of a p pl icallt:;, the Committee on Admissions u�lIally adheres to the fol lowing basic requirements:

1 . Graduation from an accredi ted high "ehool or ev idence of satisfactory work at allother college of recognized ,tanding.

2 . Sati"factory grade point average and satisfactory rank in high school gradllating cla:-:s.

3. Satisfactory scores on the College Entrance Exam inatioll Board Scholastic A p t itllde T .. "L Scores on this te't are not reqllired of stndent, t rans· ferring from other colleges.

4. E,·idcnc.e of good mora l cha racter.

RECOMMENDED HIGH SCHOOL COURSE

It is recomJ1wnded, hilt not reqni red, that the high school course of an " ppl icant iQel ude : Engl i,h, 4 u n i t s ; clementary algebra, 1 nnit ; plane geome· t ry, 1 unit ; social studies, 2 uni ts : onc foreign language, 2 units; one laboratory .... r . i f 'ncp, I u n i t ; eier: t ive:-:, 5 trn i t ;.;.

ADMISSION PROCEDURES

A p p l icants seeking adrni;;sion' sbould write to the Director of Adm i,;siolls requesting the Iwee"" ,·y forms. Students planning to enroll [0 " the Fall semester may submit their appl ications at any t ime after December lst of the preceding year. The following crcdcntiab a rc reqtJ in�d :

1 . Formal Application. The standard a pplication form, designed for Wash· i ngton inst i tutions of higher learning is w:ed by Paci f ic Lutheran Univer:;ity. It may be obtained from high ,chool eOlJn,e!ors ( by Wa,hington a pplicants) O r by wri t ing the D i . . eetor of A d mission,. A ten·dollar non·refundable appli· cat ion fee should accompany the appl ication or be mailed separately. This is a service fee and i, not a p pl ied to the student's account. Checks or money orders ,hould h > made payable to Pacific Lu theran Un ive .. , i ty and ,cnt to the Director of Admissions.

2. Trans('ript 0/ Credits. High ,whool t ranscripts lllll,t include all work 11I"''''cd through the final "cnw,ter of the junior year. Students who have been gradllDted prior to �llhll1 i t t ing their appl ications a rc requi red to present ( :omplete academic records. Transc r i p ts of transfer studen t · must include a l l col lege work completed to date.

3. Re/ere"ce.�. Two t > llUracter and academic evaluations, prepared hy conn· sclors, pastors, or other qua l ified person" are required. Forms for this p u rpose Illay he obtained frolll the Adm issions Office. 4. College Entrance Examination noard Test. All entering freshmen must submit scores from the College Entrance Examination Board Scholastic A pti·

14

tude Test. Info rma t ion conecrning this exa m i na t io n may be obtai ned f rom I l i�h school ( ·O l ln .-eIa r., or frolll the CoIk/.\c En t rance Exa m i nation Boa rd, Box 1025, I3erkel 'y, California 9' 1701.

5. Plry"h'ul Examination Report. P rio r to registrat ion, each student en­rol l i n/.\ for twdve hou rs or more, I llu,t su bmit, at his own expcn,e and o n the form p rovide d, a p l ' )",i(:"l exa mination report acce pta bl e to the Student H ealth Sen'i 'e o f the n ivcr,ity. Unt i l this report is 'l j lproved, the ."tndent is not o ff ic ia l l y admitted. Al l ioreipl s t u (knts are req u i re d to report to the H ealth Cen ter I I po n a r rival a t the U n in'r;; i t" for i nstru c t i o ns cor\(;(,rning varions te" t;; which l ila), I", I·cqui red.

6. Tuition Depo"it. A fifty-dol lar admnce paYlllent on W i ti on is due i m l1lc­u i atel y fol l OlV in!'; acc"pta nce. This payment is cred ited to the stuc]"nt's account and is a p p l ica b l e at the beginning of the tcrm for which the .'l L ldent has been aecc'ptled. I f unfo rc.sccn circrlnl"tances lH:ce;;;;itatc cancel l a t ion of the enroll ille n t rC"' I","at ion, the a m o u n t w i l l be rdunded, if the D i rector of Admi;;­SiOIH is noti fied in w rit ing prior to May 1. The final refund date for second "cme"n a p p l icants i" January IS.

Early Decj�ion Poli(:y Fo l l ow ing ( 'omple t i o n of his junior yea r in h igh sellOol, a n a p p l ic a n t who

ha, ( ' ho.'<:n Pacific Lutheran ' n i\"(�r,ity as the in,t i tl l t ion h e wis}lt;s to a t tend, llIay I)(� J l ro\' i�ional1y accepted fo r ad llli=",�ioll� cont i l lgent u po n �atb;fnctory " olll p l c - t io l l of h i" h if!h ;;el,ool ( 'ou r.,e, p ro v i ded he ranks in the u p p e r twenty-five pcr cent (If hi" class, and otherw ise compl ies w i th the adm ission polic ies of the U n i ver"ity.

Early Admi�,ion8 Polic)'

:\ student, I I pon rec o m lllcnda t ion of tIle h i !'; h "e11001 pri n('ipal , may he el i g i ble for ca r l y ac.llni""ion to Pac i fic Lutheran Universi ty , [ I l"O\-idcd :

L. l I e ha.s com pleted a l l gradl l a t ion requ i remen ts, except full re,idcncc, and ranks in the I Ippel' ten per ('.cnt of hi, c: l a s, , ;

2 . He i" a';'l I r-·d hy his h i g h school ad i l l in istrat ion that he may ohtain h i s h igll ",,·hool diplo ma u p on the ,;llt i "fa c tory com pletion o f a spc( ' i fied a !l lOll l l t of accepta b l e c o l le g e work ;

3. He a p pears to po,;.sc"s the necc",ary emotional maturity, a n d 4. 1 1e ol l l C ' r ll'isc cOlllpl ic'< w i t h t h e adm ission pol ic ie,; o f the 1! n i vcr,ity_

Transfer Students

S t u (jpnts desir ing to tran.sfc r from ac.credited imtitutions of coll eg iate rank Illllst -.ubmit to the D i rector of Admissions : a fo rm a l a ppl ication for a d m i,,;ion, com pi ct(. offi c i a l t rans( ' l' i p h in( ' l u d i ng a "!a ten",n t of hOl lorahle di"llIi ,,,, I, recommendations from two reference,;, a n d a physical !;xa lll i nation record.

1. Credit w i l l be gra nted for �ubjccts which meet the requirements for the field of work chosen by the stuuen t and fot' which be has made grades of not le�s than "C."

2 . C red it fo r subjects in wh ich the student has a g rade of "D" will be with­bel d un t il he has slIcces:;ful ly co mpleted one semester" work at the Uni­H�r'it)'.

\ !l\I IS 10 15

3. Courses tak en at a j unior college are normally transferable if completed while the student is elassi fi ed as a freshman or sophomore.

4. In order to be a candidate for a degree, the student mllst take the final 30 semc;;ter hours in residenr:e.

Credits p reviollsly earned by transfer student,.; in unaccredited schools are not transferable at the time of adm ission . An evaluation of such courses, and a decision relative to their transferabi l ity, wi l l be made after the studen t eon· ccrned has been in attendanc:e at Pacific Lutheran Un iversi ty for one semester.

Admi . ion of Non-Degree Students

l' ... rsOlls eighteen years or olde r who desire to en ro l l for eleven semester hours Or le;;s may be adm i tted as non·degree student,.; w i thout su bmitting appl ications for regular SlaWS. However, such students must have previolls academ ic records which a re aeeeptable i n order to be perm i tted to carry more than ,.;even hou rs. Crcdib ea rned in th is m anner wi l l be evalua ted as to their a(Tcptabil ity when the student, as a result of formal a p p l ication and accept· ance, become,.; a regular student ; that i " a candida te for a degree. Non· dep;ree students who wi,h to transfer c redits to anoth er institution will be iSSllCd trarhcripts which clearly indicate the non·degree status.

R -udmis ion of Former Students

Full · t ime swdents who have not been In attendance for one semester or mOrC llIay seek re·admission by obtain ing an appl ication for re·entrance. Students who h a ve been dropped for academic or disciplinary reasons must incl ude a let ter of peti t ion to the D i rec tor of Admi.,,;ions for reinstatement. Re·en tering 5tudcnts who hav(; attended anotllt"r college in t.he interim must requ<,st that a t ran.sc ript be sent from that institut ion direct ly to the Direr·tor of Admi sions at Pacific Lntheran Un iversity. The residence requirements as sta ted in No. 4 ahove for transfer student,.; a re a l so a p plicable for re·entries.

Auditor

Students, who a re properly registered and havc paid the required fec", may "ndit certa in COU l":'es. Such students an� perm i t ted to attend classes but may not pa rt ic ipa te or rer.ei,·c ncdiL Labora tory or ac tivi ty cou rscs a re not open for auditing purpose<.

Admi.ssion to the Division of Graduate Studies.

The procedure for arhnission to tlte Division of Graduate Studies IS outlined

in the �e( ' ( iOll A("([demi(' Organiza tion.

Honors at Entrance

The University con fers Honors at Entrance in accordance with the pro· visions of a coordiuated program formulated by colleges and universities whieh are mcmbers of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recognition is given for outstandi ng achievement in h igh school and in a ntic ipation of superior performance at the eo llege lc,·cl. The awa rds a rc not made in reeog­nition of financial need and carry no grants.

1 6

Advanced Placement Opportllnities

1. Via the A dmnced Pla cem ent Program of the College Entrance Exam­ination Board. Students who have received �cor"s o f 3, 4, or 5 on C.E.E.Il. Advanced Placcment Examinations may uc given both advanced pla( ' emt;nt and cl'edi t toward gradua ti on . Exact provisions a re dependent on the sul,ject maller field, and in'lu i rie'i a re wc!comed by the Admis­sions OfficC".

2. Via Local Advanced Placement Examinations. A number of the depart· m r ' I I Ls and s,.hools of the C n ivcrsity offer their .- tudents the opportu n i ty of taking p lar-"Illent examina tions so that they may he accurately ad­,'i,cd as to the level at whic.h th ey can most advantageously begin their <:ollege slIId ies. \Vhen a student receives a SUJlerior score on such an examination, alld w]l('n his stu dy of t.he subject ma t ter was not a neces­sary part o f the course wo rk which won him his h igh school diploma, cred i t can be gran ted toward gradllation. 1 11 'luirie' are welcomed by the academic deans from tho�e students who Ill ight be eligible for tillch credit.

FJ '\ a's 17

Finances

I t is t I le pol i cy of the U n i versi ty to m a i n tain h ig h educa tio n a l stan dards a t a, Inw a , 'ost as po"iblc. The su p p o r t of lhe c.oopera t i ng Lut heran ('hurchcs and f ri ..,nd, who con t r i llll l <' t ow a rd the opera tion o f thc school enable� the Uui· H'rs i t)' t o eha rgl' a lo\\'l'I' t u i t i on rate than \\'ould oL llerw i"e be po�<i bk.

T (TiON (semc,;ler)

Gelleral T u i t ion, J 2 · 1 7 hou rs

Part - t im! ' t u i t ion, IUT :-;:(,Ill(-��lIT c red i t hour ( E n ro l l lll e u t for 1 1 I'r l , d i t I l onrs o r less )

E X"I'S,'; n('d,it� t u i t i o l l , abo\'(� 1 7 h o u rs, "" I' credit h o u r

GE�ERAL F'EES (,em(" ler)

Ceu"ral fep, per ,('nll"tcr, 12 hOl l rs o r Illo re*

( [ nei u de, .. -u p p o rt of the fol l o w i n g ,'I' I'vicl's : Studen t Body actlvl ues, Acc i den t _ [ n,u ra nc,(" I l e a l t h Serv icc, Student :\ r t i st Series, Saga ( yearhook ) , a n d I n tercol leg ia t<; A tlt! 'tics. )

{ j l l i versity ("lItn COII" t l' l l ( ' t io l l fce, r w r "' Ill es t I ' !', 1 2 h o u rs or Il lorc ( :\ u tl lorizl'Il hy '\s,'ol' i a t ( ' d Students, I' l.U )

Mat riculati on ( Pa i d o l l l y by students ( ' l I ter ini! for first t i m e )

SPECIAL FEES

A u d i t ( fo r fu l l · t i l l l' · studeuts o u l y ) pCI' cou rse A n d i t ( ;1 1 1 [H i le r stndents ) per c redi t h O l l r Late r" g i ,s tra t ion ( a p l ' l i , 'ah J r .. a l l and a fter t h e f i Lst d a y o f cla"e,,) Cha nge of n'gistra t loll B rcakag(' t ;ckr't ( c l l f 'lrl i , t ry st l ldellts Iln l y ) D a t a l ' ro" .. "ing u 'a�(� t ic k e t ( B A :-3 1 7 sLud " n L ,' ou l y ) l\·ra� l t ' r·:-: The.�is b i n d in� (·ha rge, p c r copy I'LJ('cll l l 'nL Gradl l iJ l (� J l l l r:-,c l'x;l l l l i lld t ion N lI I ,in�, locker fee dpl '",i t t o he paid i n Clin ical a rca ( refundabk) O r r.ca n ' l ' l l " Php'ical I':du c a t i o n adi\' i t i", : B o w l i n g

Sk i i n g B eg i n n i l lg TYIH �wri tcr, J lol l ·c rcdit ;-';l'rYi( ' ( � COll l':-:e G rac iuat illli S t l l dCUL Pa l'k i n g Stud" n t He,r l Ll I a u d Accident l Ucu nJ uce ( 24 hOl lr, 1 2 nlon t l l co\'e rage)

"/ltiona/ ( ]-,,,,, <ohjt 'ct La eilau)1:(.' I I)' U n derwrite r )

$525.00

44.00

30.00

S 37.50

S

6.00

S.OO

10.00

10,00

10.00

5,00

10,00

s,nn

5.00 5,00

H.OO

J .OO

16,00

42 .00

2n,OO

15.00

5.00

1 9.50

*, tuden\> who have ,-pecial perm ission to reside on CUlll pUS en rolled for l ess t h a n 12 I i o u r, a r(, rcq u i red to pav [hr' g/'ncral fcres.

1 8

PRIVATE MU Ie FEES

Ca�a\' a n t organ ren t, one period dai)y� per �emester O r gan rent, one period daily, per semester ( eleeteic ) Organ ren t, two periods daily, pcr ,ernestce ( d ectri c ) O rgan rcn t, Werner·l3o,,,h, one period dai ly, per semester Piano l"I 'nt , orH' period daily, per ,cnH;ster Piano rent, two p e riod- daily, per semester

( No r.,fu nd is made. o n the above fees)

PriYaLC instrllClioll: per sCll le:-,tcr Organ: or(' h�tral instJ '11 111f 'nh� p i ano, Of vOlre

Doe. t l t i ny· m i n u t,; period per week One sixtY· ll1 i n u t e pc: r iod per \,·eek

BOAR I ) ANIJ ROOM

25.00 10.00 15.00 15.00

5.00 7.50

45.00 75.00

Board is furn ished i n the U n iversity Dining f laIl> at 2.30.00 per semester for students rooming off cam pu s, for t h ree Illea l s per day, except on Sunday, \\"h .. n t I ll, ,··Ye n i n g; 1ll«,,1 i s not provided. Meals are not served in the Dining H al ts du ri ng Tfwn k"giving, C h r i�l1llas: and Easter vaca tio n:-.

A 85.00 fine w i ll he lcy·ied for unauthorized fu rn i tu re or room cha nges.

ROOIll alld board a re furn ished to resident qu denh, pC!" semester, ao [ol low� :

WOMEN ( 1968-69) l Ia r,tad H a l l , en pac i t,. LsO ( 74x36·i neh beds) Hi nde- d ie H a l l , , · a l , ac i ty 131 ( 7·1 x:-l6·inch beds ) Hong: [ [a l l , c a p a c i t y 1 1 5 ( 74 x36- in.;h beds ) Kreidle r Hal l , capacity 12(, ( 74x3(J-inch bed,) Ordal H a l l , capac i ty I K'I ( 74x:J6 · inch bed,) St l l en Hull, capacity 109 ( Hx36 · i nch beds) Delta T I a l l , capacity 40 ( 74x:16-i nc.h b(�d,,)

MEN ( 1 968-69)

Fos,; Hall, ca pac ity 18S ( 80,,36· inch bed ,, ) I ' r h l t'�f"r 1 1 a l l , capacity 1 9·1 ( 80x36- in"h beds) Tingcbtud H a l l , ca pacit)' .392 ( 80,,36- inch beds)

FAM l l.Y AP.\RTMENTS

Two he.drOOIll ( 1 0 I I n i !:; ) i nclud ing water, ]lcr lllont h T h ree 1 ,,;dnJollI ( - I I I I I ; t S ) i nr : l l lding water, per month Evel·green Court ( 12 " p l>. ) two bc:d room, inc:lnd i ng

) l c r 1 I1()J1th Palll i l y a pa r tment deposit

al l u t i l i ties,

400.00 400.00 400.00 400.00 400.00 400.00 400.00

400.00 400.00 '100.00

40.00 45.00

75.00 40.00

A depo,it of .• Ill.OO lllu,t accoll l l"l n y n reserva tion for fam i ly a p a rtments. This

deposit w i l l be held by t i l e ni n;rsit, I Int i l the occu pant vacates the apartment, or rafl('cl ... his resernztion.

One J l Ionth a dvanet' ren l for "pa rt llwllts is rC'll l i red.

19

ESTT M.<\ TED COST PER SEMESTER

Ti le fol lo\\' i l l� ta ble Tll i L ion Boa I 'd a n d mom Cel ler, , 1 Fee:; Boob and >!I pp l ie:;

w i l l a i d the ."tud(�I1 L'; i n e�t irnat in� l l l llX i l lHlll1 expen�f's : .') S25.00

400,00 43,50 flO,OO

1,04R.50 Add Iwt':;onal exp('n:;c:; nnd l Il u l t i ply hy two to ohtain e,l imaled CO:;I for olle

,,' 1 1001 ,., 'ar of n i ne "")!ll h:;,

Chang-cs in Rates

The 1.' I l i\'( ' r� i ty IT";( ' r\'!�:; t lw rif!ht to change i t ...; c l l a rgc� at �ny t im e w i thol l t p n.:\' i n t l ."; not ice. How (,\'('r: a fter the br�g inn i l1g- o f any g iven �erne .... ter no cha nge w i l l I", madt, to I w "[[ t' ' ( ' l i, , , w i t h i n th" :;c :mr " ter, ( 'xt 'e p t ill t 'a:;c of (' x l rellw rrncq.!l;ncy.

PAY1\'IE:'IITS ScmeHcr ] , i l l :; a re dne and payah le at the t ime of regii't J'a t ion, Student:;

ITI' ( ' i \' inp; �("holar�l I i J l!', gran l� or lO<L n:-: Illll:'t ('omplete all nen-':..:sary arrangt-'IlH' l l t!". w('ll in adl'anc'f' of r('�i:;t ra tion,

New :;tn dcolI'(s are rt 'q u i l't'd to pay u S50.00 depo:;it on tuit ion a ftcr act'ept­ance and ],efore l\Iay 1 . This i", not refu ndable after ray 1 o r Janua ry IS for �{'('.ond .... ('nll'�tt�[ ' a l ) p l i ( · i.1 t i()n�.

RC'll l l' l l i ng ,tudt ' l l !' , rna k i n g a p p l icat ion for J'e-t 'n lrant 'C, :1 1' requ ired to pay a :50,00 depo'i t OI l tu i t ion which i, not reful ldahle aftcl' 'lay 1 or January 15 for >'t' , 'onel <;( ' ( 1 \ t ',ter " p p l i t ' a l i o n , eXCGpt for t l to,e who "nil' " t lw Clrtllt'ci ,en' icc , l �( ' lu rn il lg ,Iudenls wllo llave paid th i :; dcpo,it, and who a j ' l , ly for re�id('Il('e ha l l accommodation:.; dll ring the time to be i.U 1HOl l l1( 'f'.-d in t i l e :-;pr ing sCIllt.::-.ter, wi l l he :,!ivcn pr ior i ty i n I l lak ing the i r room n-·:-;(� n·u t io n:-:. fo r the next ;.1('aclclllic: p'a r.

Th" Ilulan('(: of t l ", ,eme:;I"J' h i l l , after payment o f th,. 'SO,OO dcpo"it Oll t u i t ion, i:; due and pavable at the t i me of registra tion,

Stud" l1b u nab le to Jl1eet the i r :;cnlC:;ter bil l, in fu l l l Ilay d<:ct one of the fol low ing pa y m en t plan.,; :

I , Slnd('n l,; I ' t ' :; id ing i n the n iver,ity rc"i cicncc hall, pay a t Iea,.t :';1\00.00 in addi t ion 1 0 the .350,00 ad,'anee dc po:; i t before or at tlw t i llle of rcgi,tra­tion, Stu rknh not r",;id ing in n il'('t':; i ty residence h a l l s pay at least S200.00 i n addi t ion to the .ssO,OO (\dvnn('(� dqto<; i t before or at the t ime of I ' t 'gi,tra­lion, The hala nce i, paya hle in two ('(jlla l i nsta l lmt�nts on O,'. to],er 15 and Novcmlwr 1 5 i n the fa l l ,emeAcr, and l\!ar t 'h IS unci A p r i l IS i n t l t e spr ing �e I l H':--ter.

2, Pre·paymenl p lan : Th" U niversity abo offers an equal payment p l a n wherein lIlonlh!y p"YllIent:; be�in on J u l y 1, 1968 and a re completed o n A p r i l 1 , 1969 ( detai L, ava i lable on requc,t ) ,

A ,elyier: ft'c o f S5,OO w i l l be charged i f any payment i s not paid when due.

In addition to the :;pecial student loan funds described under Financial A id,

20

the L n i\e r, i ty h'b made a r rangen,ents with ou tside f in"ll< ;iul agencics to p rO \' i ,k both dden'cd payme n t pl a n .:; a n d plans [or meeting educa tionul ex­I" ' n,cs out of m on th ly in come. The Univcrsity ha, (',ndo r,;cd the Un i ted Student A i d Fund dekrred payment p l a n . The U ni\'cn;ity abo endo r.'es Educat ion Fund", Incorpo ra ted, an cqual mon thl y pa yment plan. Deta i l s o[ all loan p la n,; a rc a\'a i I"hle fro m the D i re(' tor of Adm issions or Finan(' i a l A i ds offic.er.

Registration i,; n o t r:olll ri cted un ti l a l l f i n a ncial ohl iga t ion,; have been a rranged in tl , ,� Ru"ine�,; Office.

The Un i,,(;r, i ty rc;;cr\'o" t l ", right to \, ithholrl statement of honowhle di ."­l I l i ""d, t ra n ."w r i p t o[ records, or di ploma, u n til all U n i\'cr,i ty b i l l s ha\'c heen pa id , or unt i l ,ati -fac tory a r rangclllcnt.- ha\'c Iwen made w i t h the B u < i ncss Office ' . Studcnt,; w i l l n o t be p 'rmi tted to r('gi,t('r for a new s(,llloster u n t i l all h i l ls a rc pa id fo r the pre\·inu.- t e l' l l l .

Cn'di! for fu l u re ' e n i ( 'e� to be rendrrcd to the Un iversity by the stu dcn l cannot I", uscd to nwet the in itial payment. lVloney due for work pC['formed \\'il .l b" � i \'(:n only i f t l . . . . studcn t', account i, ( 'u nen!.

R EFUNDS

Partial t u i t ion n:f ' l l ld Illay be made when w i tl ,drawal from the U n iven<ity re.- I I l t _ from si('kn e..-;� or ('all "C� o(:curring beyond l I , e (;ontrol nf the stude n t. 1 11 no (''''<; w i l l fc<.!s be refunded. Refu nd may be made in the fol low ing I lrOl lort i on..:.;.

On" \\'('('k or k,,< IJt · tw een onc an d l" "O we k� Betwe"n t\l'O and th ree weeks 13, · t \\ 'een t l , ree and four \l'c('ks Bet ween four a nd !in! week, No ,·. . rund a fter fi", \\'cf'b.

90'70 RO% 60% 40% 20'70

Rdu n d.- on rooms wi l l not he a l lo wed in casl , . [[owe\'cr, if the .-tudent rdu n", \\ i l h i n t h · n 'xt two sel1w,ter-, pro·rata a l lowance w i l l be cred i ted i n the fo l low ing proport ions of occu pa t ion dming the semester of w i thdrawal :

up to 2 weeks RO% 3-4 weeks 40% 2-;) \\'�:cks 00'70 -]-5 weeks 20% ;'110 a l lowa nce will be e rcditf'd if w i thd ra wa l oe('['r5 a fter till: 5th woek. If

t l , ( ' ,.;ludent doe.s no t ... ' tl l r n, th(; al lowance is forfeited. I{"fl l nds o n boa rd wil l not he made fat' conti n\lous ahsences of Ie,s t.han

or,,' "'cck and no refund w i l l he, made for the fi r,;t w(!ck's absence. A pro-rata r<'food w i l l he made for ''''t· e,.-a r)' w i tl , drnwal from the Un in�r, ity . i\o ref u n d ,,- i l l I I! ' I l lade for any U n i\'er,i ty t r i p, of a ny k i n d , ,uch ' " c h o i r, ( '.hortl " bund, o rciwHm, athl etic" and '0 fo rth .

DEPOSITORY FOR STU DENTS

Stode n ts de, i ri ng to lean.! ca."I, i n t l ,e Bl I"ine;;.� Office lIlay do so. This ca,;h I l ia), hc dra w n "uL at t he r('quc"t of t l , e ,tudent.

PEHSONAL EFFECTS

The n iver,i ty is not re,po lIsihic for the persollal effects of the students or tI,e facul t y mcmber,;. The U n iversi ty cannot be held aecoun ta ul e [or any los es.

'· 1 \ 1 (1 21

Financial Aid The U niversity recognizes an obligation to sele t, encou rage a n d give oppor­

tun ity to those per,;ons who have the potential to make significant technical and cul tu ral contribution,;. We wil l extend our financial a id program to the l i m i t in order to admit partindarly deserv i ng students.

The f inancial <J id program include ' U n in,rsi ty s(' holar"hips, grarHs- in -aid, tale n t awa rds, loans and part-tinlc employment. In addition the University has funds to award from the following Federal Program s :

College Work-Study - a program of em ployment in which the student, particularly orw from a low-ineome family, i s compensated for the number of I , o n rs I ", works for the inst i tu tion.

Nalio/wl Defense Student Loan.l - a program of borrowing, primarily for needy ,;tu ckn t,;, in which t l JC stlldent I ta,; a n obl ig'll ion to repay his loan, with 3· percent interest within a lO-year period fol lowing college at tendance.

Nursing Studenls Toan - Ident ical in most r!'spects to National Uckn,;c Loans ex"",pt irrtere,t is Sf'[ at "tire going federal rate," ",lrieh in 1967 was 'H� per('(�'nt simple annual interest. Pa rtial cancellation for those who en ter p rofessiorrul nursing cureers. Sophomores entering the Sellool of Nursing are eli�dhle if financ ial IH,ed t'xists.

Educatiollal Oppurtunity Grants - a program of direr[ gran ts in wll iclr tire ,.tuc!c n t rec:ein:s a nOll-o hligating award of funds, ba,ed on exceptional financial ·need a n d evidence of lH;adcmi<: o r c rea tive prom ise.

Gliartlllleed Loa n s - a progra m of borrowing, pr imarily for "t!lderrts from m iddle - or u p p e r- income farnil ics. The st uden t has an obl igation to repay his loan w i t h ::l- pl'rc e n t ( m iddle i n ' ollle ) or 6-percent ( u p per income) in terest .

I n forrnation concerning both Unil'ersity and Federal Program;; is ava i lable from tire Firrancial Aids O ffice.

22 TD

The Coll ... ge Scholar'hi p Service Parcnb' Confident ial Statement i, til" o n l y a p p l jcation neec.",;a ry f o r reqllP,ting a n y o f the forl l l,; of a "" i " la nce :tvaibl,k. T I , i , a pp l icat i on III II st be ,"hmit ted before March I , and is a\'ai lahle fro m th(' D ire(' t o r of Admis,ion; o r high " c hool eO\III,c1 ing ofli('c,s. I t i, aS�llll1ed that whell request' for a id are receivcd t h a t t i l e ,tl l(knt's first choice i s a " ,holar· , I i i " . \\l i th thi� in mind the Comlllittee dceidc;; th" type of assi,;tanee w h i e h w i l l I lC gin:n . This m a y he one of t h e ah()v(� aid� or a I ' omhinat ion gra nt.

GranlS

l" I " lor,; and un llra r r i cd ch i l dren of pastors a re to be gi\'cn grant" in the alllo l l l l t of ,-' 100 fo r ea('h sehool year. The"e graI l t,; are to be awarded only during the �l ' ( 'OIHl �cnlt ';-;t�r i n altendanct� and only i f =-,uch . ..:tl1dent� recein� the

I l l a i l l ,' Ipport of their I I I1 i \ 'cr,ity expen,c, f1 '01l1 their parents and p rovided t hat tl", st l ldent>' a re registered fo r a t least twd\'e h O l l rs each sem",ter during t i re ,;('hool )' 1 ' ,\ 1 ' .

Recognized ch,pcndcnts ( not inclu uing married ell il d ren ) o f fel l ' 1 I 1 ty/,taff J 1 lcmbc)";o; I l lay rec(�i\'I' �pe('i<d gra n t ;-; � the alllolin t to h(� announ('ed a t the t i m e

o f rf':..-: i s tra r ion. G ra n ts i n t i le amount of ,;:15 per seme,;tcr shal l he giV'f'n to cacl l of two

or Illore " tudrnt' fl'olll lir" same family attending ,;chool at the same t ime, pro\' ided t l , a t the ll1a i ll su ppo rt for hot h is gi\'en by t h , · i r parent" and provided. t hcy ha\'c not recei",'d any other Univer,; i ty grant o r award .

.. 'ILl I'Tllnts mils/. he applied jor in the Blisiness Office at or foliO/Ding registmlion ([ nd will be credited [lfte r eligihility has been established.

TuLenl Awards

A l i l n i LC d n U lllher of a wards a re made to students in the fields of weech, drama, 1 1 Iu :-.; i ( ' d l l d at ldct i("�.

To he el igib le a p p l i c a n ts Ill U"t ha\'c satisfa _ tory a('ademi c rccord, and un· u"lal 1 ' l 'of i"i ('II(,Y i l l ()lIe or more of the abo\' e fields.

Studenl Loan Funds

Th n i "" r,i ty administration can assist studen t,; who arc i n need of finnnc.ial a",ist;l l"'" t l l l'(lu!':h va r ious ,;tuuent loan {IIIH,b. In audi t ion to t he loan plans o u t l in(".! L IuJin "Payment."" in t h is ca talog, the n i ver" i tl' has the fol lowi ng restr ict e d loau fu nds f " O I l I w h ic h a"i"tancc i, a\'a i lahle :

A l ul llui A"ocia tion Loan F u n d A u ",r i ( 'an L l l t hnall Chur( 'h

Women Loan F un d A ll tO I l Alld l ' l'''''' r .oan FUlld John S, Baker Loan Fund .T, P. Ca rl'trom Memorial Loan

Fund Delta Kappa Camilla Student

Loan Fllnd Lily C. Ekern Fund

Marie [ (li th I. .oan Fun d Gerhard K irkebo Memoria l Loan

Fu n d J.,d llelte Ol'ol l -Diana P'l l l l , � I i r i ,"n

Stoa 1'I'h'mOl ' ial Student Loan Fund J. 1'. Pfluegrr St l ld , 'nt 1 .0'' '1 FlI lld O. J. Stucn Alu lllni I .oan FUl ld O. A . Tillg(O I,tad J ,oan FUl ld \Volllen\ Club o f Tacoma

Re\ ohing Loan Fu nd

1"1 \ '( 1 \ [. \1[1 2 3

Scholarships

A nnual ,cl lola rships ran�e in amou n t from S 100 to 1,000 and are gra n ted to stud" n t" of h igh acadernic achievement who ,It o,,· evidence of f i l l llllcial n�ed,

To he el igihle for consideration a student Illust have at least u .3,3 8\Tr­age and rank i n the u p per 10 percent of his clnss, Scholastic a h i l ity l11u,t he fu rther r fleeted i n �cores on th€' CEF:B Scholastic Apt itude TeFl.

Appl ic '.ations for renew(J1 of ;;c.holarships IIII"t he submit ted pr ior to A pri l L In addit ion to i ts own seholar�hip fund, the University has at i ts d i sposal

the fol lowing restricted se\lolarshi p fund� wh ir. 1 1 a rc awended pr i ma r i ly to tho.'c studenls who have completed their fin't yea r :

Aid i\,.'cw i a l ion fo r Lu l l i cra n, Lute Club Scholarship ( , ) Schol a r'; \ l i p Lutheran B rothcdlOod Legal

A l l r",'a C I I I ! " Tacol l la Chapler , Ik"'I\ ( ' Lift- ] l I surance Co, Scholarsl l i p Sch o l a rsh i ps

All I l1 l n i Schola rsh i p Fu n d M i l P i l i E psi l o l l . Tacoma Amp.rican A,sor.iation of Profc'"iona l Cha p ter,

n i lf'rs i t y WOIIH'n Scholar,h i p S(:holarsl l i p , A , Brown Fund Women of Rotary Sc llolar,hip

D r. and Mrs, W, n , B u rns Fll n d Siqncland ,'oulh S(' l lO la r�h ip, Ida A, D"" is Fu nd sponsored by :'\orth Pucific

Fac u l t y iVklllor i a l Schola rsl l i p Fund Distr ict LU l her L"a�u('

Rebecca S c l locnfeld G a rdner a n d Soc i a l Se n ic c Schol a r,l l i p Fl i n d

Joseph Gardner Schol a rsl l i p of the D ivision o f Charit ies, TIle Dr. a n d M rs, 0, L. Haavik The A n l l' r i c a n L u t l H'ran Cint rl :h

Scho l a rsl l i p O l a f I- I a h·ol'son Sc-IlO l a rsl l i p \V, H, I fa rd tke Sp.m inary St l ldcl l l

Schola rsh i p Fund ReL Karl K i l ia n Melllorial Fund Ladies of Ki,,-a n is Award Drs, LarsolL Wicks. and Reberger Sc:llolursl l ip i n j"IcdicaI Technology

L\( (lvig and C l a ra La rson Sc ho la r.-h i l '

Tacoma LlI llIbe rlnen'.s Sdlolar . .;h i p He,·, a n d M rs. '-[a h o l'

Thorlllod-gard Sc:hol�\ I'sl l i p Tuberculosis Assoc i a l ion o f

Pierl'l' Counlv Scholarsh i p Women's u x i l ia ry of Picree

Counly Medical Society Schola rsh i p

n ()[ 'T III-J: 25

Student Life Pacific Lutheran Univ·ersity p rovides extensive servic(;s to assist students

i n mak ing their educational experience and personal l ives more p rof i ta ble and sat isfying. Tn addition to providing an i ntell<;e t""l environment. the Un.ive rsi ty is sen'i it ive to the need of provid ing "" fficient resou rces to aid i h .st"dents in t l leir total development. The C nivcrsi ty conducts and s"p­port� nurn(�rou . ..::, tiervices and tlc t iv i t ie:3 which :-;ll ppIernent the ba:-;ie ( 'ourse of ,t" dy. The services desc ribed below, which a re co-ordina tcd by the Vice­President - Student A ffairs, have developed OHT a period of t i llle and exist for the sole pur l 'o.-e of "crving the st"dent body.

POLICIES GOVERNING COMMIUNITY LIFE

Tbe Uniwrsity a d m i h .st"dcnh with the exp t·cs.s u ndetAanding that they will cheerful l y comply with i ts regulat ions in every re:;pect and conduct themselves as ladies and gen tlemen.

All students a rc expec ted to ( ;onform to ex pected standards of behavior which include conforming to statc and local law:;.

A n y :-;tudent who:-;e behavior is db;}lOllcst, de:-;t rllct ivc, u nethical, irnmoraJ, or in any way r.,fleets u n favorably u pon the student body, or whose con­duct i s p rejudicial to the good name of the Un ivers i ty, shall 1 ", subjec t to dis( ' ip l inary (Ic ' L ion which may rc�ul t in :-;ll�p('n."iQIl, di:.:: rni:.:::.;al or expuhion from ti l" Univer:; i ty.

Gam bling and the use of i ntoxicat ing l iquor.s a re s trir · t ll' forbidden. A d ­di tiona l 'Iwcific l i :;tings and defini lions of the Univcr, i ty regul a t ion:; are avai lable in a separate p u i , i icat ion.

OFFICE OF STUDENT AFFAIRS

Tlu; O ffice o f S t udent A ffa i rs is d i rectly responsible for the orga nization and progra m m ing of the re."idence hall� and other student living a r rangc­nH'n t� ; new :.; t ll d(-�nt o rienta t ion ; for 'ign :.;tud(,I1L" : :-;tudent goverllment, and othn ,tudcnt act ivit ie.s. It also offers ind iv·idual at tention to problems which a rise i n student life. Student" a re t.herefore encou ra ged to contact this o ffice whcnev·er they a n; concerrwd about aspect;; of Un iversity l i fe not spec i f ieally related to c u rricu l a r p rograms. The cam lnts calendar i s kept in t h is office, and all U n iversity "vents and act ivi ties a t-" schedu led lwre.

ORIEl\TATION OF NEW STUDENTS

An or ientation program to introduce students to University l i fe is hdd for a l l new students a t the beginning of the fall semester. Student.s tnke placement te'ts, famil ia rize them splve:; w i t h U niversity fa , i l i t ies, a n d become acquainted with fellow students and the facul ty. Con ferences n rc a rranged with faeulty advisers u n der whose guidance registrat ion is completed_

CLASS ATTEN))ANCE

Regular a t tendance at eiasses is a basic educa tional pol icy of Pacif ic Lutheran U niversity. A "ludr'nt who f inds it t\f;Ces5ary to be absent from his

26 I t 1 ) 1 . T 1 1 Ft:

cia"",.; " I IQ l l ld make a rrangement, with the in struc to r before the ab senc e, or immediate ly t l l < 'reaft er. In all ca ses, i t is the "tudent's re;:po nsibil i ty to make "I' work m i .s"" d. If the stnden t i" ( 'arc l"", i n regard t o a t t endance, the in­structor ""''' deem it -crions CIIOU;:dl to not ify the Office of Stu den t Affa i rs in ol·der t I , a t a rerncd ia l action may he taken. Upon recoill menda t ion fro m the i nst l'lwtor, a ,;tud" ll t I l lay I"" droPI " ' d fro nl t l ,c cou rsc_

TUDENT HEAl.TH (; I TER T I ] ( ' S tu den t Health Ser\' i r 'e is cstahl i.shed in the Health Center where

it ret a i n ." t l , ,� ",rvic'es of phy"ic ill ns and n urses t o aid ill the preserva ti on of t I l l ' l 'hy"ical ",e1 fare of tl", ."tu dcnt". The doctors a re in a t tendance at regula rl y "" hedul ,· ,d h o I 1 1'''_ Consill ta t ion, advice, and care of comillon a i l­ments a rc' avai lah le to a l l nWIll I",,·s of the student hody earrying twelve or n,on·, ( ' ]',·d i t hou rs. The staff of the [ [eal th ('ntn w i l l not nlake cu l l s to residence l la l ['; o r to 'l il y n'''id('f I ('r� off campus. When chronic uil !lle!l t.- are disco\'(' t'ed, palTll l>, or gua rdians w ill Ire !loL i ficd . Th" 'n iver"ity cannot as­SIIIIW f l l rt lwr ITspon -i l , i l ily. The U n ivers ity does nol provi de for eXlended n!fOr/ieal c a re by t h e Un i \'e rsily doc tors or ex am ina t ion or t r ,'a tll1 en t by " p( ·c i a l i:-:t:-:. E\t-�ry a�"i�tal1 ( , ( ! w i l l he g i \'en , howerer, in m ak ing a r rangements fo r special med ical or su rgical care ; ",hen p ra ct i ca l , thc studen t is u rged to a \ a i l I , i ,nsl ' lf of the servic e." of his fam ily dol ' [o r.

'\[ ] new stu dCll ts and rC l i l rn ing studenls or full- t i me gradua te �tudcnt", l'arryinp: t",('h'e or more eredi t hou r." wllo have not been i n attendaIH·.e at t l l is inst i t l l t ion for one ynar o r more a re required to have a comp l ete physi· ( ,al eX'" l l i n a t i o n hy t h e i r ho me physi c ia n ,is a part of the adm ission reo q l t i rf'ment. ( See Adlll i"iQ n . ) This examina tion report is kept by the 1 I (�llth Service and is a "a i l a l"" for ready reference hv the Un iversity doctor '1nd n urse.

The general fee, which is requ i red o f al l studen ts regis tered fo r twelve hours o r Il lore , inclu des t rea tmen t a t the Health Cen ter for minor d im r· dl'rs and i nc ludes a c c i dcnt i nsll l 'Gnce coverage to 1 ,000.00 for any inju ry ,u'tained and in , . [udcs accident i nsurance coverage to :'1,000.00 for any in­jury :-;u�la i ned on t I l e ( 'a mpll�:\ at Un iver:-;ity �po nsorcd and sllp erv i�ed ac t iv i ties, 0 [' i n t I l e cou rse of t h e ,t l lden t's cOl1ling or going from the local place of r(,.s i de ll e e to 0 1 " from the U n iversity. A l l athl etes part icipat.i ng in rec ogn ized int c ' rco l l egiate :-;ports n rf! abo affordpd accident insll rallee CO\'cragc IIp to :'5,000.00

. for injuries sl"w in cd , whether injury oce ll i's durin g practice or

du ring C'om peti L ion . !lealth Insurance. I n addi t ion to the accident insurance de:5c ribed above,

t he Uni\'ersity o f fers a voluntary Acc iden t a n d Sickne>'s Medical E x pense Plan. Thc pur, . ] las" of th is plan extends the "on eal1lp us" accident coverage to a twenty-four hour, t we lve-mon th plan and i n addi t ion provide� bl'nefits for .sickn,·,,,. Par t ic i pa t ion in this low cost plan is \'o l un ta ry and available

du rin g regi . ..;t ra t ion only. A broch ure which out l ines the benefits of the program i:; sent to new

students before registra t ion. Copies are available by wri t ing to the Offiec o f t h e Vice-President - Bll�i lle"" and Finanee_

• T DF.. T LIn. 27

COUNSELING AND TESTING CENTER

The gr:ncral l ,u rpo'e of the Coulbcl ing Center " Ln ""i"t 'tuuent, i n m a k i n g ckc isiolb ,'datcd to t h e il11 mc�cl ia tc proble[ll"; o f U n i \,c'l'-i t y adjust· [lIenl and t o t h(" b , 'oader p ro hlems of effcc t i\'e J jy ing, Stud(�nh t y p ical l y see cOl"" dors fo,' hel p i n strengthening academic perfonnane:r : , develop· ing ( 'a ["(�('r J l lan� . . "';01\ ing :-; l t l l U l io l lU l prohlems, or i m p roving ::;elf· l ln dcr�ta n d i ng and p el" onal rel a t ionshi ps, Counselors work clo,ely w i lh other student se'T ie"s a n d [ l Iay o ffer to a r rangc� for consu l ta t ion w i t h one or more o f thelll,

Career Planning, \'IIo"t ,t\ l (I t 'n t, are somewha t u ncerta i n o f t h e i r goal" a n d ll lany f i n d t h a t cOl ln ,-el ing help, thel l l to c lar i fy t h e i r in tcre,ts, a b i l ­i t ie.-, a n d plan" I�xplora t i [ )n of Cl l rricular offe " i l l :;s ( : a n l ea d to m ore cf· fcc t iye l l S" o f Llniyer.,i t)' oppo r-tl ln i t ic" Selection of a major l i lay Iw de­fnrcd d u r i n g the eXl r i O nttory period. Spe�cial reso u rce, for career cO l ln-c l ing in e ' lude t e " t , of ind iy idual in t e ' re,!'s, p refe,'cnee-, a n d general a h i l i t i e", a n d n

l i hra ry of o('c l I pa t ional a n d cdl lca t ional i n forma t ion . Edu ('[11iollrll A djustment, Thp ahr l lpt change from higl , ,chool to the ric·

lllll nd" of Un i \'cr,i ty ela,-S\\'ork is '<;o llw t i Il lC,' d i ff icu l t to make, Coun" d ing ( 'an he l p .-onw s tudcnt, 1 0 inl pro\'C ,;tudy mcthod" participatc morc effedin!1y i n ( ' l a.,;; d i"( , l l" ion , i n c rea;;e ,cl f·con fidence unu " k i l l in tak ing te,-t", a n d u nclelAand t l l f ' rcl e\allec o f l i\'ing conui t ion.'; a n d phy;;ical I ,ealth, Rell ledial c 1as�es o r tutoring lilay he . .c,uggr. . ..; ted n � n mean;.; of balandng weaknc,,,:-;es in l ' i i!h "chool p repara t ion,

Personal Cou nseling, SOnH'tilllc, ;;t l ldent;; f ind that per,onal concern, in­terfere with their Unin,rsity work, I ndication;; o f th i ;; may i nc ' lude d i ffi"u l t y i n slceping, i n a h i l i t y t o eoncc n t ra t e on I cc.tu re;; or te;;t;;, dcp re"ed fecl ing;;, Or ( 'onf l icts \I i t l t o t l ,er", Coun,d ing I 'a;; helped inuiv idna]" w i t l , problem;; such as tho�e involving mil i tary servicr, ma rriag(�, rel igion, finance, l iy ing condit ion" r"la t i o,,,l l i ps \l i t h fa n , i l ), and o t h e r person", o r a general necd for ,df-llnckrslanding and ,en,e of d i rect ion,

Testing and A cademic Placement. The COu IH,e\ ing Ct:nter \l i'e� various I,,'ts whi< :h ,t1l(knt" think might hdp them in earecr planning or other typc� o f prohlclll·:-;o] vi ng. It a l�o nct� ;)� [t te�l inp: a�ency wi t l l in a �peci­fied geogra phical a nea for a n l l III her o f na t ional o r 'tate programs, a n d w i t h i n tll" LllliH,r"it)' fo r somc ,pedal departmental o r g('ucluatc programs. Certain depart,nent, llSe test re;;u l t, a long w i th high " ,hool record" to assign �tudent' 10 cla-, sec t ion, according to experience and a h i l i l y ,

VETERANS AFFAIRS

The niv('(', i t y is approv d by the Veterans Ad,n i n i,tra tion as an in -s t i tu t ion of higher educat ion for veterans a n d invites \'cterans to t " e i ts faei l it ics i n acqll ir ing a n d eOl11pl (� t ing their edueation, Form" a re u\'a i lablc in the Regi,tra l" s OHice,

S t udent" i nc l ud ing any new tran"fer students, who will come under Publ ic Law 6:�4 ( O rphans n i l l ) o r the Veteran" Readjustment nenefit A c t o f 1966 ( New GI B i l l ) , must con tan the Veterans Admin istra t ion Regional O ffice f i rst for a certificate of pligib i l i ty anu be gu ided by them thereafter. This

2 8 Tt (If 1" [ T n

,hould be done as ;;oon a� possih l e aJter acceptance by the Universi ty and hefore a rr iva l on c.ampus. D u ring regi�tru t ion a l l rec ip ients of aid th rou gh thc Veterans Admin istration ;:hou ld fill out the questionnaire provi ded by the Reg i'l ra r.

I n order to obta in fu ll sul"istence, undergraduate veterans and eligible orp ha ns of vet era n., mu,t carry fou rteen semester hou rs. Graduate veterans ,h ould consult the Registrar coneerning loud for full su bsistence, us this may vary. O rphan s must carry at lea:-;t �ey(-"n �emc�tc r hOllr� to c l a im :'lIh�istence.

Veterans who ha ve completed l i beral arts cou rses th rou gh USAF] will receive cred i t as recommended by the American Council on Education.

CHAPEL AND CONVOCATION RESPONSIBILITIES

Pacific. Lutiwran Un iver,ity is avowedly an institut ion closely related to the church. The rel igious and spiritual objectives of the Universi ty are reflected in man ifo l d way, - chapel servic es, student congrega tion, whol ly vol un ta ry ac tivities, cou rses i n rel igion, a s well '" i n less defined activit ies.

por the total commun i ty, inci uuing fneulty, the won;hip aspect of insti· t u t ional concern has ha d i ts focus i n the cha pel services. 'Vo rship , it is I,cl ic\·ed, comes vny cl ose to the hea rt of the effort to attain the stated spiritual objective".

Vol un ta r il y attended cha pcl services on Monday, \,\Iednesday, and Friday are held for jun iors and seniors at Trin i ty, and requ i red services for freshmen and sophomores a t Eastvold Chapel on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Tlw per iod from 9 : 50 to 10 :20 a.m. on Tbursdays is reserved fo r convoca tion, al though convocations may not be he.ld with regularity. Lower classmen are required to attend unl ess announced di fferently. Certa in convocations may be schedul ed in other hou rs during th e day. So, as not to strike one period more than anot her, the hou r., wil l vary from ti me to t ime.

The period of 9 :50 to 10 :20 a .m. on Tuesdays will be reserved for the stu dents . They may use i t in an y way appropriate to their needs and the Ull i n�rsity's ba,i . . p l l i losophy.

FOOD SERVICE

The swdc nts l iving i n residence halls a re required to take tbeir meals in one of the din ing h a l ls l ocated on campus. The fee established for food seryi"" i" basp d on the fact thut not al l students eat all mea l s ; th ere fore, no deductions are ma de for st uden ts who eat fewer than th ree meals p er day "t th e University, or who H rC absent on weekends. A charge is made for student guc"ts. Students roomi ng off campus may board at the Uni­v(,r'sil), cafete ria . ..;. 011 a �cl11cster ba::;i�.

UOOKSTORE

The Un iversity maintains a book sto re in the College Union Buildi ng for the convenience o f students. The store, operated on a strictly caoh basis, sel ls books, stat ionery, school sup pl ies and H wide variety of notions.

29

COFFEE SHOPS

The U n i" c r,i t y opera tes two coffee "hops, one in the Col lege U n ion Bu il ding and the other in Colu m bia Cen ter. Thc�e shop" n re open daily. Short orders a rc ava i lable fo r cOJnl ll l l t i ng <;tudenh and camplI " vi" i tor".

PLACEMENT SERVICE

The Uni" crsity, t h rough tllf; School of Education, maintains a placement "erv i ·c for swdcnts entering the teaching profession. A fce o f S5.00 is eharged to ('O\'er the cost o f record:; and correspond("ncc necessary for place­ment of gradl llltes receiving the degree of Bach do r of A rts in Edueation. An effort is made, to place al l graduates, bu t posi t ions a re not guaranteed. A fter the fin;t po,i t ion h'h bcen secured, a cha rge o f S1 .00 wil l be made for eael t addi t ional i""llf' o f c rcden tiak

G mdlla tes mCljor i np: i n other fields are assisted by the i r respcctive major pro fe�:-;()r� and deall� in obta i n i ng po :-,i t ion�.

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT

The Un iversity a i llLs to assist worthy and needy students by helpi ng them to find employment. A ppli('ation� for work �hould be mad" to the Student Financial A i d Offin; after a stndcnt has been accepted for admission. Stu ­dents who w i l l need work ,bould appl y early in the ;;U llImer bccanse the IIl I n lbpr of job" available is l i m i ted.

EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES

I n addi tion to sues;;inp; "' I < " '""ful academic performance, the University chul l c:ng" s i b studen ts to profi t by experience in extracurrieu l a r acti\'itie�. HI'.re a lso the .>;tur i,'ra dc\do l's h i s leudc .. "h ip sk i l l� and lea rns how to work wel l w i t h his ne igh bo r. Stlldcnts shou l d not [wrm i t th is type of activity to i nte rfere w i t h thei r regll i a r academic pu r'll i t .s.

A l i,ting of stu dcn t (H.:t i" i ties follows :

General ASPLU SOcrA L ACTIVITIES BOA RD-coordinator of al l acti\' i t ie�. ASSOCl ATF. D WO:VIEN STU D ENTS-all ful l · ti me women students. CI RCLE K-a ff i l ia t" of National K iwan is. GA V I·: L CLUn ·-a ff i l ia te of nat ional ..tllb. INTERNATI O "l A L STUDENT O RGA N I Z ATION-for st uden ts f rolll foreign

coun tries a nd i n t .... cstcd A m e r ica n sl I Idents. MONTt\ \,,\ C L U B PHILOKALEA :\S-an orp:an iza t ion f o r studen ts w h o have returned t o school

a fter un a h�encp of t IH('f' yf�a r .... or more. PROPELLEH. CLUB-for students interested in maritime a ffa irs. YOUNG DEMOCRATS, YOUNG REPUB LICA N S, YOUNG AMERICANS

FO R FHEEDOM-for tlio,;e i n tere,ted in pol i t ical education and parl isan activit ies.

3 0 l'l I lr :T li n.

Honorary and Ser.·ice

ALI'HA K A P PA PSI-nat ioll"l p rofe,,,ional bu,incs; frute rn i ty. A LPHA PH! Ol\IEGA-n"tion,,1 ."crv i ce fraternity for university men in·

tcre,ted in flay Scout." of A merica. BLUE KEY-nel tional junior and scnior men's "en·ice honorary. I N TE RCOLLEGI ATE K N I G f l TS-national service honorary for sophomore

men. PI CA M!\IA . [ -na tional ".o('ial " . . i r en( '" honor :,ociety. SI' TIS-national scrvice honora ry f o r ,;ophoJl1ore wolllen. T,\SSELS-Io('al I lonorar), for senior girk

Athle,tic

P A n F I l : NOHTHWEST I 1HERCO LLEGIJ\TE A T H L ET 1 C CONFER· E \i C E-a re" o rgan iza t ion for i n tercollegiate athletics.

LETTERl\IE 's CLU B-social o rga n iza tion for men who have won let· tc�n; in one or more major $port:-:.

M E I'S I N T R A M U R A LS-for student" wi"hing to part ic i pate in l i m i ted but not i n ter('o l J�giate "port" anivi t i"" .

SEASPRITES a clu b for those intcrc"tcd in aquatic art. SKI CLUB-for student:, in terested in i n d ividual or Compelll1\'c "kiing. VA RSITY ROWING CLU B-for male "tudent,; interested in crew racing.

Departmcntal

A M E R I CAN C I I El\ n C A I. SOCI ETY STUDENT A FFILIATE CHAPTER -a dllh for �tudcnts interested in CQreers in tire chcmical sciences.

DELTA I OTA Cl-ll-for 1lI1 1',ing: stlldents. FRENCH. GERl\[A.', NORWEGIAN, SPANISH CLUBS-for students in·

tt'rc�ted in lu ng:llages. K A P PA R HO K A P PA-for stlldents in terested in Greek. LI N N E SOCIETY-for b iology students. J\[ATI- I EMATI CS CLUB-for mathcmatics students. 1'1 1 1 CHI TH ETA-a national fra tern i ty fo r women nU1J onng in business. P H I EPSILOi -for women studcenls majoring i n physical education. PSYCHOLOGY, SOCIOLO GY, H I STORY-[or student,; i nterested in each

str l c iy. STU DL'IT ED UCATION ASSOCIATION ( Rho Lambda Chi ) -local chap·

ter of Student Nat ional Edlll'atioll Assoc iation.

Musical

CHOI R OF THE W EST-a cappella choir interested especially in sacred chora l llll1 :--: ic.

M U P I l I EPSI LON-local chapter of National Music Sorority. ORGAN G U I L [)--st"dent cha rter of A merican Guild of Organists. THE AMBASSADOR QUARTET-a quartet from the mllsic department. THE CHAMBER SINGERS-a 16'l'oice group selected from the

Un ivers i ty Chorale.

Tl DE T LHF 3 1

THE M A D R I G A L Sl G ERS-an organizat ion of trained VOICe, -inging both sacred und _-,"cular l I luoic.

UNI ERSITY CHO RA LE-,inger, i l l tercsted il l -acred choml mu-ic and o ra torio.

UNIVE RSlTY CO. CERT BA N -a perfo rming ( ,Ollcert organiza tion. Var­iou, memh,el-' of th is group also pa nic i l ,a te in tlw Pcp Band which pnforllls at a thl , : t i c con tc,t,.

U NI VE RSITY ORCHESTRA-for i'btnr nwntali-t,; who are interested in ol"('ht�:"tral perfo rnUlIH'c.

Religious STU D E T C N GREG A TlON-undcr _ the ieadcr"h i l' of the l'a<lor, Joh n

O. La rsgaa rd, is an o rganization d e .... igned t o p romote Chri:-t ian l i fe and to train the studenh for i n fortlH:d and act ive l ea der,h i l' i n the church_

The Student Congrega t ion is the l .u tl lPran Student,;' i\,,,ociat ion ( I .SA ) on thi" C'\lll I JU --. It clects a Board of Deacon" a Board of Tnbtecs,

and a General Coullci l annual ly and promotes a ,tewardshi p p rogmm. S tudent,; a re invited to aff i l iate with t h i, o rganiza t ion during t h, : ir u n i ­versi ty eareer. T h i s affi l ia t ion doe, not con,i,t i n a t ransfer from, n o r afft:( ' t i n any way, the i r lnern}wr:-; h i p in tile hOIne (�ongregation. I\Jlorning worshi p i s conducted each Sunday i n Eastvold Chapd, and the Lord's S u p per i, celebrated every Sunday in the Tower ChapeL

Prayer Service, College Affi l iated Laymen', League ( CA LL ) , and League Interest Fellow,h i p Team, ( LI FT ) arc also organized u nder the S tudent Congn'gation.

Speech Arts

A LPHA PSI Oi\IEGA- a tional honorary drama t i c fra ternity_ CU RTA I l\' C A L L CLU B--All ,tudents i n t ere,ted in all pha,e, o f per­

fortll ing thf'[l t p. r. FORENSIC SQlA D S- - Loc al o rg;anizat ion fo r arca and national competi­

tion in debate and individual speaking evcnt,. KNIGHTTIME-Wcekly p rograms pre,entcd over KI'LU-TV ( closed c i rc u i t

television ) f o r University commu n i tv i n formation. Open to part ic ip a t ion by all students.

KPLU-FM� Un iyersity owned radio broadcasting station_ Partic: ipat ion open to all _students.

PHI B ETA-Na tional fra te rn i ty for junior and sen ior women. PI KAPPA D E LTA - -N a t ional hono rary foren,ic fra ternity.

Student Publications

MOORING MAST-weekly stlldent newspaper. SAGA-Univcl-s i tv yearbook.

AUTOMOBILES AND OTHER VEHICLES

The use and possession of automobi les und other motor vehicles in the campus a rea is a matter of p ri v ilege and not of r ight . A buses may result in revoking such p rivileges. All who use an automobile or other motor

3 2 <; II 1 )['. I .J r r

veh i cl e ", l l i l " a t tending the U n i "''' 'si ty IIl11H register I II t h e office of Business Ma nager a l ld p urchase a perm i t w h i c h mlls t he placed as d irected on the ,,"', icie.

SCHEDULING

A l l :-io(' iu l a nd u l l i \'(� r:-; i ty <le t l \ LUes a rran�pd by df'partmcnt..;; , CClmpu:-; c l l l b�, or grou ps of stuti!'llb l l Iust be s('heduled t h rough t i le oHie(, of the Dean o f Women. Appro 'cd chaperones a rc requ i red for a l l sclwrlulpd act ivities held ei t iwr on or off (o'"111'US. The. srl , , :rl i l l i l'l:� of aet i v i t ics hy st l ldent,; is tile j o i n t rc"I J('Tlsi l , i I i t y o f t l ", O .. a n of \'{'onwn a n d the Social A c t iv i t ie .s Board.

PLACE OF RESIUENCE

Paci fic Lutheran is a res. idcntial un i\'rr-s i ty. A student not l iv in g a t hOllle w i t h I I i . ..; par�nt�. guardian Or s l 'Oll:-;e i� requi rf�d to l ive in a re . ..;idcn<:c hall on c a ll 1p lh I I n le:--;:;; h :. is at least 2,1 years of age. Each nl'w and fe-en ter ing ,tndent n l l l H f i l l out the STUDE:"T PI:: RSO N N E L FORi\I received froIll the D f l i , ... of Ad' l l i"ions.

A rt'lu rn i n g :-; t l ldel l t , one who cont in l le:-; wi t hout in te lTupt ion, appl ies for ti ,e n,·,t 'l I 'adelll ic yea r hy paying the 850 (kp""it on t u i t ioll and I l l' f i l l ing ont the A PPLI CATION FOB. RESIDEN CE l I A LL A CCOMMODATIONS if hf ' plans to l i \'C in- a rc"idl'lwc I ia l l : or the A D D R ESS RECO R D FORM i f IH� w i l l I w l i\ ing a t 1I011H' w i t h i I i � parent::=., guardian o r �pOI I :-:P.

I f S t l i l k I l I.' ( 'annot he aC" o nllnocia ted in the r(',idencc hal ls, tl](' Un iyersity­not lhe .<;ltl(lef1t-nwk�s the nC('('.";�<_L ry I I I'O\'j ,-..; iQIl:-: for h O l l ...; i l lg.

ROO�1 HESERVATIONS AND ASSIGNMENTS

A ppli('ation for a re.'ie l l ·nrc hall rOOIll hI' t he new or re·entering :;tnl. l < -nt is l l l�(k on the ST DENT P E RSON N E L FO R'.!, as expla i n cd abovc, a fter a r l l l l i" ion to tl,c ( Jl l iY,'rsity lras I)(!cn conf irmed. Prior i ty for choice of hall is det l ' l' l l l i n (>d hy th" date the St r ident l'< :rsonnel Form i, r('('ein-'d, and hy the a\'a i "d J i l i t y of space .

. \ ft e r the I l l iddle of the s p r i n g ,(,Il"'stn, on days that w i l l h" designated, ,tlldents cu rre n t l y I'n ,-ol led may a p p l y for r(', id"nce h a l l Clccorl l i l lodations for tl ,( , nex t <lcadl'l I l ic )', · a r. Priori ty w i l l h" giH'll to t i ,ose who a p p l y at that t i me and according to l i r e ava i labi l i ty of spa,·c. A fter that date, a l l I'OOIl l rC,C I'VCl' t i on.'. i l l"'udillg those of TlCW ,tudents, " i l l he a.signed in the ordcl' of rec e i p t o f a pp l i c a t ion.

1' 1 1 ( ' rOOIl l r('s('rva l ion will an tOll lat ically he ca nc"' '''d if a student has not a rrin'. r \ hv t. l l l' day prior to the I lf'g i n n ing of das�e" 1\ 11 room changes must I", a l ' p rm'ed liy the Director of Housinp;.

l IoI"inl-'; a", igl l lncnt, do not eont inuc a u tomatically frOIll year to year. The

Lll i\ "l'r�ity re:-;( ' !Tt·� the r i�l 1 t to cha nge a :-:.tu Jent's location o r to (·. lose a h O I L " i n(T u n it Wllcl l t:\'cr ncce;-;:-;ary.

HES I I lENCE HALLS

The U ni , ersi ty maintai lh re .• id\�IH!e h a l ls for stn rlenb, O\'er whi(·h the Office o f Stl ldf�nt A ffa i r� 1 1a:-; gl->lIcral � l l pen· i�ion. All stl ldcn l� u:-;:-; igncd rOOlll:i in any

Tl Ol T Ul l 3 3

o f th" residence "'d i s a re requ i red 10 c o n t i n u e residence i l l t"'lt h a l l for the aeac lt-I llic reM. T i l e J"( ' s id , 'n (T I t a i i s o p e n on S u n day o f O r i ,',n t a t io ll \Veek, and do,,, a t 9 :00 a. lll. t h e day foll o w i n g the Ill"t sch ed u l e d exall l i na t ion.

' t l l de n ts a I"(' n n t a l l [) \\ (:d i n the h a l l s i n advance o f t l , , ; o p e n i ng e late, e x ·

c('pt 1 ))" adva n( 'e a rrangf' lllcn h a n d paynH"'ll l o f a spec ia l fee. R e t l l r l l i n g stl l ­dCI l L" shou l d not ret l lrn to t i le c a m p " ...; I I n t i l t i l ( ' day t l ] (�y a rT to reg i :..; tPr, l l n k:--:-) tl w y a rc a�kcd to come ('a r l y,

The 1"C" i c lenc€ h a l l s 1(ill n o l be o pen for oc("u pan( " \' . In ring t I ,, � ,sc l w d u l e d l I n i \"{ ' r::;. ity vaca t i o n . ..;, a� a nnou nced i n t l ! � ( ,ata log.

The r("si c ic ' r l l ' C h a l l s I , a " " dou ble and I r i p l e roonb w i t h a l i m i t. ed l l n l l l l ll' r of "i l l�I l' 1'00 1 1". Matt ress pad" a n d hed,spre;".!, a lT fll m i ,I",d in a l l h a l ! ., : d ra pe r il'" a rt: pl"(wid(;d i n a l l , ,,"cpt H a rstad wl l ich i 1 c" \'(' n l , t i a n h l in d,. A l l l'oonlS a rt' pro\' i c k c l w i t l l " i n f! l e heds, c 1 1 l ' ,.,h o f drawcrs, ,st n d v desk."

de:--k l a J l l J ):-;� a n d c i l J i r..;, S t l l de n t:; fl l rn i · .. : i l J l lT:-;o n a l i tem...; i nc i l l d i n g ."d teet...;, p i l low I ' a '' ' '', p i l low<, h l a n k c t� 'l I ld t o m , l s. A p p roved el ect r i c a l i t e m " a re ra d io.,,: record player:-- , ( ' lo"k�, tY J lcwri ter�, read ing l a mp:.:;, h a i r dryer:-;, : .. d l i.l \"er�, c l i p pers and Iwa t ing p a c k Irons may be stored in the roo m s bu t n l l ",t he 1 I ,ud Oldy in t h e i ro n i n � mom. I t c l l " ", I l i c h a r ' n u t <lllowed and may n o t he b'pt a t ,,' :hool a l"(' : sll n l a m ps, e l e c t r ic: h la n k " ls, TV'" h o t p l a tes, e lectr ic IwatC I'S Hnd pC'r�( ) l la l i ro n i n g : hoa rds, A n y o t h"" el C C l r icai i t c' l l l .s I l l l l " t "',,'C t i l t ' a p p roval lif t i ' l ' D i l"(x tor of Housing,

O c c l l pa n t.s <I n: I ,e ld respons ible for danwgc : to t i le roo m s o r t lwi r f l lrnish i ng<, Cot;:t o f damag(-'.:; beyond t i t(' normal wear to residence l l a l l:-;� lI n l e�� ::-Hcll ( id l l Jagc h a s het ' l l i c \ r - n t i f i r - d w i t h a n i n d i v idual , will be cha rged 011 a p ro ra t e d b a s i s a mol lg the g ro u p w i t l , i l r t h , . "'ti l . The rOO l l " are su i Jj( ' ( ' t to i nspect io l l h " r<"W"st ' l I t a t i ,, ( 's o f t I l t , O F fic(> of S t u d e n t A f fa i rs, A f i n a l i n s p c( , t i o n o f each roo m mlls[ h e l lwde bcfo n' ; ) , tu r lent 1 I 1ay J r -avc a t t l , ( ' end o f a SC l l l c'<lcr or a t any t i m e t h a t h e w i l h draws from the n i vr : r,itv. F i n a l l ' i l l 'ck o l l t from a residence h a l l i s c O L n p l e l" only w i t h I h j s i l l 'pl"e t ion ami a f te r the k e y h a s I ) ( '( 'n tll rned i n . I f t h e r e ha, Iwen a n y ,L l l l1age for w i l i c h t l w ,t l ldent i s r""ponsi l ' ] , , , a n a s"" ""nH'11 I w i l l 1 ) ( ' l i l a dc a n d I l l c st ' l lI, 'n l " i l l be c h a rg,;d t h i:-; amoul l t .

ROUSING FOR lHAHRIED ST DENTS

The U n i vc r:-- i t y I l l a i n t a i n� t Wl ' l l ty-�ix ll J lart l ll e l l l ::-: on ('al1l pll� for m a rr i ed , t l l l i, ' n t". FO l l r o f t l t <- ' 1 1 1 ;l l'P t lm:r· lwdl'llom l I n i ts, t l , ( ' rCll l a i n d e r two·bedroom u n i t s, Each i, I 'a r t j a l l y fU l'll ished w i t l l a n e l e c t r'i ' stove and a heater. A I" "I ica t i o n " fell" fa m i l y a pa rt l l l e n t,; "ll O l. l l d be lIlad" t l l ro l l � h the office of the D i rector o f I Iousin�. A $40.00 deposit nl l l, 1 '' ' ' ( 'Olll pany t l t e : a l ' p l i ( · a t io n . T I , c"e Ll j l p l ic a l LOf1;:; a re p l"oce&'"'cd accord i n g to t i l e date lhey a re rc(' c i \ ed.

3 4 _ mER SF SION

Summer Session The SUlllmer Se,sion con,i."t, of two f1" e-week terllls and ,tarb in the middle

of Ju ne. The rou rses carry regular col lege cred i t and are of the "<l l11e ,tanda rd as those given during the regula r srhool year.

The curricul u m is designed fo r undergraduates working towa rd a bacca­lau reate degree, gradua tes working toward u muster's degree, teachers seeking credentials, school administrators ,ceki ng practical course,. fre,hmcn des iring to in itiate coll�ge study, and others desiring spec ial studies in the l i beral a rts.

Persons working toward a deg ree frolll the Uni\'''I"sity o r for a tenehing certificate mllst o hservc thc regular admi' 'ion requ irements of the Universi ty. Transient ,tudenb who enroll fo r the slimmer session only need submit a let ter of academic: stan ding or give other evidence of be ing prepared for colIeg;e study.

A co mp le te catal og fo r the st.lmmer es.sion j- printed each �I'ring. Write to the Di rec tor of the Summer Session for this publ ir , lt ion and other informa· tion desired.

Late Afternoon and Evening Classes

To provide for the profc""ional growth and culnual enriehrnen t of [lersons unable to take u reg;ular, full·time col lege course, the Un iversity conduets a prognun of lute afte rnoon Gnd evening cla:::se�. The�e cour�cs arc given maiJliy on Ci.llllPll�.

A wide variety of courses are offered in the a rts and :;ciences and in pro­fe"sional and graduate studies. There are specialized courses for teachers and school administrator", for persons in business and indust ry. The cou rses are of the same caliber as those offered during the regu lar scssion and are open to all who arc eligible to take college work.

A special bulletin is pr inted each semester out l ining the offerings, and is availahle from The Registrar of the University.

IH.MII PROt Em HFS 3 5

Academic Procedures HEG ISTHA TION

I n cOlhu l t a t ion w i th t l l c i r fac u l ty a dvisers, qudcnts whose appl icat ions for a d l l l i " ion I ,n\( ' Iwcn a p p rol-ed " I ,oldd register on the d o )" de"igna tcd on the 'Ll tool i "lI lenr lar. St l l eknts who I'cgister after the day" designa ted w i l l be cha rged a late rpgi,; trut ion ke. ( Sec sec tion on Finane'I" ) Sll Ident,; current ly i n a t tendance a t t l te Univer,,; i t y ,ho l l ld register i n advance o f eael l I I C \\' :-;Cr l lc..=; tcr .

In thc ' I Jr ing Sf ' I J I ('st 1', "tudents who wish to ret l l rn for the fol low i n g a l " l I i c ' l l ic yt�a r 111<I.,t app ly f o r re· e n t nt n c e by mak i ng a 3 5 0 deposit o n t u i t ion . P rior i ty i n room assignment>; a n d choice o f cla,, _' offel-i ng,,; w i l l be g i l ( 'n to ,,;t ll d e n t. s wllo lnak, ! t h i,,; a p pl ie'l t ion d l l r i ng de,; ignatecl day" w h ich w il J be u l i nol l n , 'cd. St.ndents who make a p p l ieat ion a f te r t I le dc"igna ted day,; II' i l I be ,, , ' ( ' , 'p ted arrord i n " to t l l l� ,;pa(',c avai lahle in re"ielen"c halls and , ' Iasse".

Nt;w ,; t u dents, fn"d l r t lcn or t ran;;ferf', Illay he invi ted to come to the campll' to regiqer during the :-'U l l l l l l f ' l'. Hcgu la r facul ty ad\'i�er� \\" i l l a��i"t t h e�e �tud(.)n t:--; in p la l ln inJ,!; t i le ir ( 'Ot l r�e� and in l't�gi:-;teJ' ing.

A " t l ldent i, 1 I0t o fficial l y t;!n l'OlI"d n n l i l his registra t i o n has been clea red by the Bu" i l l l"'" O ffice and hi" P lace of fle"ielence form ha, bern received by the Office of ti l dent A ffai r"

A DVANCED PLACEMENTS Sce (lube ( / (,)

f:HEDIT BY EX." MINATTON

St l ldc.n t, ar ' permit ted, wi th in l i mi t,.;, to ,('('li re nedil bv exami na t ion III l ieu of regular I-'n roll lI1ent and c ia,;,; a l l>ndanee. The maximllm alllolint o f c red i t wh ich may be earned i n th is w a y and appl ied toward a bachelor's degree I" il l I", clct,'rl1lin 'c1 by the deans in ind ividllal case,.;.

Tllc 'lturp:e for all examination for c red i t earned in t h is manner is '30.00 per C(lIl r,;c, A rran:' luelll" for "uell examina tion;; must be made by the stu­ciPn t \\ ilh the dcpartnlf'lIt chai rmall or school dir !'lor and " ppron,d by the appropriate clean, Evidence of this approval and of tlte payment of the ke ,11(l I t ld be p resen tt'd by th(� ;;tudent t o the professo r who w i l l adlll i n i -t,',r the exami n a tion.

COUR 'E WAD Tlte normal cO l l rse load [ai' ful l · t i m e st l lde n ts i;; 16 hou r;; per semester,

i nc l uoing phy,; i l 'a l ,'du( 'ation aet i l i t}", The mi n i ll l u m load for a f l t l l · t i m e ,;tudenL is 12 I I0u r,. A c redit. ! tour l'I'prC>ienl:; one fu l l pe r ioo o f p repan;d class work per week, or, if a la bora tory ,u hj('ct, at kast two periods per week for one selllc�tcr.

Only a swel,'nl w i t h a B ( 3.0 ) average o r bettcr may register for marc than 18 hours )lcr scme,;ter w i thout lhe con,e n t of the dean of tire col lege in wh icll I l l : i.-i n�gi�lered.

A studen t engaf.':ed in milch ou tside work for oelf·sup[ lor t may he re,tricted to a I'l>dl l ( ' t;d academic load.

3 6 \ 1 III \1 1 1 1 ' 1 01 COI l ES

CHANGES N REGISTRATION

Cha nge;. in regi;;trat io n due to confl ic t .' or errors in regi,tration may he I lwde w i t hou t ( ' I , a rge d'Hillg t i l e f i rst WP"k of th ticmcster.

To w i thd raw from a cia -s and/o r add a c ia;;", t he following procedure is to I ", fo l l o w ed :

1. O b tui l l t l l f ' ( 'hang'� of p rog ra m card frolll t i le Hcg i st ra r. 2. O h ta i n I he Jlcc(-':�::-:ary sign�tu rc:-::;. 3. Pay t i l e 5.00 ( ,ha ngc of rcgi,st rn t ion f" e at t h e Busi ness Offi",!. 1. Hctl l ,." ( ' h a n g l ' of p rogram c a rd to th ' Registra r.

Ti ll! studellt is r('sponsihl" for cOll lplet ing the abo\'e st('ps w i th i n OIlC wcck a fter oh ta i ll i J lg t i l e cha nge ,·;:nd.

AUDITING OF COURSES

FIIJ I - l ime ndergraduate;;

1. TI,c fci' for a l l d i t i ng i s .l O.OO p e r ( "ol l r;;r..

2. '1' 1 , , : at" l i tor mllst "'�I ' l i rc t i l ('. pt\rm i':sion of the in ,st ructor a n d then rt'f' i"ter ( i n t i le I I sli a l \\' 1.1 )' ) as un audi tor. H is t ra nsc ri p t w i l l show t i , e a u d i t i l l g rCf 'ord. T Ip is expected to a L tend t l lf� dasse" w ith rea;;on· : Jh lc rc,,"1 : 1 I ' i ty , a l t l lo ug l l he i s not perm i t ted to part i c i p a t e in cia3s d i sl ' l I"iolls . He i s Ilot h p l d a , 'c o u l i l a h i c for work in t h e coun;e.

3. A ,tl ".Ie n t is l�ot p" r m i t l ecl to a l ld i t l l iore than one (;ou rse in any selllc't I'. Consu l ta t ions \l i t h h i s a dv i se r �hou l d prec de the decision to au di t .

4. Should a ,tuclr 'nt ,uh"cqucntly wi"h to a t telli p t to ga in crcdi t by ex­ai l l inat ion i l l a n audited cou rse, t i ,e fce for the e,amination will be �30.00. A swdcn t w i l l not br. a l lo wed to seck c red i t by examinat ion u n t i l the la p"" of at lea"t onc semester a fter the termiuat ion of the a l t d i l f'd CO l I r. .... {'.

Graduatc Student"

Graduate ,tudenh w ho " i ,l , to a u d i t a ( 'ourse w h i c h has a l ready been taken for ned i t may do ,0 w i t h t h e pCt'lllis;;ion of t i le Director of Grud· l I a t e Sl i ld ics. Thc fcc for a u d i ti n p: is �10 per cou r,c.

Non-De;:;ret� S t udents

Matt l l . . . i n rli\ ' idllal, wl,o wisll to aud i t Un i \'ersi ty cour<;es may do ;;0 w i tlt the a p p ro, ," of the i llst ruc tor and a p p ropria te dean. The fcc is SIO [. er c redit I , our.

\,\'ITH DltAWALS

A ,t u de n t wish ing to w i t h d raw frOll! the Un ivers i t y nll";t obta in a with­d ,-a wal c a rd i l l tile Academic Dean" Office, com plete a with d rawal qu est ion­n a i re, :l I l e l o l , tn in lh(� ne(' (',Ssary signa t t l res on the withdrawal ca rd. The ;;ttldent i " t 'nt i t J . .d to I ,ono ra h l , ' c i is tn i,,,d if h i, record of r;on dtl( '[ i<; ;;a t i,faclo ry and if I l f � i ras sat isfied al l financial ob l ig<l t ions .

O ff i . . i a l w i L h I " a\\, al , du r i ng t l lf � f i rst fottr w(!t'b of " Ias"c, of the seme"ter are i nd ic a tcd hy W. A fte r tklt t i me a student wi th draw ing offic ially will

AC DE. II PROt .Dl l n- 3 7

re('ein' " i th (:r a \V P ( wi thdrawal w i t h passing ) or WE ( wi t hdrawal with fa i l u re ) . A n u nofficial withdrawal froIll a course w i l l be recorded as E.

W i t hdrawal during the final six week;; of a semester wi l l be a p p roved only upon consideration �f factors beyond tbe control of the student.

GRADES

The fol lowing f inal grades are used i n j udging the qual ity of a student's work : A , I:: , c d lc n t ; B, Cood : C, Sat isfactory ; D, Poo r ; E. F a i lure. The letter P is used when c n;dit ha� been allowed without defining the grade, and has no be" ri n g lIpon the !'lnclent's grade point ratio.

Spec ial c i rG u lllstan '�s Illay warran t the use of the temporary mark I ( incoIll­p l et t' ) to indiptc t h a t t h e student is doing pas;;i ng work in the coun'c b u t has b(;cn unable to com plete a major u,,,ignment because of factors beyond his contro l . An I i . not given when the s tudent ha ' i neglected his work or failed to take tl lte f i n a l e. xa m i na t ion. The i n structor giving a n I IIlust file w i t h the clcan of the col lege conc �rned a statement spec.ifying the reason for the ineomplcte and the a mu u n t of work to be completed. An I must be remm'ed duri I lg the f i rst six w"eks of the followinp; 'cmc,;ter of residence lIllIe"" the stuCIe I;t, previolh to that date, bas recei ved 'tl n official extension of t i me from the dean concernJ'lI .

GRAnI,� POiNTS

Grad·' po int'; are "ranLcd a, fol lows : A. fou r grade points for each credit hOll r : H� tJu{-'t-' grade points; C, two grade point .. ; D, one grade poi n t : E, no gr;.ldc point.

A f .... :shIl lan o r sophomore receiving a D or E i n any course may repeat t h e ( 'ou r"" and in s u c h case t h e second grade wi l l b e counted in comput ing t h e c u m u l a t i,'c g (Oade p o i n t al'erage, p rov ided t h a t t h e repetition of freshmen courses oc('urs by the end of the so pho more year and sophomore cour:"es by the end o f the j u nior year.

A j u n io r or sen ior al", llIay repeat u cou!";e in w h i c h h e received D or E ; b u t hoth the origi lw l and t h e repeated record wil l be included i n figuring the ( 'ul lutla t i l C grade p o i n t average.

ACA D EMIC PROnATION

:\ sl i l Cknt i, p laced on academ ic: p ro ba tion i f he fai Ls to keep h is f;rade point average ( ho t h eu Tllula tively and for the immediate preceeding semeste r ) a bove t I l e lowe't ac( 'cptabk val ue;; for his class : freshmen, 1.75 ; sophomores, 1.90 ;

u j J perr : l""lllcn, 2.00. Both the ,tudent a n d h i s parents ( i f t h e student is u n der 2 1 ) w i l l r�('ei l e ol1' ic ial not ice of such aet ion. Acadeil l i c probation i.s not a disc iplinary lllC'''''re but an attempt to encou rage the student in the d i rection o f h is h ig i ( cst effic iency, The p robationary student will be requ ired to reduce either h i:-; ae�ld( 'rn i(' or extra-curricular :l( ' t i \' i t i ('�� or hoth, u nt i t ' h i ::; an�rage s'!ted l I l leet the standa rds i n d ic a ted above.

The , t ( J dent o n p roi la t ion who fai ls to show adequate iUlprovemcnt d u ring the fol l owing se mest e r will not be al lowed to re-register u nless, be('ause of extenua t i n g c i rClIlTl'tan(TS, h e is reinstated hy the Academic Sta tus Commit tee.

3 8 m. l ie " 110 �:DJ RE '

He may apply for readmission after the exp iration of one scmester unle�� informed otherwise.

Failure in more than onc course during any ,emester results in ineligibility to continue the following semester execpt by spccial action of the Academic Status COlllmittee.

A �enior on probation will not be included on the list of ca ndidates for graduation.

ELIGIB ILITY FOR PARTICIPATION IN STUDENT ACTIVITIES

A student must carry at least 12 hours, have a cumulative grade point average of 2.0, and have earned a 2.0 grade point average the previous 'emester in order to be eligible to ( a ) hold an office in student organizations, ( b ) accppt a position of honor to which one might be elected by the Student Body as a whole, ( e ) represent the University in intercollegiate contacts, ( d ) par t icipate in dramatic. or musical performances, ( e ) be a staff member of the Saga or Mooring lVlast. It is the responsibil ity of the organization to clear students' eligibility; the student himself should wi thdraw from office if he finds he i, not eligible.

CLASSf FICATlON OF STUDENTS

S tn dcnt are classified as follows : Fresh men : sludent " who ha\'e met the entrance req u i rement,. Sophomores: ,lucient, who han� completed 24 semester credit hours and

ha\'e earned 48 grade points. Juniors: regula r ,tudent,; who ha".: fulfilled lower divi,ion requirement:;

and have completed 56 scm stcr hours and have earned 112 grade points. Seniors : regu lar , t u dents who have completed 88 semester ("[edit hours and

hem; earned 176 grade points.

FOREIGN STUDY OPPORTUNITIES

The Uni\'crs.ity recognizes that thc mature, qualified student may benefit from ,;tlldy abroad as a part of his degree program. An)' student wishing to receil'c credit for study abroad must first secure the approval of the ehairrnan of h is major department, or h i s representative, and of the dean of his college before embarking on any program. Provided that th i.s prior approval has been seeured, credit may be granted for work done at a recognized foreign university or university·level inSlitution. Official evidence of both the quantity and quality of work must be submitted. The University is not obligated to grant credit for work done abroad without prior a pproval.

HONORS COURSES

Honors cour,es a re offered by certain departments for students of superior academic abi lity. Freshmen ranking i n the upper ten per cent of their high school ela:;scs and muking an acceptable score on the college aptitude test are el igible for con�iderati oll. Registration in honors courses is by im'itation onl)'. Opportunity for superior students to do independent study and research in the i r maj o r field is available during their junior and senior years.

3 9

THE DEAN'S LIST

R,·'cog n i t ion i� giycn hy the U n iversity to ;;tuden ts who a t t a i n high scholastic

achiel'€mcnt. Their name: a re [1l 1 hl isl lcd OIl the Dean's List at the end of eaell semester. To be el igihle a studt' nt must ha\·p. n grade point average of 3.3 or het t e r for the p revioLis semcster.

APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION

It is the responsibil i ty of the student to file his a p p l ication for gradua tion in the Regist rclI.'s o ffice. Normally thi, is done at the beginning of the senioT year.

GRADUATION HONORS

Degrees \' ith honors of Cum Laude, Magna Cum Laude and Summa Cum Laude a re granted to ,;tudents receiving the requ i red cumula tive grade po in t a\'(�rage. To be el ig i ble for these honors a Hudent must have earned an al'orage of 3.30 for Cu m Laude, :1.60 for Magna Cum Laude, and 3.90 for Summa Cum Laude. Physical Education activities are not to be included in the determining of hOllors. A tran"fer student llIust have completed a minimulll of sixty hours at Pacific Lutheran University to be considered eligible for gradu.'l tion honors.

('\[ Em " ORGA [Z \T[O 41

Academic Organization The programs of �tudy o fT�rcd by the Uni", 'r,ily n n' organized into the

following colJpges and schoolo : Col/ege of Arts and Sciences, College of Professional Sliidie, ( School of Business Administration, School of Education, School of Fine and Applied Arts, School of Nursing ) and Division of Graduate

ladies. )) l'1

GENERAL UNIVERS ITY REQUIREMENTS

A ca nd i da te for a bachelor's degree must p resen t credit in approved eourses amounling 10 a minimum of 128 s("mesler hours and have ma inta i n ed a grade point average of 2.00. He l1lU�t meet t he general requircmen ts of one year in residence, earn ing a m i nilllu m of 30 "emes ter hour� at the U n iversity during h is sen ior yt'Alr. A minimum of 40 sem ster hou rs of upper division courses is requ i red. Other general polic: i es regardin" e l i g i bi l i ty for a bachelor's degree are : ( 1 ) 0 more than 24 hours o f correspondence and/or exten"ion work lIlay be counwd toward a bacb elor's deg l·ee. ( 2 ) Non-music majors a re l im ited to 8 hou rs' c redit toward graduation for part ic ipation in the nHI,ic en'ern ble�.

Courses Reqll ired in All Curricula

Each candidate fo r gradua tion Ill'''t com pl ete the following general course re q u i remcn l:-;.

1 . E·,,�li.<ll Composition allli '"iterature - 6 hours Composition 101 (3 semester hours ) or its equivalent is required of all fre,hme n. The th ree·hour requirement i n literature may be met by any cou rse i n the department except 101, 218, 302, 318, 321, 322, 40-1. Be­gin ning in 1969-70, a l l junior ,t ud en h w i ll be requi red to pass an Engl i<;h proficiency exam ination or to complete a remedial cou rse.

2. Fine Arts - .'1 IWllrs This requi rement may be met by a course i n art or music. Applied mu,i" cou r,,;:- wi l l not meet tllis req u i rement.

3. Heallit and P"y.�ical Education - 4 hours Phy,.ical education activiti .. must be taken during the freshman and :·op homore yean;.

4·. Religion - 9 hours T I m;" cou r:;es a re required : Religion 103 is requ i red of all freshmen ; a second cou rse i" to be taken du r i ng the ,;ceond serne,;t,!r of the fr�shlllan year or durinp; the ,opholf lorc y,'" r : t he third course Ill ll!il be taken from llp pc�r·di v i �ion ofT(":rinp;:-; i n the j u n ior or �e l l ior year.

5. Ph ilosoph,. - .'1 hours Tlti .. requiren",nt may be met by uny conroe in Philosophy except Phi lo.ophy 233.

6. Science - 8 hOllr., The sci ence "elected must meet the specific requirement o f the college or "cbool conc erned.

42 \ I ll (\( HC; ' I Z 11 tl :-i

7, Social Sciellce.� - 1 2 hOltrs

The 12 1 , 0 1 1 1'- requ i red III I I.'it he token in no I"" than t h rf:e dcpartmenb', w i t l l no morc tkm six hours in any onc depa rtment. The cou rses may I", .-ck('tt'd from t i l < ' depa rtnH'nt, of econom il:s, geO<' fa phy, h i!;tory, pol it i ( 'al .-eienee, I',ychology and sociology.

Major Areu. of Study

Ea('h ( 'andidate for a dep:r<'c ITIIiSt comp lete a major ( field o r conccntra t ion ) . RCCIl l i r("nC'n t!' for a major a ("(�' o l l t l i ned hy the i ndividual col leg o r "chool con­cerned. A major shall i nel u de a m i n i m u m of 21 semester hOllrs w i t h at least 12 hOI i I" taken in the j l ln ior a l l d "cnior year". (j hou rs o f " h i c h ,1101l 1d h", taken du rin" th{� ,enior year.

COLLEGE OF AHTS AND SCIENCES

The College of A r ts and Sciences serve, the central concerns of all educa­tional prop:rallls on the ( 'am pus. Its eou rses arc characterized by commitmcnt to the ,'a I 1It;, a nd rele" aney of l ibcr,t1 education, education that pro" idcs per­�pc('ti\·c a n d p repares for ongoing cnc:ounter with reality and chancre.

[n addi t i o n to ,upplyinp: v i rtual l y a l l of the !:ourses that meet the General Ul I iH:r, i ty Ilcq u i rcnwnts, t l te College offer;; additional general educa t ion o p por­tu nitie'i and more epec i a l ized p repara tion for sen·ice in many fields of study. The r 1 ( 'gr�r, offered are Bacll f 'lor of A rt s ll n d Baehelor of Science.

Departments and Divisions To c o r r e l a t e the work of t lte d e pa r t lI lent,.; in the College of A r t,.; and Sciences

the fol lowing grou ps are organ ized : 1. Divi;;ioll of H lll l la n i t i es-D e pa rtlll ent,; of Engl ish, Foreign Languages,

Phi losophy, and Religion. 2. Divi sion of Natllral S<:ienccs - Depurtments of Biology, Clwlll istry, Gen­

eral Seicn!:e, l'IIa thema tics, and Physics. 3. D i v ision of Socal Sciences - Dcparlment� of Economic!', H istory, Health

and Physical Education, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology,

Genel'al COlLr�e Heqllirements

Calldidate� fo r tile Bachelor of A rt:; and Bacllelor o f Science degrees must l l Ien the Ce nera l (J ni, cr:;ity Req u i relllent,; descrilJed i n the preceding p ap:c,s. Tn addit io n to t i l l : cou rses requ i red by al l cu rricula, candida tes IllUSt. a t t a i n a p l'of ie i"ncy in one foreign bngllage equal to t l lat of a , tl ldent who hus com­p l e l " d two years o f col lege lewl l a nguugt: stu dy. This n:q u i rement may be met i l l a ny o f the following \lay"

1. B y eOll lp let ing fOl l r h i g h school yea r;; in onc foreign lan guage. 2. Ih " " f 'ccs.-fu l l y c o m p l e t i n g two yea r, o f collrge study i n one foreign

language.

43

:t By a combination of high �ehooI and college study in the same language. In this case, OIlC, two, three, or fOlIr semesters of college study may be IleL;e,,,,,ry dcpend ing upon the student's knowledge of the Iu ngnage at entrance. PIa 'ement in the college language program is pmely on the ba� is of profici ency as determined by the University.

·1 . B y ' Iwe ia l examination.

The f'ciencc requ i rement may be sal isfied by one of the fol l owin g yea r se· quellCcs : B iology 101, 1 02 ; B iology 131, 132 ; Chemistry 10:3, 104 ; Chemistry· Physics 109, 1 1 0 : or Gcology 101, 102.

Major Req u i rements

A lLlajor i, a sequcnce of cou rses in some one area, ",;twlly in one depa rt· Illent. The selection of the major should he made by the end of the sophomore year. The choice mu,t he approved by the cha i rman of the department. The general minilLlum requirements, as well as the selection of supporting subjects requi red, arc determined by thc departlllcnt concerned. The quality of work Illlliit be "C" or better. Any studcnt receiving a grade "D" lIlay connt the credit towa rd graduation but not towa rd the major.

Thp, rcco gn ized major� iu thi� col lege are a rt, biology, chemist ry, classical languages, economic;;, En�lish, French , general sc ience, German, health and phys ica l education, h isto ry, mathematics, music, philosophy, phy;;ics, pol itical science, psychology, rel igion , sociology, Ilnd speech. Not 1II0re than 40 semester hour.;; earned in onc depa rtment of study may be a ppl ied toward the bachelor's degrec in t h is col lege .

Gel/eral Fre.,hman Progranl *

First Semester tEngl ish 101 Composition

* * Foreign language or mathematics

* * S<;ience (a year sequence) " * Soc ial science

P.E. a . t ivity

Hrs. 3

3 or 4 4 ,) 1

l4 0r IS

5e('()nd Semester firs. t ReI. 103 Introduction to the

Christian Faith * * Foreign language

or mathematics * * Elective ( s ) * * Science ( a year sequence) * * Socia l science

P.E. act iv i ty

3

3 01' 4 3 or 6

4 3 1

14 to lR

A .<tudent u,ually cOILlpletes the majority of the Genera l Cou rse Requirements in the freshman a nd sophomore years. Except ions occur in the case of mllny science students.

* II student planning to complete requirements lor a science major should joilo/li the outlin e given under his department in the section, "Courses of Instruction."

* * A stlldent may defer one 01 these cou rses until a later year, il so advised. t May be taken the lirst or second semester ; either Religion 103 or English

101 may be taken lirst.

44 O R

PROGRAMS FOR CAREERS

Preparation for�1tngineerillg

17 TI I ·

In the belief that an engineering education should in these rapidly changing tirnes he of ,ufficiently fu ndamental nature to permit rapid adapta t ion to new technical problems and opportunities and of sufficiently l iberal nature to pro· vide awa rcne:;" of the broad social responsibili ties involved, the Universi ty offers the first three years of 11 3·2 program in engineering. Students spend the three years on this campu studying �lIbject mat ter basic to all engineering fields and then tran,fer to the engineering school of their choice where their studies continue, concentrated in a specific area of engineering. Two addi· tional years of full· time study are normally required to fulfill the requirements for an engineering degree. A t the end of one year of study a t the engineering school , and completion of 128 c redit hours, students a re eligible for the B.A. or B.S. degree from Pacific Lutheran University. Students are urged to formulate plans both with respect to the en gineering school they plan to atend and the type of engineering they will . tudy as early a� po�sible in order that the pro· gram at Pacific Lutheran can be coordinated with the engineering program of their choice.

Any student who is in terested in engineering and has been accepted for admission to the ni\'crsity may register in the pre-engineering cou rses. To qualify for the 3·2 engineering program, however, he must meet certain specific reqll i relncnt�.

Entrance requirements: In order to qual ify without deficiency, entering fre�hJJlcn mu,t ha\'e had four years of high school mathematics ( two years of algebra ; geometry and trigonometry ) and one year of eithe r ' phy,ic;; o r chemistry. Additional courses in mathematics a n d science are desirable. He

DE t i l aRC !l;JZATJO 45

must ue profic ien t i n the lIse of the English l anguage, both reading a n d writ ing , and two year� of a fore ign language is h igltly recoillmen ded.

A l l J Jre-e ng i n 'c ring � t l ld(� l 1h a re �c reened du ri ng Lheir �o pho rnore yeu r by u cOlll lll i ltee fro l l ! the ,ciencc facilIty a n d on ly tho�e who, by their scholastic r(",cord, character, and personal ity, indicate that they are capable of do ing sati,f(lctory work in the eng i neering field ar accepted for the 3-2 progra",_ To qualify for the 3-2 program !'llldenLS !'hould maintain a grade point average of 25 01' I ,,-: t lcr.

Prospective eng i neering "tudents w h o have dcfi c i r'nc.ie!' from high schoo l should either ( 1 ) make u p such deficiencies in <u lllmer sehool bdorc matr icu­l a t ion at the Un ivel-, i ty , or ( 2 ) plan to attcnd u l l lmcr school after their fre,h­Illall yea r, 01' ( 3 ) "Ia n to take more than t h ree year, to com p lete their p re­engineering p rogra l ll .

T h e p r()�ralll for t h e fi,-,t two yea l-_' i _" the 'ClIue for a l l b ra llc he, of cl l� i ­neering. Electives f o r t h e th i rd year I11 l 1st be chosen to Illeet the requ i remen ts for the p a r t ic u la r engineering school and t he b ra nch of engineering chosen.

Sllgge.�ted Pre-engineering Curricnllllll

Freshman Year I-Irs_ Art 1 10 Introduction to

Vi�ual A rts Chel l l istry 109, 110

Cilenli"tr),-Pby;;ics

3

English 101 Com posi tion _

C. I':. 1 5 1 , 152 Engineer ing Draw i ng a nd Descri p r ive Geo ""'t r),

8 _ 3

4 Mathematics 151, 152 nalylic

Geol lletry and Cakulus � Rd ip; io n rcq u i r' lIIen t

._8

3 2 PE activity

Jllnior Year Mathematics 351 A pp lied P h i l osophy elect ive Physics 331 • . 332 Elect ro-

magnet ic Theory Chemistry or geology Sor - ia l «cience elect ive Speech 101 Funda mentals

o f Speech .L. Religion requirenlcnt

Elect iv :i

31

I-Ir.<_ Math . 3

3

6 _ 3 or 4

o .:>

. 3 3 8

32-33

Sophomore Year English literature elective Matbelllatics 231, 252 Phy"i '� 251 I ntermediate PhY"i s 256 Me hanies Physics 221, 222 Laboratory Physic, 272 C i rcuit Theory

t Religion requirement Social SciclH"e elect ives PE act i v i ty

tS'ce page 41 for rC(ju irements in religion.

I1r.<.

3 6 3 3 2 2 3 9 2

33

46 -\ ( \ 1) 1. · 1 1 1 nHG \ IZ \TION

Prepara l ion for Law

1\'£o-t law schools require at leu�t th ree yean; o f l iberal a rts as a founda· t ion fo r pro["""ional "tudy ; however, they regard fou r years of "tudy in l i beral arts a nd a Bachelor of Arb degree as a better preparat ion for the �tudy of law. In addi t ion to lIleeting the degree requ iremenls, the prospeeti"" lall' student is :Idvised to r;oll1pl ete a t leaot one yea r of account ing a n d to include i n h i, p rogram at leu"t one c ou rse in er:ono!TIic�, h i sto ry, phi losophy, p o l i t. ical science, I'" ,-"holog)" sociologl', and . peech. The student should plan h is course according to t i le requirements o f the law school in which he i,; interested.

The student in t >rested i n law as a voca t ion is llrl-(ed to register at the Prr,. [, .aw Cen ter in the Dep a rt men t of Po l i t ica l Seicnee. Useful i nfonna· tion, 'ilch as material on the Law Schoul Adrni�sion Test ( LSAT ) is a m i l a hiP. There i" al,;o ' I c ircula t ing l i h ra ry of law school hu l l et in :;. In addition, the studen t may w i sl l to discuss his career pl ans with Dr. Fu nner, the pre·law ac!l'iser, or with onl' of till., law sellool p rof ',,,ors and deans \\'ho visit fro m t i m e to t i llle. A newsletter, tire Pre·Law Advocate, c i rculated by the Center is Jcsi�nf:d to keep the pre·law �tlId" l I t ful ly i n formed.

IH. r IC ORC \ IZ. TH . 47

Prepa ration for Medicine and Den tistry

Students dt>i ri"g to enter the m cdical or dental professions "h ou l d plan to devote no t l e.'s than thrc 'e years and preferably four years of study to secu r ing t h e hroad educational background required. The professional scboo],; i ll t i , t"" fit'lcls req u i re a thorough preparation in science. They also reCOlll­mend exte",i,.., stlldy in o the r areas sLich as the socia l scienccs a n d human­it ies. Students a rc asked to confer with the p re-medical advisers i n regard to their p rO�raTll�.

Pre-Medica,1 and Pre-Dental Curriculum

Fresh man (lnd '<ol'homnre year� : 16- 1 7 hours Jier seme�ter B iol ogy WI, 102 o r Biology 131, 132

[ Chemistry-Physics 109, 1 1 0

firs. B

!l

3 I

Physics 201 or 251 ( to fol low Chemi lry-Physics ) PhYFics 221 ( to fol low Chemistry-Physic ' ) Mathematics 131, 151 ( a nd preferably 152 ) Engl i. h corn posi t ion

.A to 1 1 ;{

Religion reqn i r Ill'nt 1 Foreign Language

Physical edllcation Social science clel ' l i\'cs Chemist rv 203, 204 Or!!u n ic ( to follow Chellli5t ry-Phy"ics)

"Biol()")' 2�1 C('netirs -

. 6 6 to B

4 � or 6

!l 3

ISwdents who have completed Mathematics 101 or equiz:alen t and are co­registered lor Math ematics 131 are eligible tv take Chemistry-Physics dur­ing the freshman year ; those who lack background should register for mathematics.

2Stndents who enter the University with two ycars 01 a modern language TlUlY elect to take a second ycar ('oune in the same language during their fresh­man year. They should then register for 201, 202.

8 R eco m m ended when feasible.

Junior and senior ycars : recomm_ended cou rses listed below should be arranged and scheduled with th e aid of th e ariuiser.

Biology 361 COll1purat i\'e Anatomy B iolog\' :'164 Vertebrate Embryology B i ology 411 H istology .. B iology 441 Venebra te Phy;;iology r i l f : l n i , t r y :iOO, 301 De."c r i l ' l i\·c inorganic alld Ana l yt iGa l Chern i,try Chelll i,try e l ec t ive.,; P l l i l o�ol'hy elect i\'c FiliP A rts clcC 'livc Engl ish Literatnre elective Social SeiclI('" elec. t ive

t Religion req l l i rement

I-I rs.

A 1,

. 4 _ 4

6 4 to 8

3 . ,3

_ _ _ .3 6 to 9

3

48 ( \ 1 )�. I l (' O IH. \ 1/ \TI I I

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology

Studen t - who desire to tnl i n i n la horatory methods used in hospitals, p l "',i" , iall '" ollie,,,, p u h l ic h ea l t h bU I/"llIs, a n d lallOratori", ( 'oncerned " i t h medical diagno�is a n d i m c;;t iga t ioll sh ould follow t h e curricul u m below, I t i , b",ed 0 1 1 t h e n X l u i rPlI l I "nL' o f t h e Registry o f Medical TechlloIogisLs a n d o n t h e G"ncra l COllrse Req u i r( ,mcl l ts of the College o f A rts and S c jel�' . On >ur:l 'c,',[1 1 1 ( 'o l l1 p letioll of the des i�nated 98 cred i t hOl l rS of course work '" l d of a 12' l l1 o n t l , period of tech n ica l t ra i n i n g in a lne di e<1l tcch no l og�' school laboratory " p p ro " c d by the A II,cricall Medical AEsoci a t ioll , the degree Bachelor of Sc ience i n ]\[e c \ i c a l Techllology will be eon ferred. The g radL lUte is then el i g i hho: t o take the ,; xcl l l l i na t io n call c lue ted by the Board of Regist l}' of Medical T" c h l lnl op;i,[s o f the A m e r i c a n Soc iety of C l i n ical P a t hologists for certi fica tion a<; a n MT ( ASCP ) .

Medical TedlllQlQgy Curriculum

Fresh man Year Hrs. ( : l l I ' l I \ i ' l ry 109, no

Cli ' I l \ i s tn' , l ' hy,i(cs 8

1':n;d i , I , ] 0 1 , COlllpo, i t i on ;, ' F"rc ign langu uge 1 0 1 , 102 8

Ma t i , 1 3 1 Colle::; Algehra 3 " l1(d i g i ol l rc qu i rc I Il cnt 3

E I ' T t i , (' 3 " I,: adi" i t y 2

30 JUIIior Year J-lrs.

B io I , :201 '. l i nu " i o l",,)' 4 Bin I , 'I l l I I i , tology 4 el,el1 l . 301 Dr''' ' , i , ' L i " " I n ,

uJ"!!<J n i c a l l d A n a l y t icu l C1 l 1 'm i , t r y 3

I.' i , w arh ,'cq l l i 'T l I,cnt 3 " I . i l t 'l 'a t u rc requ i rement 3 " P I , i l",,, , , I , ), re q l l i rel ll c n t :� " I{cl i .>! ion "" 'll1 i rClllent 3 ::So ( ' i a l :-;c icJlcC req u i rement 9

I�lcl'l i ve 3

3S

Sophomore Year J-lrs. B inI. 1.)1 , 132

General Zoology 8 CI ,el l l . 203, 204

O rga n i c: Chem ist ry 8 Che,n. :,00 ] ),>,c rip tivc hI'

"rga n i ( ; a n d A na l y t ic a l Chemi,t r), 3

Fore i g n Language 201, 202,_,_, 6 cf{c l i gio n rcql l i relllt:nl 3

Soc ial Sci nee req u i rement 3 PE ac t iv i ty 2

33 Senior Year IIrs,

S I ', , , · i , t 1 il.ed L ed , n ic"l t ra i n i n g 30

IStlldents who present w;o h igh sch ool u n its in one langll(l(,(c will be eligible to m ee t the language requirem en t by taking t he six credit hour, second year " O/lrsc in the sanze language.

r!Sce "agc 41 for rCljuircmenls in religl�f)n . . iA t least onc of t h e cOur.,es thus design ated m llst. be taken at the up[Jer

dil isioa terel in order to {J('('lI l1wlatc the required 40 hOll rs oj IIpper di1:i, :jioll. credit.

\ nI 1 ) 1 OR . \ IZ TJ<J 49

Prepllration for PI,rish 'Volek

Stu den t , de,i r ing to en ter pari,h work are encou raged to obtain the hroa d !!cnt : ral educ a t ion leadin,.: to thf! l3uehclor of A rts dCiircc.

Experience rc,-ea l � that a pari,h worker is reque,ted to perform du tie, in more than OIl < ! f ie l d. The rc,pon,ihi l i t i !"" may be cen tf'red i n one o r more of the.;e major areas : the educational work of the congrega tion, the gu i dance of you t h ac.ti\· i t ie�, homt' vi� i t()lioIl1 office and :=-e,cretarial work, or conduct ing the rnlli,ical orgu n iza t ions in the congr ega tion. Stud 'nt;; expect i ng to enter ehurel l ,-oca t ions w i l l con fer w i l h t h e chairman of t lw Dep a r l ment o f Hel ip: ion_

Preparalion fol' ocial Work

In addit ion to cO l ll p le t ing the regu la r re q u i rements for a degree in l i beral a rt-, students ex pe:c t i ng to enter the f i d el of social work should plan for a \\- d l - rOllllr!c'd pn'pa r a l i l l l l ill the soc ial ,cicnee;" so me bu>'ic work i n biology, and sho u l d take the social welfare seqllence : Soc iology 435, 436, 4<10, and 497,

98. TI ris sequence i� recognized by tIr �tat�; of Wa�h i ngton a n d the Council on Soc ial Work Education. Prospec t ive workers in chu rc h and general agencies ,hou ld C -O lH"Cnl rate on f:Oll l'SCS in <oc iolo"y und psychology, wlr i le tho�e planning for [.(overnmen t service "hould add a concen t rat i on in economics or poli tical ,,-icn("(·. SI.II l lr-n l' " peel i n g to euter t h i s fiedd a re asked to confer with the DClJartnH'nt of Soc iology i n regard to their program.;.

P" el 'arlllion for Theology

A" a broad cul tural foun dat ion for the study of thc;ology and entrance into tIue GO-I",I m in i slry, n pee-theological student ;;hould com plete the re· quirements for a Ra 'heIar of A rt, clq,rec. Beside;; the gene ra l ckgree reo q u i renll:nl-, Ihe A m e r ican A",ociation of Th eo log ieal Schoo\,; recom llle nd · tIre follo w i n g :

Ellgl i s l l -- li tc-'ra l u rc:, conlposi t ion, 'l'cc('Ir und related _-tu dic,. A t least 6 sem Her!-'.

I [ i<;tory - ll rwient , modern Euro pea n , and A m er ica n. At lea,t 3 _ cmeste rs. PI , i lo"o phy - o l-if 'lIta tion in I i i - l o ry , content, and l I Iel l , oc\. AI I C :[I"t 3 "elllf:';'

t(·· r�. I 'a t u ral Sriencc'-preferably phyoic" c ;hp,llliqry a n d biology_ At least. 2

:-:CJrw�tl' rs.. Soci a l S(:icJlces-psycl lOlogy, ;,:(){: iolo�y, e( ,ol1() I I l i c�s, po l i t i( 'a l :'-i(' i r ' I1{ 'e a l l d

(-:d\lcat ion. A t lcn�l 6 se lllt :;-;ters, i n ( ' l li d ill� a t l e i..l �t 1 �Clllrstcr o f p�y( ' 1 1 ( J logy. Foreign l.an gl la gc:-- - one or more of tllt·� fnl lov. dng l i ngui :-;tic avenues to

man's I h o ught and tool, o f ;;cho ln rly resea rc h : Latin, Gree k, Hebrew, German, French. S tu Ck l i b 11' 1 10 a nticipate post graduate studios a re l l rged to I Indertake th ese c l i;;c ip l ine., as early in their t ra i n i n� 11" opportun it y offe r;;. At leasL 4 �Cn1f' .... t{�r:-o.

Heligion - a thorough know ledge of the content of the Bible is inrlis· prll:-:a l d c, l o�('t1l('r witl l [t i l i n t roduc tion to the maj or re l igiou� tradi tions and theologica l probl em,; in the co n l ex t of the p ri nc. i pu l a;;pecls of h uman cuhure o U l l ined above. TIle pre" c ll l ina ry student may w e l l seck counsel

J j

5 0 ( :\ 1 lT. lit. ORC IZ TIC).

o f thc seminary of h is choice in order most profitably to use th e resources of h i , co llp�e. At leas t 3 st;mesters.

Of the various possihle areas of conccntration, where areas of c.oncentration a rc rcqu i rc'd, English, p hilosophy and hLtory a re regarded as the most desirable. Other areas are, howe,·er, acceptable.

A faculty ad,·iser will assist t he student in thc selection of courses necessary to nwet the requ i rements to the theological school of h is choice.

COLLEGE OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES

The Col lege of Profcs;;ional Studies embraccs the Schools of Bu!)inesss Adminis trat ion, Educat ion, Fine and Appl ied A rts, and N u rsing. Studen ts who dcsire to prepare for professional work in such fields as a rt, business, m usic , nur.sing, speech, and tea cl l ing enrol l in the Col lege of Professional Studies.

Degrees Offered

Cou r:'es leading to the degrees of Bach elo r of Busi ness Administ ra tion, Ba . . l l f " l or of A rts in Education, Bachelor of Fine A rts, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Science in Nur>'ing are offered by the Col lege of Professional Studi" •.

SCHOOL OF nUSI NESS ADMINISTRATIOI\

Purpose

1'11 ' I ' l l r po",-, of the School of Business Administration is ( 1 ) to p repare the studen ts for business responsib i l i ty in self·owned businesses, or, as em· ployees of a co rporation 0 1· a publ ic inst i tut io n ; ( 2 ) to prepare those who wish to continue thei r professiona l busines·· tudy in graduate school ; ( 3 ) to a,,,ist i n t l ,, � ed llCa tion o f high school teachers o f bu,;iness educa tion ; ( 4 ) t o provide a limi ted n u m ber o f service cour>;es useful to hoth majors and non·majors; and ( 5 ) to encourage students to acquire a general understanding of econo m ic I ' rohlellh so that t llf :)" may be more enligh tened ci tizens.

In o rder to p romu te these aims every student will be given a broad pro· fessional husines" core curr icu lu m bu ilt upon the general University course requirements. Student>' preparing for staff positions in business may take spccial ized courses bcyond the core in accounting, economics, finance, mar­h!t ing, and admini,trative service,. Printed explana tions of each of these �pec ial iza tions may be o b tained from the Sehool of Business Administration, Hoom 227, Administration Bui lding.

( \!IF III. 01 h 5 1

Admission

For "dm i"ion to the School o f Bu�i ne,.;,; A d m i n istration, a student must h"",, :

1. completed the fr slnnan year with a m i n i m u m of 24 !'("TI<"tcr hour,.;; 2. earned a grade point average of at l east 2.00 ; .3. prcscntnl a comp"'t" rf"t:ord of h i" college work for a p p rm'al hy the

School of Busi ncs,.; Admini,.;tra l ion.

Requirements for the Degree of Bachelor o f Business Administration

1. The gt',u;ral n iw'r, i t )' n'fj u i r('mcnts muM be completed b y all candidates for t h e Bachelor of B lI , i ncss A d m i n istration.

2. Students who p ,'e"ent Ie,s t l ran IJf2 I l igh ,.;(·10001 u u i h III a l gebra I l l , ,,t take: M a t h 101 Or i t, ,>q l l iva lent .

3. Economics 101 a n d 102 i .. a requirement which shou l d he m e t d u r ing the fn��ll lna)l year.

4. Studeuts who { I n·,!.: n l Ie" l a l lguage l l l \ l� t complete a modern foreign L ..\ n�llag(:::.

than two high school u n i t s minimum of e ight semester

in il fo reign h o u r;; i n one

Candida t",.; for the Bachelor of A rts in Educa t ion degree who are plan­n i n g a teac h i n·-g l I laj o r i n B \ I :-: inp�::;; A d l l l i I l i :-: t r a t ioll :-.:hou l d refer to page 63

Hnder ACA[l E � r I C PHliPARATlO X.

Professional Requirements

1 . Proic,siulIlll core curriclilu m : The fol lowing cou rses are to he completed after anmi""iol1 to llr(, Sellool :

B A 2 1 1 Financial A';I"oll ntin� B A 364 Bnsine"" Finance B A 212 Managerial Accounting n A �71 Market ing B A :351 O r.,:a nizutiun and Ma nal!;ement B A 4 4 1 Sta t i"tics 13 A 352 Produ c t ion l\!anagemcnt or 13 A 452 ilu"i nc", Pol i,'y B A 3S 1 Offiee i\Ia nagell lent B A 491 Busi rH">' Law

One u p pe r d i , is ion course in economics, other than Sta t istical Methods i� req u i red.

2. BI I, i rw,-" ( ' ["c t i,' c<; : In a d d i t io n to cou rses presented to meet the pro­fessional Core rC'I u i rCllIf,n L::;, the student mllst complete ,,!tec t ive; " l lo"en i n cOl l ;o-;u l ta t i o I l w i t l l I i i =-- a(h ' i�er from r.O ! l J':..;t�:--; in hl l� i f lC�S adl l l l n i :..; t ra t io l l ane l/or ccono l l l i . . ". Ti re com h i ned to tal m i n i rn l l l1 l req'r i rerl1l�nt for the p l'oI('�:-; iol laI c o re a n d elec t i ve colt n;e� i n bll:-ii l le�:-; a d l ll i n i:..; trat iol l a n d eC0I10111 i t ::s is S2 h O l l r:-i.

:3. Olir e r rcqIlircrnents: ( a ) :\ ,tu dent may not present nlore t l ran 60 hOll r" i n comhined cOll r,.;es

in h u " i rw,.;,.; a d m i n i strat ion a n d econoIllic, for t h e degree of Bachelor of 1311"in e,,_ Admi ni4rat ion.

( Ir ) A m inimll ll l grad," point a'-crage of 2.00 for all COllr"es taken i n hu,in"", a d m inistration i" req u i red for the Bachelor o f [lll,incs.� i\ dmin i�tration ucgree.

5 2

ClIrriculllm for the Rachelor of Business Administration Degree

Fresh man Y car"

Econ. 1 0 1 , 102 Principles of F,('onOlnics

Engl i;:h 101, Compo>ition Social Science eler'ti",

( P"vchology "" cornnwmk d ) t Rt' l i� io l l reqll i rement

Fine A rU; elec t ive Sc ience ( a year COU r>e) Eler , ! ive. · PE aC l iv i ty

I1rs. :ioIJ/wrnore Year HI'S.

lIA 2 1 1 Financial Accounting 4 6 BA 212 Managerial 3 Accounting 3

Literature elective 3 3 t Rel ig ion n:q u i rel1lcn t 3 3 Soc ial Sci" ncc elect ive .3 3 E l ec l ive,; 13 H PE a( ' t i� i ty 2 oS 2

33

* Assu mes that the student hus presented the eqll iwlent oj two (ln e joreign langl/age from high school and 1% u nits in algebra.

[wits oj

tSee page 41 for reqll.irernent5 in religion.

Jllnior Year HI'S.

SA 351 Organization and Management

BA 352 Production 3

Senior Year

BA 452 Bl lsine�,; Pol icy BA 191 Bll;:iness Law 13A Electives

Management 3 EIc-! 'livcs B A 364 Businc:;" Fina nce B /\ 371 l\Ia rke t in� BA 44 1 Slal i' l ical Methods Pll ilo,Qphy reeJll i reJllent

tR�l i �!)on requ i re m e n t SA "I "ctive Elec t ive,

3 .3 3 ;{

" :3 :3 9

3.3

,See page 4 1 for reqllirements in religioTl .

HI'S.

3 3 6

19

:n

\ 1)1; III. RG 'IZ \TIO 5 3

SCHOOL OF E DUCATION

The School of Educa tio n, by u ti l iz ing the resou rces of the Univ�r;;ity, offers both undergraduate and gradua te work to p repare students for careers in the teach i ng p rof ssion. The undergraduate C ll l' rintl a , l eading to the Bachelor of Ans in Edllcation degree, meet the cert i fication pattern in the State of Wash i ng ton .

The selection of desirable candidates and assistance in the p lacemen t of teac he rs are "l .'o r pon�ibi l i t ie,' of the School.

I n addition to the accreditation of the entire niver,ity hy the North-west Assoroiat ion of Scco nd,u'y and H igher Schools, the School i s accred ited hy the Wash ington S ta te floard of Educa tion and by the National Council for Accreditation o f Teacher Education for the p repara t ion of elementary and secondary teacher;; wi th the Masters of Arts as the h ighest degree a pprov�d. Thi;; accreditation g ive ' Pacific Lutheran graduate:; ekar rec iprocity in many other states.

Programs for the preparation of school I i brarian�, �chool nu r�es, school COUIl­selor:;, adl11ini�trators and supervbor personnel are ava ilable.

The School also offers work toward the conversion, renewal, or reinstate­ment of tea(;h ing certi f ica tes.

Purpose

The gen ml pu rpose of tbe School of Educa tion is to con tri bu te to the devclo pnwn t of p rofessiona l elclllclltary and secondary .chool per._onnel with l i beral a n d ,c ; ipntific educa tion integrated within a Chri.-tian frame o f reference. The School regards i tscl f as sharing th is l Ju rpose, as well a� the means and re"ponsihi l i ty for attain ing i t , w ith the University a� a whole and with each act iv i ty of 1I1e Un iversity as set forth in the sta te men t of i ts phi losophy. Desirable understandings, a b i l i ties, and a t t itu des ure as follows :

nderst a nd i ngs of the. o bl iga t ions of the tcacl l i ng p rofession to guide

ehi ldran a nd you th in the pur;;u it of knowl ·dge and skill", to help them to become ha ppy, useful, and self·su p po r t i u g c i t izen:;, and to pre· pare thcm i n th(� ways of democracy.

ndcrstandings of the economic, pol it ica l , soc ial , p"ycholop;ical, alld philosoph ical aspect� of cduc.atioll.

ndersta lld ings o f and ability to fu netion in the rol es of the teacher a� a d ircetor of lea rn ing� a counselor and guidance worker, a tned ia tor of th (:lIl tu re, a l ink with the community, a member of a school �ta fT, and a memher of the p rofe;;"ion. Under"tundin/!s of re!;earch tpc h n iquc� and ahil ity to u"e them. Attitude� conducive to consc ientious profcs,ionul work a nd carefu l ly planned experimentation. Attitud, ·s conduc ive to cont inuous eval uation and revi-ion of means and ends.

54

Admi sion

WI. 1I I H 'G \NIZATlO .

S tudpr1l>; a nt i c i pating carce r',- in education take two year� of bu:;ic general educa tion in the College of Arts and Scie.nces. In the sophomore year t h e stndent i� e l ig ible to register f o r Educat ion 201 a n d wil l at t h a t ti mc! mak" appl ic oation fo r adrnis"ioll to the School of Education.

Students wi ll becolT"'! c"andidatcs for the Baehelor o f Arts in Education degree wllPn they have met thc follow ing requ i rements :

1 . I Iave completed SUCCGSffu lly the course Introduct ion to Education, Edu· c 3 t i o l l 201.

2 . Have earned a cumu lat ivc grade point a\'Crage o f 2.25 after com­plet ion of Educat ion 201 and prior to admission to the professional ,cquC'nr:r·' < :o \ l r,cs. Student< must have C or better grades III Engl i�h 101 and P"ychology 101 .

3. I Iave complcted Specch 101 or demonstrated proficiency. 4. I l<1 v(' ideals and personal i ty qua l i t ics which rna.ke for successful teaching. 5. I-lave a dearly defined pu rpose or goal. G. Have selected a preferred Icvel of p reparation and the area or areas

of cOIll:entra l ion to be fol lowed. 7. Have ('o rnpk ted sllt i,fnctor i ly the screeuing program. S . Have received .a p p roval d ur ing an individual conference with rcpre­

,cnta l i n's of the School. The . :andidate is requ ired to maintain these standards i n order to reta in

his standing in t lw School. Students who have taken thc, Bachelor's degree at Pacific Lut heran o r at

anotl "'r in"titutiou are expected to meet the sanle requi rcments for uchnis­sion. Students holding it Bachelor's degree eontemplating mceting cert ificat ion requ i rement" ,should pla n to begl:n with the slim.mer sessioTl . The certification scquence wil l normaliy req u i re a su mmer session and two semesters o r three serne�t('r:-,.

Curriculum Requircmcnts

In addit ion to tIre general Un iversity courses required i n all curricula, certain spcci fic rcqr r i rernents in general education must be mel.

1. Hi;*,ry 210, Paeifie Nort !rwest, may be included in thc t welvc h o u rs required i n social sciences. ( RequircO of a l l elemcntary teacher candi­da tes, and all secondary candidates with a major or m i n o r in a social s( ' ien(:e. )

2. Prospecti\'{, eleurental')' teachers uSLlally meet the eight hOL l r ,,:irnc:e general " d llcatiou req u i rement hy completing Science 121 and 122. A year cou r'Slc! in one laboratory science Illay be substi t u ted by those who Ira\'C adequate I r iglr "'!rool background i n the other sciences. Exceptions arc madc in the case of studen ts p reparing to teach in junior and sen i o r h igh �choob.

3. A student mnst dernonstrate competence in public health by achieving a sat i"faclory 5('ore on a p ro ficiency test given by the Hca l t h and Physical Educa t ion depa rtment o r by completing Heal th and Physical

\l OF. !11 0 11 . \ "\IZ TlO 5 5

Educa tion 210. Arrangements for the proficiency exam i na t ion ,I ,ould be made in th e Cou n;;e1 ing an d Test ing off,ce, Room A I 09.

4. A ,tudc'nt I l l""t demonstrate cO lll pet ence i n speec h hy a,:h ie" ing " ,ati,· fador)' ,core on " pro f i " ienc y lest gil f'n h y the Sp('ech Depart n1P n t , 0 " h y , 'o lll p k t i n g S p " cd, 1 0 1 .

CERTIFICATION

G u i d · l i " ", fo r the p rep a ra t ion and eerli f i " a lion o f teac h e rs hal"l' heen csw b l i ,i Jed hy l l ,e S t a te Board of Educa t. ion . TiJ" reco m men ded program put tern inc iu e , , " , : broad l i beral edu ca t ion , ,�5 per ( 'cn t ; ",bjcc:t ma t t e r spe' cializa t ion, : 35 per cent ; p ro fe,,,ional ,;t u dy, 20 p c r ccn t : an d elect ive" l() p(�r ( ' ( 'nl .

TI", fou r·year c u rr i( ' ul u nt lead;; to 1 I , e Bacl lcl o r of A r ts i n Educal ion degree a n d to 1IH: p ro v i sional certificate, a tempo ra ry l i cen,e to teael l , i, · ;;ued for a period of th ree ),ear,. n 'ginn ing tea . . h e rs recc;iIT' p re p a ra t i o n a l i l l f'u pervisc>d eXl 'e riCllC:C w i t l l :=otudcnt:-. in the nLriOIl� grad!:!!" to gi\'e them an understa nding o f hat h elementa ry a nd seconda ry �chool programs. Eaeh stu· dent prepare.' 'pccifiea l l ), to teach a t 01H> level.

l'aeifi.· Lutheran Uni" crRity recommends tl", candidate for the fi rst tcach ing position on the ha�i" of I t is prepara t ion.

A n thorization jor elementary teach ing requires student tcar'h ing i n tl ie elemen ta ry sc hool, twelve �e J1lc:;tcr hours o f professional ized <:uhjeet ma t ·

ter. a n d t h i rty·,i, seme:-tcr hours of !'ubj"ct ma lte r special iza t ion, An a l · t(�rnatc I ' v el of sludent teach ing is recommended. A u th o rization of secondary tcach htg req u i res student t ea c l t ing in t h e ,,'. 'onrlary ,chonl and forty·five semesters houro of subject matter spec ia l iza · t ion in a pproved t each i ng a rea,s. A n a l terna t e lerel of quden t tcathing is reco ln rnended, A l l t h oriwl;on for clernentary and secondary teaching reqll i J"f's st u de nt teach· ing a t I ,ot h o f t l l ese levek S t u dents \\"ho elcct to (' I ra nge level.- will be e x , p e c t e d to m e e t t i r e n l i n iJJlll ll1 req u i remen h a s g iven a b o v e for thc nell' level. A n y tearher may co m pl ete h i s p repa ra t. i on for a new level du ri ng t l , c f i f th yea r o f ( 'ol lpgr.

Fifth Year and Standard Certification

The f i f t l , y ea r o f teac l tn "duc<l t ion is to fo l loll' a (",r iod o f one yea r o f i n i t i a l teach ing experience. Tl te ,tudent tttust comple te a m in i mu lll o f eigh t ,cme.-tter honrs in ('ou r,e, ""pl i 'able toward the f ift h yea r, and before the beg i nn ing of the fou rth yenr of t ·ac h i ng. Th i rty hour� lllU"l he cOJll p l eted before beginn ing the ,i xt l l year o f leac h i n�.

TI,(' "tu llr-n l lnay . . I ,OO," t l , , ' in,t i t l l t ioll in wh ich he w i,hec to take hi, advanced work a.' folloll' ;; ;

1 . I f I re chooOl'-' to work at Pac i fic LUlh 'r,m U n i , Cl",ity, o r a n y o t her o f the teadler cdlJ l 'ation in,t i t n t iol l' i n t h i " ,tale, that inst i t u t ion ,hall be re;;pon<i ble for recolll inending h i m for the Sta nda rd Certif icate ; u po n ,ucces,ful com p le t ion of t h e fift h year p rogram.

5 6

2. J f l i e w i - I I(" to u n dertake the fi fth year i n u n ou t·o f-<;l(lle institution, Pac i fic Lu th era n University will be responsible for recommending hi m fo r the Standard Certi ficate. The s tu den t mllst oCcnre general app roval of h is plan frolll t h e U n iversity in advance.

Th ere ,,, .c: fOl l r provision- governing the f i f tl l year pattern of work, accordi ng to State Board n�gl l l a t ion"

1 . The fifth coliege yca r ni l lSt i nci l ld , a m i n imu m of 30 semester hours o f w i l i t ' l i a t le,,,t fifty Iwr c en t I Ill"t be u pper div i- ion and/or graduate ( '01 1 r�·w�.

2. 0 Illore tkl n eight sellwster bOll I's or ex tension a n d/or eorresl'ondence stll t iy nlllY he a p p roved a" a pa rt of t h t' .30 selllf',Ster J lO u rs III tbe stu­den t 's fifth yea r p rogram.

3. P a c i f i c Lu t hera n U n i versity grad ua tes m u q take one senw!;ter of tI le fifth col le,,; c year in r esi d nce. A transfer student who wi,hes to be r('com­n ", n l i ed by Pacific Lu th eran n iversi t y must take a minimum of 20 �ellle:-:.. t e r h O l l r� in re�jdcn ( 'e .

4. 1'111·' ." , " d,,,,t may take 20 o f t h e req u i red 30 seme,ter h ou rs prior to or d l l r i nf: the fi " st year o f tcadl ing e x p erience wi th prior penn i ,sion of the ScllOol o f Edl l , · a t ion .

Fol low ing an: r".q �l i rel11 n - and procedll res fo r the a pp roval o[ f i ft h year p rO f: r'"T 1S o f wOI·k at Paci fic Lllthcran Un ivers i ty :

1. S p cci fic cou rse r-'qui remt'nts a rc : ( a ) Edllca t ion 557, Evaluation o r i t s equivalent . ( Educat ion 416, Paren t­

Teach�r C :on ference may be u sed by elemc n ta ry teachers. ) ( Ir ) E d uc a t i on 571, School Gu idance P rogralU or E rlu ca t ion :no, Prinei­

pies of G u i da nce. 2. A nv cOl l r- ( 's ",', ·ol lHll c.ndcd for t i le i n dividl lal stu dent prior to thc gran ting

of tllP Bachelor's d 'gr�(' mu't be taken. The"c may be recommended by c i t hct· t h t.: a rea a dv ise r or the SdlOOI of Edllca tion.

3. COll r'<'s taken ,holi l d 'tren�tlwn a reas o f conce n tration and bu ild stronp;er gClwral dl lra t ion back"ro;,nd as \ ell as f i l l lleeds in the professional fielli . This program of studies is to be selected I ry the stu rlcnt with the ";II ida ll < ' I ' o f tho-c who have wOlled w i th him dur i n g hi, period of initial teach i ng and the ad" i,ers at the reCOllllll uding institut ion.".

4. The stl l d e n t ,Ccure, approval o f th e re oml1lcnding ine'ti tut ion for work taken elsewhere befo re. the work is begun.

SOl1le of t I ,C work t a k ,�n du ring th" fifth y 'ar lllay al,o apply towa rd t h e Ma.-ter of A rts dc:gl'e(' fo r those who meet t h e requi reme n t,. A studcn t rnllst not p l a. l I tha t th e,;,' two curricula ,hall coincide. The p rogram as set lIJl for the fifth y<'a r shal l take precedence and llll,;; t he fini"hed first.

Pri ncipal's CJ'cden t ial

* TIH' ca nd idate for til" principa l''' c redentials will be guided by the fol­l o w i n g :

1 . He must meet gra dua te standard, for the 1a.-to r's deg ree.

* Details of the program lire amilable (It tire School of Education lipan request.

[ f.' 1 O R ,.� 17 \TIu 5 7

2. He l l l l lst work toward t lw prov isional p r i nc i pal's c redent ia ls a t h.i:· c ho�ell level. To receive t h is it is requ ired that he have completed work for h i s

tanda rd Teaching Certific :ate plus � ix st:me.';ter hou rs.

3. l ie must ("omplete expericnee and stlldy requirements for the Standard Prill ' i pa]'s Creden tial at I , i� ehosen level. To receive t h i s h ' lIet:ds to have ( l ) had admi n is t ra t i v ,x perience, ( 2 ) earned a m in i nl ll m of eight more SPlnester honrs, and ( 3 ) eamed his l\hster of A rts (i<:grce.

Students who i n tend to work toward the Master of A rt:; degree in t he field o f edu eat ion l I Iu,t apply for adtnis,ion to the Graduate D ivision a n d ," eet the requ irements o u t l i ned by that Division. Candida tes ,dlOlll d see the course re­qll i n�mellts as Fet fort i , in t h e Ma'l"r o f Ar ts bro e h u re. * *

Certific.ltion Requirements for School Nurses

Provisional Cert ificate:

1. Registered lIu r,,, l icensed i n the S tate of \Va"hington, a n d

2. Bllchelor'� d(:grec i n a p rogra m accredited ( o r a p p roved ) fo r f i n-t·l evel ro"i t i ons in public hHa l t h n u r,ing. or Cert i fie te in Pu blic Heu l t l , NlI rsin;.!; (or (�(j l l i \'"len t ) with three yea rs of sllcee�'flll superv ised cxperi cnct" i n a ruhlie health program which i ll­c l ude� ex perience i n ""hool lllH" ing.

3. Complet ion o f a m i n i m u m of ten sel11""tef h o u rs of p rofessional euuc a t ion cou rses i nduding practice leaching or d i rected laboratory experieIH',e" in a " . . hool s i tuation.

Standard Certificate :

I. Two years of succc>sful experience in s hool nursing as a school nurce under th Provi,ional Certificate, and

2. I\-[",;tl'r',; degre" wit l , a majo r i n sehool n u r"ing or i ts equ ivalent i n Pu b l i c Hea l t h 'u r"ing.

Pl'of essional Educat ion COllrses

Profe,;.'ional euncn tional courses recom mended for meet i n g the requircmcnt of a minimum of 1 0 cern ester ] ,01 1 1''; a re a� fol lows :

Education 20l-I nt rodntt ion to t:dllca t ion 3 hrs. Edll f ,ation 301-Human Development ( must include

public ;;chool oh,erm tions) Education 370-Prineiples o f G u idance Education 407-Educational So ' i o l og)' or Education 47B-Mental Hea l t h or Edue t ion 509-Comparati\'e Education Educa t io n 58 1-I'u b l i e Sc hool Aumin istrtltion

Laboratory exper iences in a school , i tuation w i L l bask A September experience should b e planned.

3 h I'". 2 hrs. ;� Ius. 2 h I'S. 2 Ius. 3 h rs.

be provided on an individual

** A milable at the Division of Graduate Studies liJlon request.

5 8 \.1 ilL. W OHt,A iZ \TiL i:\

Preparation of SdlOol Librarians ( Learning Resou rces Specialist) Stllc lcnt" i n tt ' t"(;,ted in p repar ing for the rc�pon,; i b i l i t y of admi nistra t ion o f a

. ..;chool l i h ra ry Inay meN :-iuggesled stalldanJ� t h rough the fol lowing p rogra m :

1. Dook and Illedia ",ke L ion Etll lea t i o n :3 15-Tn .. t ru c t i onal Mater iab Edllca t ion 4 1 7-Sto rytcl l ing Engl i,h :)21 , 322-Clt i ldren'" Li Lera ture

2. Cataloging Educat ion 42Q--Proces-i n g School Libra ry Material,;

3, H,dereU(T Educat ion 422-B,r,;ic Referenc e Material

'I . Media u t i l iwt ion and p t'Qduct ion Edul 'aL ion 431:l-Wo rbhop i n l'repa mtion and U t i l i"a t ion of

[n- tme ' t ional I\IaL�r iab

5 . Cu r r i ( ' u l u m Edt tcat ion S46- ( : u r r i ( ' u l u lll Development

( " A d m i n i.,; t l'a t i o n I':duc 'at ion 4 1 9-Admin i"tra t ion o f t h> , c I iool L i h rary

PROFESSIONAL COURSES

R(�t(uii'e]nenlS

1. l,'r/ucat;oll 20 1 , Intruduction 10 Education : 3 huurs T I , i , ( ' O U hC may be taken during the ,;ophotllore year or l a ter.

2, P,.,,/cssiollal Core Cu rriculu m : Tl t e fol lo\\ ing COtH"';, a re to b e com pleted a fter admi"ion t o the EducaL ion 301 - Hll l11a n Development J-:dl [ ( 'a L ion :l l l - Me thod,; a n d OlN:rvat io l l E rl t [ ( 'a L ion :l 12 - Teaching o f lleading-Elemt ;ntary

o r Edt [ ( 'a t ion :3 ]:1 - Tcaching o [ ncading-J u n i o r and Scnior High E rl tl l :a t ion :163 - tu(knt Teaching ( a t p rd(�lTed level )

:'1, I'ro/es,\ional Electives (Seconda ry) , :-Subject a rea I I lctl tocis Cui riance St l td"nt teach ing ( a l ternate lev·el )

Sel lOo l : 3 h r,;, 3 1m, 3 h r",

2 h ro, ') hrs,

Student" w i ,d , i ng to <jlla l i fy [or cert i ficat i(ln o n hoth the elemen tary and ,;cconc \ary !e,,"b "hould. reg i,;te,' for Educat ion 46 1 and meet t i le major and minor rC'l u i ren""lh [or the other l evel .

Stud! ' l l t , I l l tH have C, or bet tel·, gracle,; i n E ngl ish 1 ()] and P"ychoiogy 101. Tl te ." t"dent may> count only C o r better gracks toward a major or m in o r. This g ra ( ic n�ql l i rernf' ll t i n('llld(�:-; I l ro fes.-.; ional educa t ion ( 'ourses-.

l. l.abor(llory E�))erience St l td"nh I ,ave t l te opportun i ty t o st t l l ly the 'oeial , emot ional , physical , and i n te l le ( ' t l lal growth pat tern,; o f ,;e1 tool,agc; c h i ldren a n d yolt t h t h ['() l tgl rout t l l ( ' i r p rc-:..;erv ice ycar�. An u n der:-;tanding o f the l earning p ro('("ss as related

A(AUE;\W ORC \NIZ no 5 9

to grow th and develop men t if; emphasized . This if; done through regu la r COll r,;e work, delllonstration, observll tion, and pa rticipation with ch ildren in thei r activit ies both in and out of school. The fol low i ng a re sjH'c ific requ i rement> in the a rea of laboratory experience : ( a ) September Experience

Durin" a t least one September fol low ing the �ucces"ful tOlll pl ctioll of Educa t ion 201, Introduction to Educa tion, and prior to Ednr:ation 46.3, S tuden t Teaching, the :tudent is required to observe and to parti(;ipatc in activities during the opening days ( preferahl y two wceb) of ,;(:hool. This Septemher Experience lTIay be either in his home town or in the loca l a rea. Plans and defin i te a,;signlllents mu,;t he a p p roved by the School of Educat ion before the end of th e pre· ceding spring semester. A ppl icat ion blank>< lllu,;t be cOlTl pleted and filed w i t h the School of Educa tion offiee hy A pri l 15.

( h ) SllIdent Teaching Stud"llh who elect to do thei r stunent teach ing on only one levcl are rt''1 u i rcd to registe r for Education 463, Student Teaeh i ng on n half·day ,c: l lI'du l ·. Students who elect to qual ify Oil hath elel1 lenta ry and ,,,�condary JC\el, will register for Educa tion 463 and Education 46 1 . Stud r:nt TC[Jel l i ng on both levels I11UY he done concurren t ly or on the p referred

level fir>!, followed by the alternate le\'cl . Addit ional course work during tl", fifth year rnay he n r :ccssary to qua l ify a, a teach e r at the al terna te level .

A sue"p,;,ful experience i n "tudent teaching i,; vi ta l to the student', 'UGCCss. It is therefore recol1lmended that the studt!nt carry not more than ,;ixtecn ,emester hours during h is st lldpnt teach i ng semr'5ter. It is also c"pected that olltsidc work or collciJc actiliity will be kept to a minimum. Exception,; to these reeomnwndations a re a llowed only by spec ia l permi,;,;ion.

PROFESSIONALIZED SUBJ ECT MATTER Elementary S -boot Teaching

I"n the area of Profe,;sional ized Suhjed IHa t ter a 11l 1 l l 1 l1lUm of 12 houl·'; '" requ ired from the fo l lo w i n g cou rse,, :

A r t * 3'10 A rt i n t h e Elementary School

Edncat ion "312 The Tear:h ing o f Reading

315 Instrnctional l\Iater ia ls * 319 The Teach in g of ri t limeL ic ( l'r >reqni,i t e : Math 319)

41.3 Science in the El 'men ta r)" School 114 Social '· tnd ies in the Elemcntary School ( ex perienced teach ers only)

· * 416 Pa r nt·Tendler Conference * * 423 Language Arts in the Elementary School

· Req1li red of all elemen tary tear: h e r c:andidutes * * Open to ,;I udent teaehcrs o r experienced teacher, only

60

426 Primary Reading ( expcriellc d teachers on l y ) 442 Speech for the C1a;:smo l ll Teacher 529 D iagnosi: of, Rea d i n g Proltlem.

Engli,"1 321, 322 Cl l ild ren\ L i tera t u r e

II'\ "s i" " ' 340 M"si ! : i n t h e El emen ta ry School

He,r 1 t h ann P l ty,ic a l I<:dl l < 'n L i o n il 1 2 Phy,ic.al E ducation in t l t e Elementary School :3'i l IVfc t hod, in I ' o lk Dancin" .i42 Prohkl)l' i ll Teaching Rhytll lllics

ACADEM IC PREPAHATlO.

Teaching Area, I. Busim'" F:d ucat ion . 2. Fin!> a n d A p p l ied Arts - a rt o r nlu:;ic . 3. I l �a l t l l u n d Ph ys ica l Educa t i on .

4. Llngul1::,;e Art, - i nc l u d i n g E n g l is h ( com posi t ion , l itt!ratu re ) , foreign lan­.!! l I a ge, ,"pee( " h ( in cl uding d rama ) , and j O l l rna l i :--;m .

5. Science and J\I.at l l l ' lua lics - i ncl u d i n g b iol og ica l and p h , si 'al science ' and I l Hl l hcllla tiC's.

6 . . ·ocial Seiell('e>: - indnding history, sociology, political science, economic:;, 1!cogra pliy. and psychology.

Preparation for Senior High Sehool Teaching : 4 5 hours

,\ >' t u df ' n t prepa r ing for ,c n i Q r h igh ,chool t,>a(' h i ng I l lu<t complete 45

semester I l o u r" i n the acadc lll i< : a rca in wll i r . l l he plans t o teach. Tlti" norma l ly ( 'on, i ,t;; of a tf'ad r i n ['; l I Iajor of 24 to .30 ,cmest"'r h o u rs of qudl' in onc depart­n!('n l , ' ' ' I ' I J()rted hy 15 to 21 h O l l rs in related dcpa rt men t.s. A studen t, w i t h t l r .. a p proyal of h i s aca d ( 'm ic a d v iser, may clcc t to comp le te a depa rtmental minor o f 17 to 2 1 hOl lr,; i n ano t l ", r a rea a p p l icable to teacl r jng in the scn ior I r i g l r sdlO o l . I n e i t h e r ca;;c, t h e adviser from the major a rea w i l l u"ist the q u d c n t i l l p l a n n i n g hi� p rogri1In.

T";I . . h i n " lI Iajo r., a rC offerpd i n the follow ing fif'lds: art, biology, business edllcat ion, chclllistry, Engli,h, Freneh, German, health and phy.ieal education, I r i-to rv, I l Ia t l l<'"1<1 ti('s, lI Iu,ic, physie:;, pol i t ica l ;;eience, science ( general and earth seiefl<' . ) , soc ial scif:nccs, soc iology, and .' peech.

Pr"paraliol1 for Junior High School Teaching : 4 5 hours

'\ :-- t l l del \ t I I J"{' par i l l l!; fo r j l l T l i n r h i g l l �chool lea( ' h i n g norma l l y Ill l l ::: t ( 'om­" I (> t e a tca( ' l l i n � major ( u;; l I a l l), i n terdepartmen tal ) of 24 to 2l:l ,emester hours a n r l a lII i no r of 17 to 21 I rOl l r') i n an o t her arpa.

S t u d en t> p l a n n i ng to tea c l t o n tlte j 1 ln ior h igh school level ,,1101l1 d conff,r \" i t l t the School of Ed1lcation regarding comb ina tions of teach ing fields wh ic.h

* Rc< J l l i rcd of a l l dement" r}, teac her ca ndida te;; * * OpeLl to stlld"nt tea(:ircrs o r " ' pcri.'nccd t�!(: h crs on l y

A 61

w o u l d be mo,t a p p ro p ria te. A n adviser frOIll t h e mnjor a rea w i l l a,sist t h e � t l l dellt i n p l a n n i n g h i :...; progra m.

Tea c h i u g Ill eljor, and m i nors elre offe recl i n t l"" general a rea,; of f i rw a n d a p p l ied a rts, h t:;a l t h a n d p h ys ical educa t ion, l anguage a rts ( i ncluding Engl i ,l l , jo t l r l l ll l i srn� �pecch, German a n d French ) , :-;(' ieJl(�c ( in c l u d i n g h io logy� chcm i:-;try: p h y:..;ics., gc :nrJ"cd scieIl( 'e, and clI r t i t �cicn(' e ) a n d Illa thrmat ics� and . ..:.oc i a l ::iciC'Jlc e:-;.

Preparation for Elementary School Teachin g : 48 hours

.A . lu d e n t pn'pa r ing for e l ementary school tea c h ing norma l l y mu,t cOl l l p lete 24 SCIHc;..; tcr bou r:; i ll a major te�1(' l l i ng area, a n e l two a rea I ll i n ors ('.on�i :..;t i T lg of 1 2 'eme., ter h o u rs each. One of t i le m i n ors Illust be i n p ro Jessional ized suhj lo.1'l m a l t e r ; a n d OIl" i l l a tea c h i ng f ie ld oL l ie I' than lkl t covered in the 2 4 - hou r concen t ra t ion. An ad, iser fl'OUl t h e major fiel d w i l l assist t h e student i n pla n n i ng h i s p rogram i n COQperation w i t h t l ", School of Educa t i o n .

Tlw c o u r«'" included i n t i le t\\ O m i llors ,m,; to be determined i n cOIH d ta t i o n w i t h t l " , S( 'hoo l of E d u c a t i o n .

I n gen ,'r,d t h e teac h i n g maj o r ( 2 1 - h Ol l r c o n G n t ra t io n ) fOI' elemen tary ,chool t(,<1( , I "' I'>; fol l ows the te'H ; h i n g major req u i red for j u n io r h i g h teach ing.

6 2 IZ \TIU

Art

Senior lIigh School Preparation : 4-5 hours

Tcucl l ing Maj o r : 45 h o u rs Requ ired : A rt 120, 160, 230, 250, 260, 265, 320, '140, nine hour' of a rt l , i- to IY, a n d electiv<" to complete requirements, A rt l l O rnay lIot be i n · cluded.

JUlIior lI igh School Pre {)(I(({t;ofl : 45 hOllrs

Teae l l i n g Majo r : 28 hOllr" ReC/uired : Art 120, 160, 2:-\0, 250, 265, 440, six hOllrs of art h is tory, and elec t i \'c, to compleLe req u i rcment�. TpuG!l in <T minor : 1 7·21 hou r,; R e1lllired: Art 120, 160, 180, 2.30, 250, und 265.

Elemcntary Sch oul Prc[larrttion : 48 h Oll rs

'['('ac i r ing laj o r : 24 hO l l rs Rell u ired : A r t 1 1 0, 120, l (,O, 230, 250, 265, 340, und ekctive" to complr :te requ irclllent.. Teaching M i n o l ' : Twelve hOlII 's in the a rea, courses to be determined in ('olbl l l t a L. ioll with t l l (o School of Education.

Biology

S e n ior High School Pre{Jam tiofl : 45 hOll rs

To:a c i t i n g Major : 2<1·30 hours Rcqut:red: Biology 101, 102, or 1 3 1 , 132, and 16 to 22 hOllrs of b iology, of \\ l l ich at I,:",t 9 hOllrs must bc I Ipper division cou rse" H C({I/Lred ,< I I II/IOr/Lng courses: Chemi,t ry·Physic' 109-110, lVla themat ics 131. EI " " L iH'" from th,! fol l owing : Geology 101, 102 ; Chemistry 20.i , 201 ; Phy,i . . ,' 201 , 221, 222, 2 5 1 .

Jllninr lligh Schoul Prc{luflL tion : 45 hOl/ rs

T .. a c h i n g Major : 24-28 hours RrC/IILred: Biolo"y 101, 102 , or 131 , 132, and 16 to 20 hours in biol()")' appro\'cd hy t i le department. Required supporting ('Ol/rses: Chemistry·Ph ysics 1 09·1 10, '[a tltcma t ics 131. Rcc,omnH'nded : Phy,i . . ,; 201, 221, 222, 251, or Geology 101 , 102. Te'ac hing Minor : 17·21 1 1 0 I l r,; R eq u ired: Twelve to sixtecn hOl lrs chosen in bio l ogy ; Gen eral St'icnt:c 122.

Hlcmcntary School Prq){[rat.ion: 48 h onrs

'Teach i ng major : 24 hOllrs Rellll ;reci: B iolol': 101 , 102, or 131 , 132. RCIlllircd ,slllllJUrting courses: Ch mi.; try·P hysics 109· 110. Teach i n g l'Il inor : 12 honrs Reill/ired: Twel\'e ho,t I·s i ll the arca, COIl !'.'C,' to be determined III cOIl:;ul ta· L i on with the S,·hool of Education.

IW 11 OIlG

Bus;ness Ed,lcat;orl

Senior High School Preparation: 45 h Ullrs

Tcach ing Major Prerequisites: Economic, 101, 102.

IZ TI(l 6 3

Required: Busine><s Administra t ion 103, 142, 2 1 1 , 212, 241, 273, 3'10, 440b, 491. AI,o ekct two from the fol lowing : Bllsincss Administra t ion 351, 352 o r 354, 36'k 371, plus a n addi tional six hOll rs of business clcr:ti·ves. Choose nnt" of these a reas o f cm pha;;is : ( 1 ) Secretarial : Bu" in ",s Administration 245, 246, 342 : ( 2 ) Acco u n t ing : Busines, A d m i n is t ra t ion 31 1 plus tll'O of tht� fo l lowing : 3 1 2, 31:-1, :-115 : ( ,1 ) Economic,; : Economics 301, 302, plus one elec t i ve.

Chem;,,'ry

Senior High Sr.'hoot Pre/)a ra!io n : 45 h onrs

Teach ing Maj o r : 29 h ou rs mIl. i�t in of Ch em ist ry 109, 1 10 : 20:-1, 204 ; 300, 301 ; 3 1 1 , :U 2 ; a n d .314. Prerequisites: Physics 221 , 251, and 256 and mathematics t h rough second semester caleulus ( Ma themat ics 152 ) .

Junior Hiffh School Preparation: 45 holtrs

Tcaching �'fajo r : sam" as for senior level above. Teac h i ng M i n o r : 22 hour, consi,t ing of C h erni"try 109, 1 1 0 : 203, 204 : and 300, :lOl. Prerequisite : Ma th ema t ics 101 or i ts equ ival en t .

Elemen tary Schuol Preparatio n : 48 hou rs

Teaching Maj o r : 24 honrs Requ ired: Si x teen b on r, of ap p roved cou rses in cl!(,lll i .,t ry and six addi· t ional I rOU I'S to be de termined in consul t a t i on w i th ti re School of Educa tion. Teac h i n g Minor: Twe.lve hOl lrs to be r lctcrr n i ned i n con,u l w t i oll wi tl r t I re Sc hool of Educat ion.

English

. enior Higb , 'c/zool Preparation: 45 hours

Teadring Major : 27 hours Required: One of tire fol lowing progranl� : ( l ) Engl ish 218 (or profi· ciency ) ; 241, 242, 333 or 38'�, and 9 hou rs of n p per division elect ive,; i n Engl islr l i tera tu re ; o n e of t h e fol l owing : 302, 382, 400 o r 403 ; a n d 3 addit ional hOllr, of a ny l i t era ture cou rse i n t i re depa rtmen t ; a n d t\\'o YCllr, of fo reig n language or eqn iva l 'n t proficiency. ( 2 ) Engl i,h 218 ( or PJ"O­fic icllcy ) ; 2S1, 2 5 2 , 3 8 3 o r 384, and 9 hour,; o f I I p p l ' l' d i v i ,ioll electives i n Anwrican l i tera t u re ; o lle of the fol lowing : :102, 3 8 2 . 100 o r 40.1 ; a nd ;� a ddit io nal honrs of any l i t era ture cou rse in the departmen t : an d t\\'o y<;;a rs of [ore i ,1t langllage or eqll iqlcnl pro fic i ency.

Junior lfigh Sch ool Pre[}(lration : 45 /rOllrs

Tcach ing Majo r : 27 !'ours Re1luircd: Olle of tlte following pl'Ognlln,: ( l ) Engl i ,h 2 18 ( or profi-

64 DF. II 0 1 G

ci f'ney ) ; 241, 242, 383 or 384, and 9 hours of u pper divi,;ion electives i n English l i tera t u re ; und 6 addi tion;!l honn' in the department. (2) English 218 ( or proficiency ) ; 251, 252, 383 01' .184, and 9 honrs of upper d ivis ion electives in A m c ri l'n n l i terature ; and 6 add i t iona l hours in the depa rtme n t. Tpudl ing M i ll o r : 1 7-21 hours Re(/uired: Engl ish 241 and 242, or 251 and 252 ; 383 or 384 : six hours of I I P PC " d i v i,;ion electives in ti re a rea in wh ich the ,;urvey cou rse was not tuken : a n d 3 add i t iona l hours i n literatu re.

Elementary Sch ool Pre/)(lmlio n : 48 h Ollrs

Teach ing l\.Jajo r : 24 hours

Requ ired: Sixteen hours in the depa rtmen t as l isted II nder tcach ing major:; for senior high preparation, and e igh t additional hou rs to h (; selec t ed in con-l I l l a t ion with the School o f Education. Teaching Minor: 12 hOllr; Required: Twelve hours in the a rea, COllrses to be determ i n ed in ( :Oll­sll l ta t iOIl with the School of Educa t ion.

French

Senior lIigh Schoul Prepl.lTotion: 45 hOLLrs

Teachin" Majo r : 24-30 hOll l's R c(/uircd: frcn(:b 101, 102, 201, 202, 221, 222, 440n and ten hou rs of ap­WOI'ed con rses i n advanced french. Su "gested SIlPIJOfting courses: Fiftecn to 21 hours in speech, Engl i sh or a noth e r fo reign l a n guage.

Ju n ior High . 'chool PrCll(lmlion : 4.5 hours

Teaching Major : 24-2R hOl l l-, Nel/u;rerl: fren(' h 1 0 1 , 102, 201, 20:1, 221, 222, 440n. Suggested sU(!f)()rting courses: Nine h O ll rs selected from Engl ish 233, 241 , 242, 2 S 1 , 252, 3B3, :184 ; or ,ix hou r,; ft-om t h e a bove g,'O l lp, pI l lS fO l lr hOl l l" from Engl ish 2 17, 2 1B, 302, 318, -104, or Jou rnali,m 203, 204. Stll­den!'; electing th i,; program are u rged to add Engl ish 321 or Educa t ion 440" or 4clOd to the requi red COl""·CS.

Teaching M i no r : 1 7-21 hour, Re(/llired: Seventeen to 21 hours of approved COl l I'S i n french.

f:lcmenlllry School Prefiaration: 48 bOllrs

Teach ing Major : 24 hOllrs Reqllired: Twenty hours of a p p roved ('Ollrses in French a nd four addi­t iona l hOllrs to he selected in consu l tat ion wi th the department and the

School of Educa t ion. Teaching Minor: 1 2 hours

R equired: Twch 'c hOllrs of a pproved cou rses in French to be determined

in r:olN r l L a t iOll with the SeI'oal of Educat ion,

DEMT ORC • 'IZ TJO. '

Germ till Senior lligh School Preparation: 4S hOllrs

Teaching Major : 24-30 hours

6 5

ReqlLired : Germa n 101, 102, 201, 202, 221, 222, 440n and ten hours of ap­proved courses i n advanced German _ Suggested supporting courses : Fifteen to 21 hours in speech , English or anot-her foreign languag .

Jllnior Hir;h S 'houl Preparation: 4S h ours

Tcach ing l\'lajor : 24-28 hOlm; Required: German 101, 102, 201, 202, 221, 222, 440n_ SlIgr;ested supporting cou rses : Nine hours sclectcd from English 23.3, 241, 242, 251, 252, 38.3, :.3H4 ; or "ix houn; from the above group, plus four hou rs from Engl i .,h 217, 218, 302, 318, 404, or Journalism 203, 204. Stu­dents electing this p rogram a re u rged to add English .32 1 or Educa tion 440" Or 440d to the requ i red COlW'C'. Teaching Minor : 17-21 hou rs He(ll/ired: Seventeen to 21 hours of approved cou rse ' in German.

Elementary School Preparation: 48 hours Teaching Miljor : 24 hours Required: E ighteen hours of approved cou rses in German and six addi­t ional hou rs to he selected in consultation with the depa rtmen t and the _ chool of Educa tion. Teaching Mino r : 12 hours Rcqu ired: Twelve hour;; of a pproved couroes In Germun to be determined in con,ul tation with the School of Education.

Health and " hysical f.'tlueation

Senior High School Preparation : 4S hOll rs

Em phasis on I l ealth and Physical Education Teach ing lajo r : 45 hours Required: Men a n d Women : Hea l th and Phy,ical Education 210, 234, 274, 292, 310, 312, :�22, 323, 341 , 342, 345, 450, 465, 497, an d four hours of e lec.tive,; Men : 363 and two hou rs from 270, 271, 272 or 273 : Women : 290, 333. Required supporting courses: Biology 161, 162. Emphasis on Corrective Therapy in Physieal Education Teach ing Major: 45 hours ReqlLired: Men and Women : Heal th and Physical Education 210, 234, 290 ( women ) , 333 ( women ) . 292, 312, 322, 323, 341, 345, 363 ( men ) , 391, 392, 450, 497, and two hours of elec:tives ( women ) frolll 274, 342, or 333 ; Biology 161. 162_ Suggcsted sllpporting courses: Psychology 221, 301.

Junior High School Preparation: 4S hour�

Teaching Major : 26-2B hours Required: Men and Women : Physical Educa tion 210, 274, 292, 312, 322,

66 C, ClEMl . OR 'A IZATlO�

341, 345, 450, 497 ; Men 363 and two hours selected from 271, 272, 27:� ; Women 290, 333, and two hours o f elective ; B iology 161, 162. Tca bing Minor : 17·21 hours Required: Men and Women : Pbysical Education 210, 292, 341, 3'15 ; Men 363 a n d six bours selected from 270, 271, 272, 273, 346, 450, 465; Women 290, 3:3.3 and four hours selec ted from 346, 450, 465.

Elementary School Preparation: 48 honrs

Teaching Major : 24 hours Required: Phy. ieal Education 210, 292, :3 10, :H2, 341, 345, 346, 450, 465 and five hours of electives. Teaching Minor : 13 hours Required: Phy ieal Education 210, 292, 310, 312, 341, 345.

History

Senior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Teaching Major : 30 hollI's Required: History 103, 104, 203, 204, 210, plus 16 hours in history. Suggested sup/Jorting coarses : Fifteen hours selected from economic�, geog­raphy, !,olitieal -science and sociology.

Mathematics

Senior High School Preparation: 45 hours

Teaching Major : 26 hours Prerequisites : Math 112 and 131 or equivalent. Required: Twenty-six hours of mathematics numbered ahove 150 includ­ing Math 151, 152, 231, 321, 333, 440e, 451 or 433. Suggested supporting courses : Chemistry-Physics 109, no, and ten hours of sciences.

Junior High School Preparation: 45 hours

Teaching Major: 24-28 hours Prerequisites: Math 101 and 112 or equivalent. Required: Math 151, 152, 231, 321, 333, 440e. Teaching Minor : 17-21 hours Prerequisites : Math 101 and 1 12 or equivalent. Required: Math 151, 319, 321, 440e plus mathematics electives.

Elementary School Preparation: 48 hours

Teaching Major : 24 hours Prcreql1i.�ites: Math 101 and 112 or equivalent. Requ.ired: Math 151, 152, 319, 321, 333 ; plus mathematics electives. Teaching Minor : 12 hours Required: Ma th 319, 321 and mathematics electives to be determined i n consultation witll the School o f Education.

S�"i()r IIigh Sch ool Preparation : 54 h o u rs

E m p hasis on Chol'al Music

Teac l l ing l\'laj o r : 54 h o u rs Pn'rc(/ u isite: Music Theory 1 1 1 , o r equ ivalent .

6 7

Requ ired: Musi" 50, 112 , 2 1 1 , 212, 221, 222, 333, 340, 363, (1<13. Ei ?;ht I , o llrs o f p rivate \'(lice les<ons and two hou rs o f p riv a ti' p iano IcS_SOlh. FOl l r I ,o u rs o f enscmhk must be earn�d during t h e j u n i o r a n d _senior y,;a r.s. O n e hOl lr of O pera W o rkshop and ten h o u rs of mUoic " I e<' l iv"s a re aJ,;o I· e q u i rcc l .

E m phasis on Saned Chora l Music

Tea c l l i n g Ma jor : 5-1, hOllrs Prerc(/ui.vite : Music T l r eory 1 1 1 , or equ ipalrnt . Rc(/uircd: Mw,ic 50, 112, 211, 2 1 2 . 2 2 1 , 222, �1:Z6, 327, ,\33, 340, 426, 443. E: ight hOllrs of p riva t e instruct ion I 1 I l l't hl-' earm:d in tire major pr:rform­a l1 < 'e medi u m ( voicc o r piano a n d/or orga n ) and t l j ]'e" bours must _be ea rned i n t i re m i no l' performance medium ( voice or piano a n d/or o rl':an ) . Fo u r hours of ensemble must be earned dl lr ing the juniol and senior yean,. Foll l' I lou r:;. o f e lect ives in music a rc aL,o requi rpd.

El l l l 'ha< i, on 1 1l-t rr l llwn t a l Iu;;ic

Teaching [\hjor : 54 h o u rs Pn;requisi1e : lusic Theory 1 1 1 , or equ ivalent. Re(/f/ircd: ]l.IIL<i c 50, 1 12, 141, 1 42, 2 1 1 , 212, 221, 222, 24,3, 244, 333, 4 105, 4 16, 444. Ei;.; h t hour o f p rivate instruc tion lllust be earned on the ,tu­dent', major i lb t r l l rne n t plus two hOII l" o f p i a no . Six hours of crecl i t Illust be earned in i n strulIlcntal en,cmb l ', during the j u n i o r and sen ior years.

Junior High 'chool Preparation : 45 h o u rs

Tea� hing Maj o r : 2fl hours Required : 1usic 50, 1 1 2, 221, 222, :3:13, 3 '10, 443 or 444. Two Irours of r l r ivatc piano, two hours of a ecolldary i nst rulllimt or voice, fou r honrs o f lllusic en,e m b l e ancl two hours o f Illusic cl c l ive� are also required, Teaching M i no r : 20 hours Prerequisite : Music 101 or equiV'alent. Re(/uired: 'Music 120, :l:n, .%0 plu5 two hours o f l'riv -ute p iano and two hours of p ri v a te i nstru(, t ion in voice or secondary in:-;trurnent. Fou r hour� of nl lrsic ensem b l e and f.ive hOlm; of clectiv'es i n Illl l;jC a re also req u i red.

Elem.en ta ry School Preparation : 48 hOllrs

Teaching Ma j o r : 24 hou rs Required : Music: 101, 120, .333, :HO p l u s two hOllrs of privat.e p iano and

.. See Ihe De/Jartmenl oj Music Handbook jor jurlher details con cern ing Ihe prnt;rtun.

6 8 \(' Il E\UC OHG ·IZ \ TI

two hours of p r iva te voice. Four hours of Ill us ic ensemhle and five hours of elective, in Illu,ic a re also required. Tea(,hing Mi nor : 12 hours acqllired: Twch·c hours in the Music Department, cou rses to be deter· mined i n consultation wilh the Department of Music and the School of Educa tion.

Physics

Seniur High Schuol Preparatio n : 45 hours

Teaching Major : 28 hours Required: Chemistry.Physics 109, 1 10 ; Physics 251, 256, 272, 331, :n2 or 316 and 6 hou rs of laboratory cou rse. i ncluding 221 and 222. Required sllPporting courses : One add i t ional cou rse in Chemistry; Mathe· matics 151 * , 152, 231 and 252 or 3'� 1 .

JlInior High School Preparation: 45 hours

Teaching Major 24·28 hours Required: Chemistry-Physics 109, 1 1 0 ; Physics 251, 256, 272, 221, 222, 321 or 3 16, Mathematics 151*, 152.

Political Science

Senior High Schoul Prepara tion: 45 hours

Teaching Major: 27 hours Required: Pol i t ical Science 101 or 301, 2.51, 3.'l1 , plus eighteen audition"l hours of electives. Suggested supporting courses: Economics 101 ; Geogra phy 101 ; History, 9 hour�; Psychology 101 ; Sociology . 101 or 300.

Science (General)

Senior High School Preparation: 45 hours

General Science Teaching Major : 4.5 hours Prerequisite: Mathernat ic� 101 or equivalent. Reql/.ired: Biology 101, 102 ; Chemistry·Physics 109, llO, Chemistry 300; Geology 101, 102 ; Mathema tics 112, 131, 151 ; Physics 221, 2.51.

Ea rth Sc ience

Teaching Major : 4.5 hours Prerequisite: Trigonometry and high school biology. Required: Geology 101, 102, 203, 204, 360 or 365, 497, 498. Required Sll{![!orting courses: Mathematics 1.51, Chemistry· Physics 109, l lO. Suggested supporting conrses: Biology 101, 102 and a dd itional course in chemistry and physics.

"Students who UTe not prepared to enter Mathematics 151 must take the pre· requ isites bnt credit lor these courses will not be couflted in the major area.

\ \ll/,l\[fl () hG \:-;IZ\1I0�

Ju nior High School Prepa ration : 45 h o u rs

Genera l Sci,· ,nce Teadlin;.; ["Iajo r , 24-28 hou rs Prerc(l u isite : l'l'b t hernatics 1 0 1

6 9

Re.qnired: I3 iol ogy 101 and 102 o r G,:ncrul Science 1 2 1 ; Chem i,t ry-P hysic,; 109, U O : i\fathematic.s 1 1 2 and/or 131 ; G colo!!v 101. Teach i n g Minor : 1 7-21 honrs

- .

Cou r,es ,elected and total hours ,ubjert to a pproval of science depart­mcnh and will vary depending L1pon h igh school background of the in­d iv idua l "t L lden! .

Ea rt h Sc ience

Tea( 'h ing Major : :28 hours Prerequ isit e : Trigonometry and h igh school b iology. Re(I U ired: Gco l o gy 1 0 1 , 102, 203, 20-1, 497, 49K R equired suppo rting courses: Chcmistry-Phy"ic, 109, UO. Suggested SlllJl'orting courses: Mathema t ics 151 ; B iology 101, 102. Te.tel l ing Minor: 17 to 21 hours in Gcology and Phy,i" al Sc i,· ,nee.

Etemen lary chool Preparation : 48 h o u rs

Gf'ne ra I Sc iCI)ce Tcnc h i n g Major : :24 hOlm; I n d ividual pl"Ograllls to be plunned by tlw Sc i e lu " e Department in con­su l t a t ion w i t h the Sehool of Edul 'at ion.. Teac hing M i n o r : 12 hOll rs Required: Tw"lve honrs in ,th� a rea, cou rses to he dctNlll ined III C:OllHll ta­tion with the School of Edncation_

Earth Seienr,e

Tcac : h ing Majo r : 24 hours Prerequisite : Tr igonomet ry and hig;h school h iolog;y. Required: Gcology 101. 102. 203, 204, 497. Required snpporting courses: Chemistry-Physics 109, 1 10. Teaching Mino r : 12 honrs i n Geology and Physical Science.

Soc;al Science

Senior High School Preparation: 45 hours

T" ach i np; Maj o r : 45 hours Requ ired: H istory 103, 104, 203, 204, 2 1 0 ; Economics 101 or 300; Geog­ra p h y 101 ; Political S(,ience 101 0 1' 251 or 301 ; Sociology 101 or 300 and Psyc hology 4 1 1 o r Sociolol-\Y 4�1 1 . Suggested supporting courses : S i x teen hou rs t o he takml from no t 1ll0rc th a n two of t l]('"�f' fields : econorn ic.<, hiqory, po l i t ic al ,,,ience, psychology 0 1' ,oc iol ogy. A m in imu m of ten honrs Inn,t he in OIW !-ide\.

Ju n ior I1igh Schuol Prcfla rati.on: 45 hours

Teach ing Major : 24-28 honrs Reqnired: Econom ics 101 or .300 ; Geography 101 ; History 103, 104·, 203,

70 \ 1 ' \OF. II OR 17. TIO

204, 210 ; Poli t ical Science 101 or 2.51 o r 301 ; Sociology 101 or .300. Teaching Minor: 17-21 hours Required: Twelve hou r.- in hi:;tory and nine hours selected from other soeial science a reas ; or eight honrs of history and 9 to 13 hours selected frolll the other social �ciences--economics, pol itical science, psychology or sociology.

Elementary School Preparation: 48 hours

Teaching IVlajo r : 24 hours Required: Sixteen hou rs from the fol lowing social sciences: economics, geography, history, poli tical science, psychology o r sociology. History 203, 204, and 210 are required. Teach ing Mino r : 12 hours Twelve hours in the area, con rses to be determincd In consultation with the School of Education.

Sociology

Senior High School Preparation : 45 hours

Teachinp; Major : 27 hours Required: Sociology 101 or 300, 202, 341, 412, 431, and twelve additional honrs of elective

's. Suggested supporting courses: Economics 101 or 300; Geogra phy 101 ; H istory 8 hours; Political Sc ience 101 or ;)01 ; Psychology 101.

Speech

Senior High School Preparation : 45 h ours

Teaching Major : 24·30 hours. Required: Speech 101, 202, 210, 445 and 1.3 to 19 hours in consultation with the major adviser.

Suggested support.ing courses: One of the following : ( 1 ) 15 to 21 hou rs in English approved by the major adviser and numbered above 102, or ( 2 ) 15 to 21 hours in a modern or cla�sical language.

Junior High School Preparation: 45 hOM"

Teaching IVlajor : 24-28 hours Required: Speech 101, 202, 210, plus six to eight hours in �pced1. Addi· tional nine to twelve hours to be de termined in consultation with Speech Department and School of Education. Teaching Minor: 17-21 hours Required: Speech 101, 202, 210, p lus nine to twelve hou rs of eleetives.

Elem.entary School Preparation: 48 hours

TI'aching Major : 24 hours Required: Speech 101, 447 and nine hours of elec tives in specch and nine hours in English. Teac hing Mino r : 12 hours Courses to be determined in consultation with the School of Education.

ACADEI\Il O RGA , 'IZATIO� 71

SUGGESTED SCHEDULE OF COURSES

f.'lementary School Preparation

Freshman Year

Engl ish 101 Composition t ReJ igion requ i rement

Sci 1 2 1 I ntroduction to fiioh",ical Science

Sci 122 I n t J"Oduction to Phl"'ical Sciences

S(H'iul S ' iencc electives PE activity

' Elect ives

Hrs.

3 3

4

4 6 2

10

32

Sophomore Year 1/ rs.

Art 1 1 0 Introduction to the Visual Arts 3

1:Mu,i ' 101 Fundamentals o f M u "ic 3

Geog 101 World Geography .3 Hi"t 210 The Paci (i� Northwest . 3 p'Y 101 General Psychology 3

t Rd igion requ i rement 3 Educ 201 I n t rodurtion to

Education 3 £11"1 i"h electi\'c 3 P E activity 2

§ r.lect i\"t,� 6

32

Junior amI Senior High School Preparation

Sophomore Year Ifrs.

A rt or Music cl eetive . . 3

Freshman Ycar

Engl ish 101 Composition tRel igion requirement

ttScience

Hrs.

3 3

. . . 8 6 2

. . 1 0

* . Hi;;t 210 T h e Pacific Northwest . 3

50(' ia I SC ience cle t i ves I'E activity

• Elect ives

32

tSee page 41 for reqllirements in religion.

ttSee [lage 54 for rCllllircrncnt in science.

I'Sl' 101 Gelwral Psyehology . 3 t Rcl igion requ i rement .. .. 3

Educ 201 I ntrodllct ion to EdU('a t ion

Engl i"h . . I,·,ctivc PE a c t ivi ty

§ El e cti\"t',

3 3 2

12

32

• The student shollid inclllde Speech 10J if Iris score on the pruficiency test in speech is not satisfactury.

tRelluired of stlulents planning to be eicrncTltary school teachers.

§ The student should include Health and Physical Educatiun 211J i/ his ,'cure OTI the proficiency test in h ealth was nat .,ati.'faclOry .

• • Requ ired 0/ all students with a maior or m inor in a social scien ce.

l IE 11 7 3

SCHOOL OF FINE AND APPLIED ARTS

The school of Fine and A p pl ied Arts comp riscs the Departments of A r t , Music, a n d S p eec h , offering a hroad cultural education i n the f i n e a r t s and �pecial t ra in ing i n the following areas of study : �cul p ture , painting, ceramics, appl ied H1 u ,;ic, Illusic history and l i terature, theory and composi t ion, sacred music, drama, speech arts, spec h pathology, and telecommunica tions.

The objectives of this school are to prov ide tl", student spec ial ized train ing in one of the fine arts; to ]"Ji"o\'ide a (:ul tllral bac kground through the study of the ,"elu tionship of all the a r b ; and to prepare the student for the p rofes­sional appl ication of his kno\\'ledg(� and train ing.

J)Cl!recs Offered

The SdlOOI of Fine and Apl -' lied Arts offers the degrees Bachelor of Fine A ,,1s and Bachelo r of Mu,ic.

Ca ndidates [or the fla helor of Fine Arts degree may concentrate in the Department of Art or Speech.

Candida tes for the Bachelor of Music degree must com plete both the specific: courses in l1l u,ic and the all-un ivcl'sity requ irements and must meet the ap proved stand�rds of musicianship.

In addit ion to the all -un iversity course requ i rements, c:andidates for a degree in th i " RI:hool must fulfill the following requi remen ts :

1. TI", foreign language req u i rement may vary from 0 to 16 hours dependmll upon the tolal numher of credits earned in high school and the evaluation of t1w student',; needs by tlie ch ai rman of the department concerned and his recommendation to the Director of the School.

2. The seicnce requirement may be lllet by a year course in science or by Sc innce 1 2 1 < Introduction to Biological Science) and Science 122 ( Intro­duction to Physi al Science ) .

74 \( A ()E�II(. ORG >\ N I Z \TIO

Art Cundidates for the Bachelor of Fine A rts degree muy complete their majors

w i th emphasis in painting, sculpture, ceramics or art h i story. Requirements for a Bac helor of Fine A w; degree with a major in art a re 55

credit houn, i n art including Art 120, 160, 230, 250, 260, 265, 15 hours of art history and electives in a rea of empha'ii: and rel a ted courses to complete requirements. Art no may not he included in this total.

The department reserves the, right to reta i n , exhibi t, and reproduce student work submitted for credit.

Suggested Schedule o f Conrse,

Freshman Year

A r t 120 Design I Art 160 D ra w i llg I A rt 230 Cnamics 1 A rt 265 Painting I Engl ish 101, Composition

1 Foreign Language �Religioll

P.E. a c t iv i ty

Elective

Junior Year

U p p e r D ivision Art l Ii,tory Li terature . Philosophy

tf{d igioll Social Science Ekc tin�s ... ..

Art cou rses

Tlrs.

.'1 3

.. 3 3 3 8 3 2 3

31

I1r.l.

9 6 3 3 3 .3 6

Sophomore Year

rt 250 Seul pture 1 rt 260 Drawing II

A r t Il istoI-Y Approved Art course

t Rcl igion Science

"Soc ial Science P.e. ac t ivi ty

Senior Year

Upper Division A rt COIl rses Art Hi�toI'Y

Sociul Seiencc Electives

Hrs.

3 ... 3 __ .3

.3 3 8 6 2

31

Hrs.

. . . . . . . 10 6 3

14

3.3 33

J French and/or German reqllired for art history emphasis. Language require· ment may be uiat:l'ed in programs 1cilh a studio emphasis.

"llistory 103 and 104 are recommended for arl majors. tSee page 41 jar reqlLiremenls in religiun.

Speech

The Department of Speech embraces four section,; speech a rts, drama, tele­communi(,ations, and pathology.

Candidates for the Bachelor of A rts degree arc regi"tered in the College of A rts and c.ienees a n d mUot meet all general requirements of the College. The specific requirements for the major are found u nder Speech in the ,cctiol1

COunSES OF I NSTHUCTIO:-I.

C DEl\1J ORCt\ IZATl(I 7 5

Candidate::> for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who a rc planning a teaching major i n Speech shoul d refer to page 70 u nder ACAoEMAc PRLI'ARA­TIO!\".

Candidates for the Bachelor of Fine A rts degree may complete their majo r>; with an em pha�is in speech a rb, d ra ma , or a combination major involving specch a rt -, drama, telecommunications, o r pathology. This degree requ in'" 4R hour- of work w i t h i n the Department of Speech.

Bachelor 0/ Fine Arts, Major ill Speech

Fresh ma n Year Hr.>.

Engl i_h 101 Compo,ition . _ 3 t Rf-�l igioll requ irement 3

Music or A rt elcctiyc 3 Scien('e R Social Science elective 3 Sl 'cedl 101 Fundamc n tals of

O m l COlll munica t ion .) Speech 202 P rinci ple� of

Puhlic peaking 3

Elcct iyes - 5

PE a(;tivity

j u n ior Year

PI , i l",ophy requirement t Religion requi re me l l t _

Soc ial Science elec t ive_ A p p l"Oycd ' I " 'celr courses Ekl ' t in'-

2

33

lirs.

3

. _ 3 6

IS

6

33

Sophomore Y car

Modern language 101, 102 t Rel igion requirement

Approved 'i[.leech courses PE activity Electives

Senior Year

Litera t u re electin� Social Sc ience elective A I ' I J l"ovcd speech electives " :kctives

tSee l)(l!{(: 4 ! jor requirements in relir;ion.

Music

Hr.l.

R 3

12 2 6

:n

IIrs.

3 3

1 5 1 0

3 1

The Department of Music offers c u rr icula l eading to degrees of Bachelor of A rt" Bachelor of A ,·ts i n Education and Bachelor of Music. Refer to the Depa r t l l 1ent of Mu.-ic l Iandhook for details concerning u l l music curr icula .

The Bachelor of Arh degree is a non-p rofe"ional fou r-yea r course for stlldent" who want to becorne well-educated in m usic, yet wan t to be solidly /!! "oundccl in l i l "' ra l a l·ts. Candidates for this degree a rc registered in the Col lege of Arts and Sciencc;; and must meet aLl requirements of the College. The specific requ i remen t>; fo r the major a rc found unde r Music in the sec­tion Co nSE.'-' O F I N sTnlJcTl ON.

Candida te.- fo r the Bachelor of A rts in Education degree who are p lan-

7 6 IZ \TlO, ,

n i ng n tea c h i ng I1wJ o r 1 1 1 J t lU�lC should refer to page 67 under ACADEMIC PH�I'AHATI U '"

T h e Bae-helor o f Mllsic c u rr icuillm is desil'ned for t h e student w h o in­tend, to become a l l l'okssional musician. The degree is offered w ith a major i n ( a ) piano or o rgan performance, ( 1.» orchestral iIbtrumcnt pc['­forman,'c, ( c) vocal perforltlance, ( e1 ) c h u rc h music.

Requirements lor the Bachelor 01 Music Degree

A. Pia n o or Organ Perfurmance

Freshman Year

Engl i,h 101 Compo,ition Social Science dedi v'e Rdi :;ion n�q u i rel 1 l t :nt lVlodern Langllage 201, 202 P E a < ' l i v i t y Mlls ic I l l , 1 1 2 Theory Mu,ic I SO, Piano a n el/or

ivill"ic 152 O rgan Mll, ic cn"""ble l\'iusic 50 Stucl'''It Rec ital,

junior Year

Scien( ' ( ; rf'qll i r('I lH'nt Soc ia l ScieIH'" .. "'ct i v Ild igioll req u i rement MI"ic 3S0, Piano o r

Mu,ic :152, O rgan Mlls ic :-\ 1:'1, COlln terpoint Mll sic -1 1 1 , FOI'llI Music En,emble

* M u,ic elect ive, Music 50 Stlldent Recital

II n,

3 3 3 6 :1 8

4 o o ,3

32

IIrs,

B 3 .3

6 3 3 2 4 0

32

SO/lhom ore Y Cllr

o c i a l SC i " I I < 'C elect ives L i tna t u re e lec t iv e R(.>l i gi o !l req u i rement P I-: aniv ' i ty Musie 2 1 1 , 212 Theory M ""ic 221, 222 H i,tory Mll,ic 15() Piano o r

!'Il tl.,i . . 1 52 Organ Mu,ic 1':n,(, I l lh '" M u,ic SO S tIlUCl I t Recitals

Senior Year

P h ilosophy requi renlent l �{l !s ic :)50, Piano or

M u,ic 352, O rgan Mu,ic 33:-1, Ha,ic Condllct i n g

�l\Il I,ic. 4 12, I\I c t hod" o f Teac h i ng Piano

I\'lus ic En,emble MIl "i , ' Litcrll t l l re e1ec t i v'es

;j; 'I l I�i ( ' dl� ( ' t i \" ( "� "IIl"ir 50 Stlluent Reci tub

1 Formal recital rC(jUl:rct/ during senior year.

:!For [Jianu nzajors only.

* May be lakcn in music and/or sU/lpurtillg arcus.

Hrs.

6 3 3 2 8 6

-1 o o

32

JJ rs.

3

(j 2

:z 2 4

B

0

32

DEMTr ORG IZATIO 7 7

B. Orchestral In.llrurnent Performance

Freshman Year Hr.-. Sophomore Year Hrs.

I::nglish 101 Composition 3 Social Science electives _00 6

Soeial Scienc:e elective 3 Literature elect ive 3

Rel igion requi rement 3 Relig ion rcqu i remcn t 3

Modern Language 201, 202 6 PE activity 2

PE a�tivity 2 Mu,ic 211 , 212 Theory 8

Music l l l , 1 1 2 Theory 8 Music 221, 222 History 6

Mujor I,,,tm lllent 2 ' Major Instrument 4

Music 150 Piano - - - - 2 Music Ensembl e ( orchestra

Musil' Em'emble ( orchestra or band ) 0 (lJ' hand ) _ 0 Music 50 Student Recitals 0

Music: 50 Student Recitals 0 Elective _ _ _ 3

32 32

Junior Year Hrs. Senior Year Hrs.

Science requirement 8 Philosophy requi rement 3 Social Science elective 3 Music 444 Instrumental

Religion requirement 3 Conduc ti ng and Materials 4 Music 313, Counterpoint .3 Music 415, 416 Orchestration 4 Music 411 Form 3 Music Literature electives 4 Major fn<;trll lllent 6 "Major Instrumen t 6 lVIlisic 333 Basic Conducting 2 Music Ensemble

l\-[usir �nsemble ( Music 136, 137, 138 ) 4 ( Music 136, 137, 138 ) 4 Music electives _ 7

Music 50 Student Recitals 0 Music 50 Student Rec itals _ _ _ _ 0

32 32

lOr Major Instrument 2 and Secondary Instrument 2.

fOr Major Instrument 4 and Secondary Instrument 2. Formal recital re-1/11 ired during senior year_

* Mar be taken in mil sic and/or slIpporting areas.

7 8 \ ( \ l)C�I I r. ORC � I Z \'J1()

C. Vom/ Performance

Freshman Year

English 101 Compo, i tion Social S(' i ('nce eic(' t i\'c Rcl if! ion requ i rcllIcnt

Hrs.

__ . __ . _ _ 3

[od"'rn Language 201, 202 _

P I-: act idty

3 3 6 2 8 l\Iu ic I l l , 1 12 Theory

lVll l,ic 154 Voice lI[usic ISO Piano Music 132, 134 '.n"emble Musi., 50 Student R "c i tal, Ekcti\'c

. . . . . __ 2 2 o o 3

32

jl/Ilior Year Hrs.

Science reqni rement 8 Socia I Sc ience elective 3 Relig ion requ irem

-cnt 3

Music 363 Language for S i ng i ng �

fusic ;\33 Basic Conduc t i n g 2 MII .s i . · 354 Voice . _ 4 :'II lIsie 326 Sacred Mus.ic

Litera t u re _ 3 Mllsic 1 3 5 lIladrigal S ingers 2 Mu,ir : 1.32, 1:34 En.;ernble 2

" Music electives 2 Mu"ic 50 Student Rec i tal.- 0

32

Sophomore Year

Social Science elective' Lit<'raturc elective Religion requirement P I': 3eti\' i tv Music 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 Theory 1\·l u " ic 221 , 222 History Mus il ' 154 Voice Music 150 P iano Musi l : B2, 1 34 Ensemble Mu"ic 50 S tudent Rec i t a l s

Hrs.

6 3 3 2 B 6 2 2 o o

32

Senior Year H rs. Philosophy requirement 3 Mu"ic L i terature electives 4 MLL�ic 4 1 1 Form . . 3 Music 313 Cou nterpoint 3 Music. 4.35 Opna \Vorbhop 4

I MlI"ir ' 354 Voic.' 4 lIfu"ic 132, 134 Ensemble 2 MlI,ic 443 Cho ra l Conducting,

Tec h n iq u e, and Mate rials 4 * Music: elec t i v es 5

Music 50 Student Recitals 0

32

I Formal Recital required dl/rillE{ scnivr year. * Ml/)' he taken in mll.,ic and/or SlIpporting areas.

\CADEl\HC ORGA. IZATIO. · 7 9

D . Church Music

F reshrrwn Year

EngJi,h 101 Composition Social Science elective Religion requirement Modern Language 201 , 202 PE act iv i ty l\'lusic HI, 1 1 2 Theory Major I nstrument Minor Instrument Music 132, 134 Ensemble . Mu. it 50 Student Recitals Elect ive

Hrs.

3 3 3 6 2 B 2 2 o o 3

32

Junior Y car II rs.

Science requirement B Social Science elective 3 Religion r.eqll irement 3 Music 333 Basic Conduc ting 2 Music 327 Hymnology .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Majo r In.'tru ment 4-

' Music 363 Language for Singing 3

Mu ic 132, 134 En�emble 2 * Music Icctiv > . 4

Music 50 Student Recitals . .... 0

32

IF or voice concentration only.

Sophomore Year

Social Sc ience electives Litera ture ekctive Rel igion req u i rement PE acti" ity Music 2 1 1 , 212 Theory Music 221, 222 H istory

'1ajor J nstrument Minor Instrument Mu,ic 132, 134 Ensemble Music 50 Student Recitals

Hrs.

6 :3 3 2 B 6 2 2 o o

32

Senior Y car H rs.

Philosophy requirement 3 Music 426 Worshi p and

Liturgy 3 Music 326 Sacred 1\Iusic

Literature ., . Music 443 Choral Conducting,

Techniques and Ma tcrials �Major Instrument

Music 313, Counterpoint Music 4Il Form

3

4 4 3 3

Music Literature electives 4 Music 132. 134 [n,emble 2

* Music electives . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 3 Mll"ie 50 Student Recitals 0

.32

2 Formal R ecital required during senior year. *- May be taken in music and/or supporting areas.

8 0 m: HI OR � nz no

SCHOOL OF NURSING

The S"hool of Nursing i s a p rofessional "chool which meets the Univen,ity requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Sc ience in Nu rsing. It is accredited by the Wa.,hingtoll S tate Board of Nursing and by the National League. for Nursing. Graduates who 5uc<.;eosful ly complete the State Board Examinations Oteg istcred Nurse ) a re qual ified to fill f in't level staff nULing posi t ions in health agenc ies.

Philosophy and Purpose

The S(;hool of Nursing, as one of the p rofessional schools of Pacific Lutheran University, accepts the cha llenge of preparation of a trained Christian · i t izcnry of professiona l nurses who recognize and participate in the responsibilities and opportunities for Christian service in nul' ing. The School recognizes tha t i ts functions are teaching, service and research. In accepting this challenge the facu l ty acknowledges its responsibi l i ty for promoting high qua l i ty professional nursing services for people in the hospital , horne and commu ni ty.

The School o f N ursing Facul ty accepts the following principles :

1. Education is an ongoing p rocess in which the individual acquires knowl· edge, refines attitudes and develops a set of values, l earn ing to aet u pon these for the betterment of ,.;elf and soc iety. I n this educational process th� student in(: reases his capacity to relate to mankind by means of a course of action in which he grows, develops skills and f inds expression for c reativity, all of w hich w il l enable him to p rogress toward future self· real iza t ion in becoming a responsible member of socie ty.

2. Learning OCcurS when there is a change in behavior resu l ting from experi­ence rather than maturation, and when that behavior contiuues. Each person a pproaehes his learning task in his own way. Each individual reo sponds to the total situation a s a whole person. There are levels of learning each of which builds upon the other in the following sequence : awarene�,

knowledge, understanding, appreeiation, appli a t ion of principles and teaching of principles.

3. Nursing as a profession should be concerned with t he physical, emotional, intellectual, social and spiritual health of the individual. The Sehool strives therefore to guide it.s students in dfweloping a sense of responsi· bility for acquiring the knowl edge and �kills nee 5sary to help meet the total health needs of the individual.

1. Emotiona l , i n tellectual, >;Deial an d �piritllul growth are essential to the enrichment of one's own l ife and to the optimum development of ooe's ab i l i ty to help others. The prepa ra t ion of the professional n u rse includes cultural g row th through the use of the various disciplines of the niversity. The profes,;ional curriculum p rovides education in ava i lable fields of heal th teach ing a rranged in a logical sequence of lea rn ing.

[IF n ORG �Z T10 8 1

5, The C h ristian U n iversity has a dist inct advantage in offering this type of total educa t io n and carries a responsibil ity to pre pa re individua'" inter­ested i n ,ervi ng their God and the i r fel low'nen tl ,rough the pract ice vi profc�,ional n l l r"i ng. Nursing educa tion. therefore, should be Illoti,'ated by tl ,(, h;"ic principle, of C i , rist ian love and serv ice .

The a i m of the Sehool of Nursing is to prepare «tu dents to recognize and pa rtic i pate in the responsibili ties and o pportun it ies fo r C h " i,,,tian service in nu rs ing. Nece-snry tools arc provided for funct ioning as ,tafT nurses, for dn'cl­oping the com petc nc ie. basic to ad,'u ne ing to pos it ions requi ring Icadersl ' i" :;ki l],;, and for acqu i r ing a foundation for gradua te study.

Objet·tives

In keeping with the phi losophy of ITlIIl lstering to tbe total nur<;ing needs of the individual, the School of Nursin" ,jSsi,t, the student :

1 . To <lequ i re knowledge e:' 'ent ial to func,t ion as a profess iona l nu rse. 2. To dcn:lop an a b il i ty to function effectively as a professional nurse. 3. To develop an at t i tude which wil l fo,;ter con t i nu i ng p rofessional a n d

pel"soJlui grow th . 4. To recogn ize her rc,;ponsihil ity as [l c i t izen . 5. To develop nn a pp rec iat ion of the value of a general education in adding

depth and brcadth to per50nal and profcS'iol1ul experien ce a n d to " e r" e a� a foundat ion for profe,,_,ional cou rses_

Health

The nu rs ing ,tnden t main tains her own opt imulll hea l th and is a promoter and teacher of I ll'a l t h, Phy,ical exa m i nat ions, x-rays and i m l lluniwt ions a re req u i red pr ior to adm i ssio n to the cl inical a reas and periodical ly th eneaftcr, and are the n:spon,;ibil i ty of the " tuden t,. Studen ts sh oul d carry persona l hea l th in5uranrc.

Special Fees

[n addition to regul a r University costs, studen ts are to provide tlwir own transportation between the Univers.ity campus and the rl in ical laboratory areas. Heal th exa mination fec" and ,tucient u n i forms ( ap p l'Ox i lt,ateiy . 70_00 ) a re the re:;ponsibiJ i ty of the student.

The Nursing Program

Thig program is planned for h i g h school gmdna tes a n d may bp, cOlll pleted in [our a('adelllie yp,ars by students who Illeet the School requiremcnb_ Th rough this prog ,'alll of general and professional education , stud(�nt. prepare thern­,eh'es for b eg i nn ing positions i n profc,;sional nursing and for con tinuing their education a t the graduate I(wel.

Admission and Curriculum Rcquirements

In addition to the requ i rements for admission to the U n i versity, the S<.:hool of Nllr�ing requ i res a one unit ('our�e in hiology and a one unit course i n

82 I \ l J E U( OR!. ' rz �TTO '

chel1l i,try. Deficiencie, wi l l need to be removed prior to enrol l i .ng in the professional nl! r,ing program.

To be a p p roved by t.he faculty of the School of N u rScing for enrollment in the clinical n u rsing courses which begin in the so phomore year, the ,tudent lllll,t gi\'e ev idence of phy,;ical , emotional and intellectual aptitude for nursing ; must po"" !,, per"onal atti tudes and idE'AlI, wh ich are de"irable in nursing : and mllst have a CUI1l 1 1 lutive grade point average for her coli gP. course o f 2.0. She mllst also hllYC a minimllUl grade of 2.0 in each eourse required for the program as indicated in the COll rse outline.

Standard ' rcqll i red for admission must be main ta ined throughout the prQ' gram i f the candidate is to re tain her standing in the Sd IOoL

A can didate who has attended !iOl1Ie othe r institlltion, including gradllHtion from an approved "chool o f nu rsing, Illay receive credit toward a degree in I1Im,ing provided she meet,; the general requircments for l1drni" ion to the School of Nur'ing. Transferuhle credits from another inst i tution of higher \c.;:nning w i l l be \'aluuted on an individual basis. The graduate nurse appl ieant may recei\'c credit for her earl ier edueation by examination o f nllr�ing and related cou r5CS in accordance with the Advanced Placement policy of the Un i\'crsity. SI! will follow the curriculum olltl ined for the Bachelor of Science in u r:;ing in regard to course requirements, ::-equence of cou rses, and prereq uis i tes. •

The School of ursing faculty re;;Clye,- the r ight to request the with· drawal o f a nur,illg student who fails to demonstrate eompetcucy, o r who fa i ls to maintain profe,;�ional standards.

Resources, Facilities and Services

To p rovide the best learning experience in th various clinical fields under the d irect sllpen'i,ion of i ts faculty members, the School uti l izes the hOtipitals and health agencies in its immediate vicinity inc.luding the ir l i b rar ie and clas,;rooms. Cl inical laboratory Icawing is directed by rcgular U n iversity faculty members in the following health agencies :

GOOD ]'vIARIT AN HOSPITA L, Puyallup, Wa"h ing ton ( 96 bed. ) Palll Teslow, M.I 1.A., Administrator Virginia LO\' itt, R.N., Director of Nu rsing Service

LAKEWOOD G E NE RAL HOSPITAL ( l00 beds ) Harry Sanislo, Administrator Walter Wil helm, B.A., As,i."tant Administrntor Orpha J. Noble, R. ., D irector of Nursing

MA DIG l GENERAL HOSPIT L ( 536 beds ) Brig. General Ri('hard I. Cronc, M.D., Hospital Commander LI. Col. Al thea E . Will iams, R. . , M.B.A., .N.C. Chief Nu rse

M PLE L A N E SCHOOL FOn. GI RLS, Centralia, Washington ( 150 beds) Edna Goodrich, Superinten dent Richard Barrett, A"si tant Superintendent

I ' li E IH OI{t; \ lZATIO

MOUNTA I N V I EW GENERAL HOSPITAL ( 287 beds) Clar i� l I ison, M.D., Sup<;rintcnde n t Agnes \,\'il,on, R . N . , D ir ctor of Nur,.;ing

ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITA L ( 250 bed�) Si,ter Martha Jo,.;eph, R.N. , M.S.N.E., Admin istra tor Si,ter James Helene, R.N., 1\'1. . , ., Supervisor, PRY hiatrie Unit

TACOMA GE l ERAL HOSPITAL ( 263 heds) Walter I-l u ber, n.8.A., A d m i n i ,.;t ra tor Bess M. Piggott, B.S., M.N., 1.A. , D irector of Nursing Education Belty Hoffman, R.N., Director of . ul',.;ing Service

TACOMA·PI ERCE COUN TY HEALTH DEP ARTME NT Ern"t Kredel, M.D . . Director of Health Edith Mit�hdl, R. . , n.s., Chief of Nursi ng D i v ision

VETERANS A D M I N I STRATION HOSPITAL Allleric!1 n Lake, \V a .• h i n g ton ( 904 beds)

Tholl111s Ma ... : I . , M. D., Ho,",piwI Di rer:tor Florence M. Naske, R.N., B.S., Ch ief, ursing Serviee

8 3

Florence H. Mnchlhauser, R.N., M.S.N ., Associate Chiel, N u rsing Service for Ed\l�ation

8 4 PE II O R ( , \r\!Z \TIO

Curri ",,111m for Bachelor of Science in Nursing

Freshman Year Hrs. "phomore Year Hrs.

tBiology 161, 162 Human Anat· t. lm'ing 2.35, 2.36 Medical· omy and Physiol ogy 8 Surgical Nu rsing 20

tniology 201 Microbiolog 4 Religion requirement 3 tCl tclni,try 103 Organic tP ychology 240 Elementary

Chemistry 4 Ana lysis .3 Engli,h 101 Compo,it io" 3 Elective ( Nursing ) 3

tSociology 101 Introduction Li teratu re eketive ( or to Sociology 3 Fine Arts) 3

t l ',yc l to logy 101 General PE activ i ty 2 I',;ychology 3

R , · l il! i o ll 103 j n t ro(hlC tion to Cl� r i,t ian Faith 3

I'E act ivity 2

Ju n iur Year

� N u r,,-ing .335 Malernal·(J, i l d N u rsing

j'Nllr,ing 3.37 P"ychiatric Nllr,ing

tP,ychology 301 Hllman Dnelorment

Rei igion elccti\'e Soeial Science electi""

tSociology 431 The Fam ily Fine A rb eke t i"e ( o r

Literature)

30 34

lTr.I. Senior Year Hrs.

t N n rsing 402 Trends in , 10 N u rsing __ ________ . _ _ _ . 3

t N u rsing 445 Fundamentals of 8 Community Health 2

tNur 'ing 446 omfllunity 3 Nursing 1 3 tNnrsing 470 Emergency and 3 Disaster N u rsing . _ _ _ _ _ 3 .3 t Nu rsing 475 Senior Nursing , ___ .lD

Literature clec tivt' 3 3 Philo'ophy el eeti\'e 3

Elective 3

33 31

,Courses requ£rcd lor nursing major

'flO, ' 8 5

AIR FORCE RESERVE OFFICER TRAI ING CORPS PROGRAM

( Aerospace Studies)

StudenL>' who ha\'e been ,ckctcd for the Air Force ROTC two year cOllllll is.<;; lon ing progralll, or who a re trull ,'·.Jcrees qualified for entry i n to the Air' For(:e ROTC P nlfc-:; ional Officers Cou rse, and are enrolled a t Pa( , i fic: Luthera n University may enro l l in Air Force ROTC-Aero,,,a!:,, Studies courses at the n iver. i L l' o f Pugct Sound. This ]Jrogra m l eads to a cO lllln i,sion <I ' a ,ecoud l i t ' l l t�nant in the U.S. A i r Force u pon graduat ion from Pa!: i f i c Lutheran U n i \'(.:rsi L y .

Purpose

The pu rpo 'e of the A i r Force ROTC-Aerospace Stuuies progra m is to select a n d educate you ng col lege men u- future o ff icers of the U.S. A i r Force. The program ] Jro\' ide:; 'j l ro(es.o;ional tra i,ning f o r po tcntia l career officers. The l u i n i l l U t tU act ive dULy tour after commissioning is five y ars for those who complete f lying tra iuing a n d four years for all others.

Curri,!ulullI

L T i r e curricu l u m i s div ided i n to two eon r"e" : the Field Tra ining COHrse a n d t i r e Profe�siona l O fficer,; Coul'O'e. The Fi el d Training Cour,e i, six weeks i n dura tion und i s condur:ted during t h e SU l l l lller at an A i r Force Ba,," , Stndcnt� attending this course are furnished transportation to the lra i n ing ::; itc� � and receive pny, hOllsing, u n i forms and medica] ul len t io n at gon! r t t l l rcnt "xpell,Sc d u ri n " t i re t ra i n ing per iod. TIl(' Pro­fes"ional Officer>' Comse con;:ist:- of a('ademic i nstruet ion thee h o n rs { l ( ' r week and corp" tra i n i n� OIlP. h Ol l r pCI' w eek each �eIllC!"il r of t i l e j n n i n r a nd >'cnior yea r,s. The Professional Off'jeers Cou rse is conducto:d o n L I re ca l l 1 f llt>' of the Un i\'er,ity o f Pugct Sound, TacolTla, Washington. Succcs"ful complet i on o f field tra i n i n " i� a prerequ isite to enrollment i n the P ro fe,,, io l lal Ofticers Course.

2 . Two year cOl l 1 ll 1 is� ion i ll g program

a. Sllnlln�r bcfor ' j U l l i o r yea r : A S 2.50 Ficld Tra i u ing

h. J u n i o r year ( P rofessional O ffieer,; Course ) AS 3 0 1 G ro w ll . nnd D ·\ el o l , " r e " l of Aerospace AS ilO.� oq's t ra in i n� AS :{ 02 G row t h a n d [)nclopnlf 'nL of Aero>'pace AS 304 Corps trai l l ing

c . Scnior year ( I ' roft:s:; ional Oni 'crs Course ) AS 401 The Prob" iollal Officer A S 403 Corp" tra i n i n g AS 4 0 2 Tire Pro fcss.ional Officer A S 404 Cor p'" t ra i n ing

Power

Power

3 h r,.

. 3 h r" .

1h In. .'l " r>'.

1h h L

3 It rs.

1h hr. 3 hr,.

1h hr.

8 6 J )\. fI( OR . IZ TIO

Admis�i{)n' and Pro('cdures

1. A p plicat ions [or the A i r Force ROTC program a r'e normal l y accepter! dur i n g December and Janua ry each year, Selection for the cou rse is on a competi t ive best qual ified ba�is .

2. Each ,tuclent accepted i n to the Professional Officers Course must : a. Ha\'C satisfactori ly completed the prerequ isi te field tra in ing or p;en­

cra I mil i ta ry cou rses. h. Ha\e t\\'o academ ic years remain ing of either undergradua te or grad­

uate ,tlldy. c. Succe"flllly eomplete Air Forr.e officer qualifications testing and

merlical c\'aluation. d. Have a graduation date prior to reach ing 26% years of age i f qua l i fIed

for flight tra i ning or 28 year.- of age if qua lified for other than flight trailling.

I:. Enlist in the ir Force Reserve and agree to attend and fai th fully pursue the p rescribed course of instruc tion.

3. S tudents acccpted i nto the Professional Officers Course receive a re­ta iner of $50,00 per month for ten months of each year of the i r training.

4. Students a re furni�hed uniform.< and tex tbooks for Aerospace Studies COll rse�.

5, A fl ight instruc t ion program is a\'ailable for students qu al i fied for pilo t training. Thi� tra ining may lead to FAA p rivate pi lot eert i fica t ion.

Il, Add i tional i n forma tion a bou t the Air Force ROTC-Aerospace Studies program may be obtained by writing the Profes.';or of Aerospace Studies, Uni\'ersi ty of Puget Sound, Tacoma, Washington 98416.

V· \ I>EMH. ORCA IZ TIO 8 7

DIVISION OF GRADUATE STUDIES

r"urpose

Th" Division of Gradu a te Stlldie." is an all-un iver,ity d iv i,io n co-ord i nat in� and i n tegra t i n g t l ", work of the undergraduute s"hool,; and coIJpge�, which through thei l' various department� provi de gradua te level work. I t, gerH'.ral objcc t ive is to furt lwr the ba,ic o bject ives of the Un iversity by prov id i ng advanced graduate level acadernie and profcs,;ional work. Its ;;peci fic objec­t ives ilre : ( 1 ) to i nc rease the hreadth and depth of u ll(jer,;woding of the graduate student in one or mor of t h e l iheral art, di,c ip J ine-, ( 2 ) to increase the studen t's knowled:;:c of the re!3earch being done i n hi, field of con­cent rat ion and to inc rease his abil i ty to read the professional journals of his area of intere"t, ( 3 ) to develop the student's ahility to do independent study and re.-eareh, and ( 4 ) t.o prepare students throu gh tI lC u pper divi,;ion and «radua te divi,ion, and through the Univer,i ty', profes,ional >'c hool" for entry i n to a voca t ion d i reetly, or to enter other �raduate school, for

further (Iekane ·d study l<'ading to thp. Doc tor', degree.

Admission

Student, holdi ng a Radle!o r's degr" " fro m a n accredited college or u ni"er­, i ty \ ho attain an undergradua te sehola'tie honor-po in t ratio of 3.0 Illay be ad ,u i t ted and granted reglL/ar SlaWs in the Division o f Graduate Stu d ie:;.

Tlros" with Ie", than an average of 3.0 wil l not be considered for regular

stallLS u u t i l th"y have demonstrated the ir abil i ty to do graduate work by cOlllp l e t i ng 10 semester hours work w i t h a m inimum grade point average of :�.o. S t u de n ts major i ng in an area of profe,:;ional educn t ion must have nwt all requ i remen ts for t.eachi ng certification. All 5tudents expect ing to enter the Div ision of G radua te Studic" will be expected to take an adm iss ion ex­amination a t the n iversi ty's Counsel ing and Test in� Center or p resent evi­<knl.:e of priO I' e xa m i na t ion, and have the resu l " forwarded to the Graduate O ffice. Further >;lIppo rt ing evidence in the form of ]",r,onal recomm"ndation, Inuy be requested.

Students ap pl y i ng for admission to gradua te ,tudy ,hou ld ,lr l l lll i t to tIle Divi"ion of Graduate S tlld ic;; the compl eted appl icat ion blank ( avai lable froll l the G radua te Office) plus two off ic ia l eopies of t ra l l ,uip'" of all previou� col lege work. This should be done before the f i ['�t "",ion of re(!;ist ra t ion i n graduate f :Oll rse�. In order to insure ( 'on�ideration for en t rance in a given term, ap pl ieatiou� shou l d hc made by Augu"t 15, Deceml",r 15, and l\<Iay l. A ten-dol lar non-refrmdablc appl ica t ion fee should accompany tIll' appl ica t ion . This is a serviee fee and is not applied to the ,tuden t 's aceount. Cbf'ck, or moncy or·der" should bc made payable to Paci fic Lutheran Unin,rsity and sent to the D i rector of Admis,iom'. Approval of adm ission to the Div-i,ion of Grad­uate Stnd ie. dops not imply adm is;;ion to cand idacy for t hl' d<'f!ree. Fina l

8 8 \\ \ 1I 1.�1 I 1 I RC'\ rIZ \ J I )

admi" ion ap proval i;; detcrm ined by the D i re c to r' of Graduate S tu r i ic' i n con· ,;u l ta t i o n with the appropr iate Graduate Council Committee.

Classi fi.,alioll o f Sllldelll�

I . Tho'c ;;tudcnts ap proved for uJlqualified a dm i::s ion to graduate "tudy by th ei r re'l'cc :ti" e Gradlwtc Cou ncil Committees a re g ran ted regular status. SlLl dents w l lo fail to qual ify for regular staWs may be granted I)m­visi(){llIl stallls.

2. Studen t.-; who wish to pur;,lIe cou r"e work with no inten tion of qual j{yin� for an ad" anced degree, and those who a re tran"ient rcgi,trant", will be das"ified a" non-degree "tude.nt".

ASSIGNMENT TO ADVISER

Regu.lar status "tude nts a rc il" igned a major adviser by the Directo r of G raduato S tud ie" 1Il cOl.L,u ltat ion with the ap propriate Gmduate COli I lc ;i I Com­mittee_

Provisional slalllS ,tudents are advised by the chairmun or d irec tor of the .,tndent's major depa rtment o r "choo'-

Mast r's Degrees Offered

Master of A rt:;*

J. Edll ca tion

( a ) Elementary or Secondary School A d m inistra t ion*-The student who wi,hes to qualify lor the l)rovisioTwL or stan.da rt! pr i nc i pul\ creden­tial ( el r.mentary or "cconda ry o r gcnera l ) will take a major in this field und a minor in one of th e academic departme nt,; of the University. Students may major i n t his field without qual ify ing for a principal's credent ia l .

( b ) School Counselor Program *-For studen t:; who wi"h to qua l i fy as I ' l Ih l ic <chool counselors.

( c ) Elementary Cla,.- room T �aehing*-This program is for tho,e "tu­clent,; " l to wi:;h to qualify as elementary school supervi�ors o r c o nsulta nts_ Along w i th the major i n this field the student is requ i rt::d to complete a n aca demic minor.

( d ) Sec.ondary CI,,;;,;room Teaching*-This program i:' fo r those ,tudCllts who \\ ish to increase their p reparation for teach ing i n nn area of 'De i a l ,r i ener.

2. /-/limafl ities·-This degree program is designed for l i brarians, m inisters of the go"pe1 , teacher" and o thers who w ish to extend and broaden their understanding and apprec iat ion of the variolls field:; of the H u manities_

"Details 0/ this program may be obtain ed from the officc 0/ the UireclOr oj Gradullte Stu dies.

\( \ [) II OIt \ l ZATIO 8 9

:3. '"ciaI Sciellccs *-Thi degree program i, designed [or personnel worke r." i n i l ld l l � t ry , we l fare workers, l i bra rians, ministers of the gospel, tenchcr:5, and o thers who wi"h to extend and broaden their understa nd ing and ap preciation of t l", " ariOtl>' fields of the Social Scienees.

Master of J3u,in6'; Arlministrat ion*-This degree p rogram is designed to pro\'iu,>, t h rough education, a fou n da tion for r>sponsible leauer,hi p in Inti;i· ness.. Ma"iter of Natural Sciencc*-T h i" degree program is designed especially

for teacher,; who need to extend and broaden their knowledge in the fields of sc ien, '" and mathematic,.

TIIP total graduate wogram, inclnding a pprova l of the student's research work, i s ,upet" l ised Ill' a ,tudent advisory cOlllmit tee com po,ed of the major advi<er and two other fa 'ulty Illf:mbers as determined by the a p p rop riate Graduate Council Committee. A minimum of thi n)' semester hours is required. Six semester hours of graduat · wo ,·k may h taken at another in4i lut ion pro, id 'd that app rova l has be n given b y th student advisory committee.

Regnlar statLLs ,tudents must have t l l e i r proposed progra nb of courses a p p roved hy their r �Iwe t ive stu dent "d" isory eOI1lJll i t lees before or uur ing the fir::�t �c��iol1 of regi:::t raLion a� a regular status �tlld(-!Ilt.

Standards of 'Work

The mini mll lll standa rd acccpw hll! for reglilar SlalliS s tudents is a grade point avcrage of 3.D in I i i" major field and an ov<eral l avnage of 3.D in his gradua te work.

He,earch Hequiremcllts

As an i mporta n l pa rt. of hi" wlas ter" prograJll, til<: ,tudent i ,; requ i red to ,llow that h ' can do independ "Il t research. In SOUIC program" a the,i,; i, requi red. In other progra m_, h ' may .lcet to fol low one of two plan ,; : com· plete [J t.l u:"is or write two o r t l l ree research paper". W ' h ichever plan he fol l ows, hefore cmbarking on his re"ea reh, the candidate must p rc,en t an ou t l i ne of h i , proposed r·search to his advisory commit tee for appro\'ll i. This out l inc shou ld fo l l ow a prescri bed plan obtainable upon request. After h i , pnJposa l f o r ref'carcl l ha� been a pprovcd, he IllU"t report to the. a p p ropriate advi,c!" periodieally for eval uat ion of his work. The research in i ts f inal form rnnst he presented to the �tl l r lcnl advisory com m i t tee for i t" approva l . This 111U"l he donr ' at least six 111('cks bdore awarding; of the d" g r ·C. Wl ,ere a tlwsi .s i., rerjll i n'd i t must be \\' r iucn in the Inajor f ie ld of "oneentra t ion . \V l ,e rc a thesi, is not l"I" q u i l"f'd, t l ", rr,ea rch may all be done in t he major or pa rtl y in the major l ind panl" i n the minor .

nder t i t ' t hes is plan , the student i s requ i red to su bmi t two typewritten copies of t l t i s th r',is ( t o he hound later ) , t lw O l' iginal for dc posi t in the Univ ers i ty l i br","v and thc f i r,;t carl JOn copy for thr� Di\" i,ion of G raduate Studies. The stH e l e n l w i l l he expcctr 'd to p resent rvidl�IH"(, t l tat he has pa id

* Deta ils of this flrogmrn may be obwille(l from the office 0/ the Dircuol" of Gradllate Stu dies.

90

the ncces,ary bindi ng fee,; for the thesis at the Business Office. No binding fees a rc cha q,ed for rc,;earch pa pe rs. Under the resea rch paper plan, the :;tudent rnwit deposit one typewritten copy of each paper with the Division of G raduate Studies.

EXllminal ions

A wr i tten corn prehens,ive exal1lination and/or oral examination over the stlldcnt's program of .. tudi ", as well as an oral examination on the th 'i ' o r r ',earcll pa per" is required. These examinations over the student's pro­gram of stu dies a loe under the direction of the major adviser and/or the studen t advi,ory comm it tee and must be successfully passed not late r than six 'IGeeb p rior to commencement. The oral examination over t he t l rc,i " Or rt'search is u nder the di rec tion of the studen t aclvi,ory committee and mu st be completed not later than four lcceks prior to commencement.

Time Li1uil

All requirements for the Master's degree must be completed within ,�even years, The sc,'ell-year period covers al l work su bmi tted for the completion of the Master's degree regardle�s of whether the work was taken u nder [lrovisional or regular status, as well as cred i t transferred from another in­sti tut ion , eomp rehen,ive examination, thesis, and final oral examination.

Hesiden 'e Hequ iremcnl

All candidate;; for the Master's degree must complete a m i ni mu m of 24 hours in re"idcncc_ Thi" requirement may be fulfilled by either one full academic year in a ttendance or three tull summers.

In ce rtain fields st uden ts may meet the requi rements for the Master's degree on a fu l l -t ime bcrsis by a t tending one full academ ic year and one sum­mer se,,,io n. The requirements Illay also be met by attendjng summer ses­;' ions only or on 11 parl- timc basis during the regular acadcmie year.

Su

mm

ary

of

Pro

ce

du

res

for

Ma

ste

r's

De

gre

es

Pro

cedu

res

Ap

pli

cati

on

fo

r a

dm

issi

on

to

th

e D

i­vi

sio

n o

f G

rad

uat

e S

tud

ies

Ap

pro

val

of

ud

mis

sio

n

Ap

pro

val

of

deg

ree

pro

gram

Ap

pro

val

of

each

reg

istr

atio

n

Se

leet

ion

a

nd

a

pp

rova

l o

f th

esis

p

rob

­le

ms

or

pro

blem

s fo

r re

sear

ch p

ap

ers

Pro

gres

s re

po

rts

OIl

th

esis

or

rese

arc

h

pap

ers

Re

gis

trat

ion

fo

r th

esis

o

r re

sear

ch

pa

­p

ers

Ap

pli

cat

ion

fo

r g

rad

ua

tion

Co

mp

reh

ensi

ve

wri

tten

an

dl

or

oral

ex

­a

min

ati

on

ov

er

stu

den

t's

pro

gra

m

of

stu

die

s.

Fil

ing

of

the,

i:; o

r re

sear

ch p

a p

er:>

Fin

al

oral

ex

am

inat

ion

011

th

esis

or

re­

se,a

rch

pap

ers

Gra

du

atio

n

fee

an

d

fe,�

fo

r b

ind

ing

th

esis

Rec

om

men

dat

ion

to

th

e fa

Cili

ty

for

the

awar

ding

of

the

deg

ree

nd

er

the

Dir

ecti

on

of

Dir

ecto

r o

f G

rad

uate

S

tud

ies

Dir

ect

or

o[

Gra

dua

te S

tudi

e;;

an

d G

radu

ate

Co

un

cil

Com

­m

itte

e

Stu

den

t A

dv

iso

ry

Co

mm

itte

e

Ma

jor

Ad

vise

r

Stu

den

t A

dvi

sory

C

om

mit

tee

Maj

or

advi

ser

Re

gis

trar

';

Off

ice

Reg

i,;t,

.ar"

Off

ice

Ma

jor

ad

vise

r an

d

or

Stu

den

t A

dvi

sory

C

omm

itte

e

Stu

den

t A

dvi

sory

C

om

mit

tee

Stu

den

t A

dvi

sory

C

om

mit

tee

Bus

ines

s O

flie

e

Dir

ecto

r o

f G

rad

uat

e

Stu

die

s

Da

te

Bef

ore

tb

e

firs

t se

.sio

n of

re

gis

trat

ion

a

s a

re

gu

lar

sta

tus

stu

de

nt

Bef

ore

tb

e fi

rst

sess

ion

o

f re

gis

tra t

ion

as

a

reg

ula

r st

atu

s st

ud

ent

Dur

ing

the

first

sess

ion

o

f re

gist

ratio

n

as

a re

gula

r st

atu

s st

uden

t D

uri

ng

th

e o

ffic

ial

reg

istr

ati

on d

ates

No

t la

ter

tha

n

the

se

mes

ter

bef

ore

th

e co

mm

ence

men

t in

w

hich

st

ud

en

t ta

kes

h

is

degr

ee

Pe

rio

dic

ev

alu

uti

on

an

d

ap

pro

val

Not

la

ter

than

th

e la

st

reg

istr

atio

n

dat

e b

efo

re

the

:sem

este

r in

w

hic

h

stud

ent

tak

es h

is d

egr

ee

At

begi

nn

ing

of

�em

e"t

er

in

wh

ich

st

u·

de

nt

exp

ec

ts t

o ea

rn h

i" d

egre

e,

Du

rin

g

fin

al

yea

r h

ut

no

t la

ter

tha

n

six

wee

ks

bef

ore

com

men

cem

ent

in

whi

ch

stud

ent

take

s hi

s d

egre

e

Du

rin

g

fin

al

yea

r b

ut

no

t la

ter

than

si

x w

eeks

bef

ore

co

mm

ence

men

t

Du

rin

g f

ina

l y

ear

bu

t n

ot

late

r th

an

fo

ur

wee

ks

bef

ore

co

mm

ence

men

t

Du

rin

g

fin

al

year

but

no

t la

ter

than

fo

ur

we

ek

s b

efo

re c

om

men

cem

ent

Not

la

ter

than

th

ree

wee

ks

pri

or

to

com

· m

ence

men

t

\.0

�

COt.;R E JF I TR 9 3

Courses of Instruction The course requiren:wnts for the College of Arts and Sciences and the

College of Profe!i,ional Studies ( including the School of Business Admin­istration, the S"hool of Education , the School of Fine A rts, the School of Nu "ing ) and the Diyision of Graduate Studies, are listed in the preceding section, Academit: Organization.

In the following pages wil l be found the courSes of instruction. While most of the COU f'es l isted are given every year, a system of al terna ting u p per div ision subjec\,; is p racticed in wme departmen ts, then�by assuring a broader offering.

Cou rses open to freshman and sophomores are numbered 101·299 and are considered lower division subjects. Courses open to juniors and seniors are numbered 300-499 and a re regarded as upper d ivision subjects. Courses num­bered 500 or above arc open to graduate students only. Course" numbered in the 300', and 400'5 a re open both to gradua tes and upper division under­graduat 5 Such courses may be a part of the graduate p rogmm p rovided they are not -pecific requ i remen Ls in p repara tion for graduate study.

Upon the, approval of h is adviscr and with the consent of the instructor, a lower divisiOli student Illay be assign ed to un upper div ision course i f t h e prerequisi tes for the coursc have been mel. In sllch cascs cou rses SllC' eessJully completed may be conntcd toward the university u pper division credit requi rements.

The Uni\'er�ity resenies the right to modify specific course requirements, to discontinue cla�ses in which the registration is regarded a5 insufficient, and to w i thdraw COllrses.

Explanation of Symbols

Number after course title i ndicates semester hours credit given. Symbols a re explained as fol lows :

I Course offered first semester II COluse offered second semester

I , II Cuurse ot]ered first and second semester tn sequence I II Course offered either semester

S Call rse offered in the summer a/y Course offered alternate years beginning with year listed a/S Course offered alternate su mmers beginning with year listed

( G ) Course may be used on graduate [!TOMrams as maj()r

94 HT

ART

Mr. Sch widdcr, Mr. Elwell, Mr. Kittleson, Mr. Rosko s ;

assisted b y Mr. Laughlin

The 'ou rses of i rH ruction offered by thi. department a re de,igned to : provide an o p portun ity for creative expw . .eion and de\-elop an awarcne", of the cultu ral value of a rt for a l l Hudcnt,; ; offer a general program for the study of a rt within t i le f,-umcwork of the l i beral urts ; p rovide a p rogram of instruction in p reparation for the teaehing of urt on the elemen tary and ,;econdary level s ; off I ' p ialized study in the areus of painting, sculpture, ceramics, and art h istory for p rofc"'>ionl1 1 1y oriented student".

Bachnlor of Arts degree requirements, for a major in art, are a mlll llllUIll of twent}'-tieven c:redit hours in art including Art 120, 160, 230 or 250, 265, "ix honrs of art h istory, and elect ives to complete requirements. A maximum of 40 credit hours in art may be appl ied toward this deo-ree. Art 1 10 may not be ineluded in this total. Candidates for this degree are registered III the College of Arts and

_ Sc iences.

Bachelor of Arts in Education degree requirements, for a teaching major, a re oull i ,wd under SeI,ool of f:ducation. Candidates "hould re.fer to page 62 of the section on ACM)£MIC PREI'AIlATlON.

Bachelor o f l:'ine A rts degree requirements, for a major in art, a rc outlined under the , elrool of Fine aile! Appl ied A rts, Candidates should refer to page 74 of the senion on A C A D D I I C OnGA N IZATION.

The depa rt ment re"CrveS the right to retain, exhi hit, and reproduce student work sull lni lted for c redit.

1 10 Introduction 10 lite Visual Arts 3

An in troductory cou rse in the study of man's visual expression from the v iew points of history, ae"thetic , techniques and materials. Em­p ha,is on dc\-elopment of perception and under"tanding with projects in both the theory and practice of art. Two lec tures and oue studio period per week. I II

1 2 0 Design I .1

A h""ic: study of de,ign elements and principles; integra t ing environ­mental st imuli , aesthetic, and servile needs via two or three dimen­sion,d problems. I I1

160 Drawing I .'l

Introduction to basi ' media and techniques of drawing. A systematic series of exercises ' t ructured to develop observa tion, perception, and draftsman,hip. I IT

ART 9 5

180 Survey 0/ Ar' History .� A on -semester o\'cn:iew of sculpture, painting an d architecture from the pre-historic: a rts to the present . Intended to increase �tuden t:' ap­p t'ec iat ion for the h eritage of art and p rovide a frame of reference and chronologi(;al perspective for study in the h i.:;tory of a rt. I II

230 Ceram ics I 3

Tpch n iques of sha ping form ' for decorat.ive, pxpre"ive, a nd functional use by handbu i l t and wheel thrown methods. Study includes prepara­t ion of clay bodi es, oxides, and glaze fo rmulations as an integral part of the (Oou r:;e. I I I

250 Sculpture I 3 Int roduction to visual ex pre ,ion in dimensional forms with the "everal sculptural media and the techniques o f modeling, ca rving and con­,t ruct ion. I Il

260 Drawing II .1 Continuation of Drawing I. Projects in a \'ariety of media and technique de"igned to develop sen"itivity to drawing as a n art form_ Prerequisite: Art 160 I T

2 6 5 Painting I .3 In troduction to basic studio media and techniques w i th emphasis on paint ing me thods and fundamental experiences with form and imagery_ Prereq u isite : A rt InO. I II

310 Imagery and Symbolism .'1 A ,urvey of the symbolic, p ic torial and plastic ex p ressions of man from the per'pec.t ive of thei r philosophical and t heolog ical i mpl ica­tions. Empha.is on the origin and development o f forms and abo their influence on the modern Chu rch and society. I

320 Design " 3 Continua tion of Design I. Application of the elemen ts and pri nc i pl es of art to the a reas of commercial, indu strial and in terior design. Prerequi,ites : A rt 120 or con�ent of inotructor. II

330 Ceramics II 3-9

Con tinuation o f Ceramics I with emphasis on fu rthe r development of indiv i dua l ized pur,uit of visual expres"ioll . A student may regi"ter­for this cou r<;e for three semesters and earn a total of nine semester hours. P re requ isi te : Art 230. I n

340 Art Education : ElemelUary 2

A course p la nned for those who in tend to teach in the e!cmcnt:lrY grades. Appropriate projects in drawing:, design, and const ruction are

9 6 \In

dc,"eloped in va rious media to il lust ra te the types of work which are _u i tahln to the interp,st and ahil i t i " of the_e pu p i k J II

350 S(;lllptllre 11 3-9 Continuation of Scu l p ture I with emphasis on fu rther develo p ment of i n d ividual ized cxpr " sion with more varied media and techniques. A ,;Iu de.nt may register for th is course for thrp" s('me;;t r. and ea rn a total of n ine semester hours. Prercquisit : Art 250. I I I

365 Pain ting 1 1 .1-9 Con t inuat ion o f Pa i nt ing; J with emphasis on ,le,"e!opment of an in· div ichral ized a p p roach to visual exprc.sion. A studen t may register for th is com,c for t h ree semesters an d earn a total of n ine semester h o u rs. Prcrcljuis i te : Art 265. I II

382 Ancien ' Art .'J TIl < : "wd)' of p rc l l istorie and p rI m i tive art ; th a rt and u l'!:h iteeture o f Ef(YPt., the anc ien t Near Ea�t and Aegean af as; the dc,"elopment of the ,·Ia;;.,ical style in Greece a nd the Roman Empire. I [l/y 1969·70

383 Medieval Art 3

The ,tu dy of Early Ch r i ,tian, ilyza n t i ne, Romane�lju e and Go th ie development in the art and a rehitecture of the Middle Ages. II a/y 1969·70

384 Rerlfli,'slmce Art 3 TIle �tudr of the a rt and arch i tectu re of the fif teen th ancl s ixteenth cen tu rie" i n I taly, Flanders, France and G ermany . I a/y 1968·69

385 B(lroqu.e Art .1

Development o f tlIP Baroque !-Lyle i n Eu ropean art anel a rchitecture from the end o f the ,ixteenth centu ry through the Rococo period. II a/y ] %8·69

440a Art Edllcation : Secondary 2

A cour,e p lann ed for those who in tend to teach art in the _econ dary ,chuol . A p propriate p roject;; in drawi ng, paint ing, sculpture anel cera m i (' " a rt� developed in various medi a to i l lustra te the types o f ""o rk which H rt; s u i table to t h e interest ancI abilities of these pupil >;. l'rcrclju i, i tc : Cons nt of i U'it ructor. II aly 1969·70

487 Nineteentl, Centllry Art .'J II ,tudy of t ht: a rt and a rchi tectu re of the Nco-classic, Romantic, Rea l i4, I m pressionist and Post·irnpre,sionist periods. I

488 TlVentiet" Century Art .> l'vfovcrncn h in tw en t ieth cen t u ry art a n d archi tec ture such as Fauv ism,

I T mm OGl 9 7

Cubi,tl l . Ex p rcs"ioni"m, Su rrcul i�m and other ;;tyles o f majOr ('Oll' O('!ju ('nee. T I

.:1-90 Studio III 2-8

A tu torial COll r"e with individuu l imesti:;atioll ill the a rca of em· phasis for maj or students only. Project thesis i" to bc submitted in writing to the inotru<'lor and ehainnan of the depa rtment. Sl ttdcnts must register in a regularl y scheduled "ce tion of an approp ria te cou r,e to re<.:eive credit for this work. A max im um o f <\ c redit;; may he eurned per �emester. Prerequ is ite : Senior stand i ng and "on"ent of the cha irman o f th(� depart llu'llt. I II

590 Research 2-6

Fo r tho,,, Master of Arts candidates who "Ieee! t o write a re:;earch paper in the a rt:;. Candidates will he requ ired to re\'iew their l'('search pa pers befol'(' the p;radua te (,Olllmiw'f'. T I I

BIOLOGY

Mr. Lemas, Mr. Gerheim, Mrs. jensen, Mr. Kn/ldsen, Mr. Osten,lOn, Mr. Pauie, assisted by Mr. Bridges, Mrs. Cresa

The cou n;c of in .truct ion in this department is pbnned to give a funda­mental ha "kground in the p rinci ple� and de\'c!opments of modern biology,

an acquaintance with scien tific m etho ds and discoveri e,;, and an apprecia· tion for i ts ;; igni ficant mn tribu t ioll of modern l ife.

Programs may be designed to give the student the foun da tion neeessary to enter a variety of fields. Among career opportunities uv'uilable are teach ing, medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, medical and hospital technology, nursing, public health, graduate study, medical and indust rial research, agricul­t ure, forestry, fish and wildl ife, microbiology, en tomology and related fields.

A major in b iol o:;y con,ists of a minimum of 24 hours, at least 12 in upper d ivision courses. Requ i red supporting subjects for the major are one year of Chemistry. Physics 1 09, 1 I0 and Mathematics 131. Strongly recommended are

hemi,try 203, 204 and Physics 201 or 251. Candidates for the Baehelor of Arts i n Education degree, who are planning

a teach i ng major in biology should refer to page 62 under ACADEMIC PRE PARA· T l O .

A major for the Bachelor of Science degree consists of a m in imum of :-15 hours. Re!ju i red su pporting subjects a re Chemistry-Physics 109, 110, Olemistry 203, 204 ; Physics 201, or 251 and 221 : and Mathematics 131. A minimum of 60 credit hours in science and mathematics is required.

o mOre than 40 hours in biology may be counted toward g raduation.

9 8 RTOT.OI,)

Curriculum ill Biology lor the Buchelor 01 Science Degree

Freshman Year

Biology 101, 102, General Biology or Biology 131, 132 General Zoology

English 101, Composition I Foreign language 101, 1 02 tRcligion requ irement

1athenlUtics, Social Sci nee or Art elcctive { s }

PE activity

Hrs. Sophomore Year

Biology approved courses Chern-Physics 109, lIO

8 Foreign language 201, 202 3 t Rel igion requirerncnt B 2Social Science requirement 3 PE activity

7 _ 2

IIr�.

H B 6 3 6 2

31 33

lSllIdents who enter with two years uf a modern iangJUlge may elect to take second year cou rse" in the �ame language during the freshman year.

lCourses thlLS designated may be taken in any order. t See page 41 fur requirements in religion.

Junior Year Hrs.

Biology approved courses B eh mistr}' 203, 204, Organic 8 Phy�ics 201 or 251 3 Physics 221 I

"Litera tu re requirement 3 Elect ives _ _ _ . . . . . . . . . . . _ _ .. 9

32

Senior Year

Biology approved courses . 2Social Science requirement

Ph i losophy requirement tReligion requ irement

Electives

2Coll rses thus designated may be taken in any order. tSee [lage 41 for requirements in religion.

1 0 1 , 102 General Biology 4, 4

Hrs.

. 1 2 6 3 3 8

32

An integrated study of basic concepts concerning living organisms. An exploration of plant and animal communities, struC'lure, func­tion, reproduction and behavior, including principles of geneti(;s, molecular biolog)' and evolu tion . Two lectures and two laboratories ( o r field trip, ) per we .k. I , II

1 3 , 132 General Zoology 4, 4

A ,tu d)' of the an imal kingdom and of fundamental biologiral prin· c iple�. Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. I , [I

141, 142 Generul BotallY 4, 4

A ,u rvey of the p lan t k ingdom and structures, and a study of life h i.stor)' and ecology of plants. Lc('tu rc�, labora tory and held tri ps.

RTOI OGY 9 9

161, 162 Human Anatomy and [>hysiolo�y 4, 4

A quuy of tlw. ,trurtu rr JUU functions of the hUllla n Lody. Two lectu res and two la bora tory perion- per week. I, II

201 Microbiology 4

I n t roductory �tlldy of micro·organ isms that i nclude thei r metabolhn, mo rphology and sta ining properties. Two lecture, and two laboratory period;, prr week. P rerequ isite : B iology 102, 132, or 161. I I

2 0 8 Plants 0/ the Northwest 2

Primari ly lot· teacher- who de,irc to become fa mi l iar w i th the corll· mon planh of the re�ion. In;,truction include,.; the collection and ident i ficet t ion o£ plan to'. One lectu re a n d one laboratory periou per week. II

221 Biological Techniques 2

M,thods of collecting and pre'en'ing biological material" for clas�· room and research study. Prercqu i,ite : Biology 102 or 132.

222 Conservation 0/ Natural Resources 2

A ;,Hrvey of the principles a n d problems of public and priva te stcwa rd,.;h i p of our resou rc e� with ,.;per inl re ference to the Pacific Northwest. II

231 Genetics 3

A sttrdy of the dynumics of variut ion and inherita nce. Upper div i,ion crenit l lIay be earned with addi tional studie;,;. P rerequ isite : Science 121 or B iology 102, 132, or 162.

235 Biology 0/ the Seashore 4

A �tudy of the natural h istory of the ma rine fauna of Pugct Sound. The COIJr"C is especially useful for teachers of science at elcmcntary anu junior h igh le,,!'ls. Not to be counted toward a major in biology. Lectu res, laboratory, and field tri p,. S

242 Systematic Botany 3

Historical surycy of cIas�i fication s)" tellls; the uoc of taxonomic key in the ident i fication of plants. One lecture and two laboratory perious per week. Prerequisi te : Biology 102 or 132. II

274 Microtec1miqlle 2

P r i nci ples and p rac tice i n metltod;, of p reparing hi:;tologicul, em· bryological ann cytological specimen, for microscopic ;,ttldy. Pre· requisite. : Biology 102, 1:12 or 1(,2.

100 1 l I01 O .

3 1 1 Omit/wlo"y 2

A �tudy of th ' bi rd", w i Ll, emph,,,i, on local kinds, Dc,igncd for ,ludenb w ith u hohby inter",! in birds us wel l us for udnlllccd students i n biology, One lec tu re and one laboratory period or field trip per week. Prereq u isitc : Biology 102, 132 o r con'ent of instructor, II

323 Natural History of In ver/eluates 4 A n ecolog ical , I ' I , y'iological and taxo llomic cOlbideration of i m'c rte· bratt; natural h istory w i t h an emphasis Oil marine biology and field studib. Lectu res, laboratory studies, and fiel d c.olkct ions. Two lectu res a n d t \\ O la boratory period, per \\" ck Prerequ isite : B iolo .' !, 102 o r

1 3 2 . I all' 1908·69

324 Nalllral Hi .• tory of Vertehrate,. 4

Classifica t ion, natura l history and econom ic i m p o rta n,:e of the vertc· brate� w i t l , the exc eption o f bi rds. Lectu ,'�", la boratory �tudies and fiGld (Oollections. Two lecture� and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequi"itc : niolog)' 102 or 132 : 361 recolllmended. II all' 1 968·69

342 Tree" (lI,.,- Slirubs 2

A :study of naLiyc tn�e5 and s:hrubs o(�('urring in western \Va:--;h i ll�­ton. Field identification and taxonomy wil l be emphasiz·'d along w i t h a ('oonsiderutioll of COll!'en'at ion and economic facLor�, Course work indud", lectu res, f ield trips and techn iques of collcr: ting and p r",paring herharium sp · i mens. Prerequisite" one y 'a r of biology ,

Or consent of in'tructor. S

344 1'lclIIt Ph)"�iology 4

Functions of plan ts. Topi < ;s include : water relations, p hoto:"ynthrsis, fat and protein syn t h esis, digestion, tralblocation and respiration. T h ree lectu res and one three·hour laboratory period per week, Pre· requisite : Biology I'l l and 142, o r equivalent. Strongly recommended : Organic Chem istry,

3 5 1 Natural History of 'he Pacific Nort/uve.H 5

An cxtensi,'c field and laboratory course COH:ring major phases of the natu ral h i,;tory of ti re re�ion. Designcd as a workshop in out· door educa tion e�petially for teacher� of science a t elementary and junior high levck Lecture,;, laboratory studies, and field work, Not to be coun ted toward a major or graduate c redit in biology, Pre· requ isi te : consent of inqructor. S

361 Comparative Anatomy 4

A comparative study of \'crtebrates w i t h dissection of representative fori lls. Two lec t u re und t\\'o labo ra to ry periods per week, P rerequ isi te : B iology 102 0 )' B2, I

m I l)r ,Y 1 0 1

36 Verteln'ale Embryology 4 The developl l lent of the vertehrate emb ryo from t h e germ cel l tl l rfJ u g h t i l e e m h ryological ,ta tcs u n t i l birth. Two lec tu re" and two labora tory period" pCI' week. Prerequ isite : B iology 102 or 132. II

371 Para .• itology 4 A study of the morphol ogy, l i fc h istori s a n d host-parasite relation· ,h i ps of the , :on1lnon \'ar ictics of parasites of \'crtehrat6 with em­phasis on Lho><e of man. T\\'o lectu res and two lahoratory periods pCI' week. Prerequisite : l1iology 102 or 132. I all' 1969-70

372 G",u'ral ";lltOIllOlogy 4

Classificatiun and natu ml I i istory of in"ccts w i t h a st ron g e m p hasis o n lahora tory and field studies and collections. T\\'o I"cture, ami two Iahoratory periods per week. PreJ'(�qu i " i te : Biology 102 or Vl2. III a)' 1960·70

4 1 1 Histology 4 A m i no'( 'opic ,tu d)' of the no rmal t i s,ue, a nd organ, of verte­brates. Two lectu res and two lahoratory periods I",r week. Prerequ isite : B iolog, ' 102 or B2.

424 Ewlogy 4

A stu dy of plants a n d a n i mal, in relation to th · ir environment. Two

iee t l l n" and t\\'o l a boratory p e riod� per week. Prerc'IlI i,ite : l1iology 1 02 or 132.

4·25 Biology Oceanography 4 The ,tudy of the ocean a� an environlllent for plant and a nimal l i fe. The course inrlude,; �tudie, of \\'aves, cu rrents, t i cks and other physical factor" of the ocean, and "tudies of natural l i fe zones of the oCean along with tlwir physical "nd b iological ",;pcets, th<'ir fauna and flora, and adaptations of tile biota to the zone. Lectures, laboratory, and field tr ip;;. Prerequ i. ite : one year of biology. S

44 1 Vertebrate P"piology 4 A cou rse dcsigned to aeq u u i n t the student "' itlt funda mental mecha­n i s il l" of physiology. T h ree lectu res and one lahoratory p e riod pcr week. Prerequisi te : B iology 102 or 132. Cbemistry 204 recommended. I

446 Celllliar Pl'Y'siology 4 Functional o rgan iza tion and pltysicoc i lcmical p ro l w r t i es of cells. Topics incl ude u l trustru e t ll re, membrane permeab il i ty and transport phenom­ena, bioclel' lr ic p l l cnomena, mechanics of cell divi,ion and the cell in relat ion to ih i m mediate environment. 3 lectnres, 1 4-hour labora­tor),. Prcrequ i"itcs : Organic Chf'mi,try and 12 u n i ts of upper division biology : B i (, l!' h l'mi" try "t rongl )' (,f'( ·ol llmt'ndcd.

102 B rOI m.T , B �IN E:;:; Alnfl ' I ' 1 H. \TJQ,

471 Hisfory of Biology 2

Fundamental concepts of biology. The rise of scientific thought and method are traced. Prerequisite : Biology majors. I I

481, 482 Seminar 1 , 1

Selected topics in biology based on l iterature and/or original research. Open to juniors and 'cniors majoring in biology. I, II

497, 498 Independenl Study 1 -2, 1-2

Investigations in fields of special interest not covered by a regular course. Open to qualified students majoring in biology. P rerequisite : Consent of the chairman of the department

504, 505 Graduate Research 1-3

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Mr. King, Mr. Bancro/t, Mr. Hildahl, Mr. Hu.tcheon, Mr. McMaster, Mr. Peterson, Mr. Stintzi, Mr. Zulauf;

assisted by Mr. Hackman, Miss Hannula, Mr. Lauer, Mr. Polley, Mrs. Seger, Mr. Watne

Requirements for the Bachelor of Business Administration degree are l isted under the School of Business Administration ill the section, Academic Or­ganization_ Candidates for this degree should follow the course outline_

P rerequisite to enrollment in cOll rses above 300 : Admission to the School of Business Admini;stration or the consent of the School.

50 Beginning Typewriting-no credit

103 Business Mathemalics and Machines 2

Fundamental operation of lO-key and rotary calculators. Application of machines operation to problems in business mathelllatics.

142 Advanced Typing 2

2 1 1 Financial Accounting 4

Balance sheet, incolne statement, accounting cycle, adjustments, asset valuation, partnerships, corporations, basic cost accounting, fllnd state­ments, analysis of financial statements.

2 1 2 Managerial Accounting 3

Accounting systems, records, standards and analysis to faeilitate budget­ing, control, and deci�ion-making within the firm. Prerequisite : BA 211 or equivalent.

H LSL ' ESS LJ:\fT. 'I TR \TID. '

241 Rll.�ine.�s Communication :J

10 3

Letters of inquiry ; orders and acknowledgments ; sales letters, em­plo}'!nent letter,,; claims, adjmtment", credit, and collection letters ; business report�. Prerequisites: BA 50 or equivalent, and Engl i,h 101.

245 Shorthand I ,3

Gregg Shorthand; for those who have not achieved a lllin imum standard in previous training ; em phasis on theory dictation and beginning trans ription. Five hours per week.

246 Slwrthand 11 3

Gregg Shorthand II ; emphasizes sustained speed building in dic­tation and transc ription. Designed for those who have completed Bus iness Administration 245 or who have achieved a minimulll stand­ard in previous train ing.

273 Family Financial Planning 3

See Economics 273. May count as credit for major in business ad­mini�tr:.1tion.

301 Intermediate Economic Analysis ."1

See Economics 301.

302 Intermediate Economic Analysis :J

See Economics 302.

3 1 1 , 3 1 2 Intermediate Accounting 3, 3

Fundamental proce,;ses, working capi tal items especially inventorie , non-current items with emphasis on i nvestments and plant and equip­ment accounts, corporate capital, income determination, cash-How and funds stat"ments, analytical processes. Prerequisite : BA 212.

3 1 3 Federal Income Taxation 3

Tax principles and tax planning. Personal and corporate income tax, includi ng capital gain�. Prerequisite : BA 212.

314 Auditing 3

The p rinciples and procedures of auditing as they apply to the major balancp, sheet and income accounts; generally accepted audit­ing �tandards u.ed by CPA's; profes�ional ethics. Prerequisitp. : llA 312.

3 1 5 Cost Accounting ,"I

Principles of cost accounting ; job lot and process systems; stand­ard costs. Use of accumulated and budgeted costs in financial and managerial aCcouJlting. Prerequisite : BA 212.

104

3 1 7 Data Processing System.� .1

Elements of information theory, storage, and retrieval. l3usinc% and i n dustrial a ppl ications of elee trouie digital computers. Fundamen· tals of progranuuing langl1age�t number sy:4el1l�, notat ion, inpu t-oll t put , memory devices, peri pheral con figurat ions. Fa milia rization w i th data p roce '-' ing equ i p lllen t.

32 1 [,aiJor Problems 3

See Economics :32 1 .

3 3 1 International Trade .1

See E" onomic, ::l.31 .

340 Principii's 0/ nusilles.� I�d'l(:ation .':t

Objeet i\'cs o f h igh school l)llsin'�s" progra m s ; the husine,,, curr icu l ulll : ,ou r<:(', of i n format ion : leading hu,incs;; educators ; analysis of current wr i t ings: Iayollt and fac i l i t ies: e\'a luatinp; llll,ine,s tcadlers: evaluating ( 'ompelcnce for husine" occupat ions ; nat ional and local t rends in husiness educat ion.

:341 Mathematical Statistic .• 8

Sec Mathematics 341 .

3'1-2 Secretarial Proced,ue .'l

Advanced dina l ion and transcript ion ; offic,e practiee, procedu res and systems; dictat ing mac h ines, duplic a t ing processes. Prerequ i,i te5 : J3A 1tJ.2 and 246 o r equivalent.-.

351 Orga"izatio" and Management .'J

Art and sc icn(, f � of management i n a dynamic �ociety. Planning, di rec t i ng, eoordinat ing and controll ing the changing organization,

352 Prod,�cti()n Managem.e"t 3

Principles of " cient ifir manageme n t ; p lanning products, ph ysical faeil· i tieE, equipmen t and lIIaterials for produc tion ; method, and techniques of supervision and control of personnel ; production control ; pun,hasing and inventory management. Prerequisite: BA 441.

354 Office Management 3

Appl ieation of 1 l 111nagement principles to offiee orga n iznt ion. Layout and fUe i l i t ic", equip ment, flow of work, data proccEsing systems, evaillution and ,tandard>. Coordination w i th other bmine" fllnetions. Prereqll i , i te : BA 212.

361 MOlley ami nanking .'$

See E,;onomics :361.

362 P"blic Finance .'1 See Econom ics 362.

364 n".�ine.,., Finance 3

1 1. 1 I . '1 TRA, T!l) � 105

Finance mallagement, �hort· nnd long· tp.rm f i na nc i ng, instruments of finance, financial institut ions. promot ion , di\'jdcnd policy, expansion of th" fi nn, a n d rcor�a nizn t ion. Prere'lu i,ite" BA 2 12. '141.

365 Real Eslale .1 l .a n d a n d b u i l dings. I e!,:a I forms, real rstate market , a p pra isa l , f i ­n" tw i ng rpal ("tatc, p t tb l i" in trre"t, propf:rty ue\'c loprnent a n d man· agt-�mf'll t , lO ( ' .1 t io l l theory.

366 Insurance .'I A n i n l r )flt t c t ion to th� I lnderlying pr inc. i l ' l es of itl"tt rancc followcu bv a deilC ript ivr stttdy in the more i m portant b ran('.hcs of the i thur· nncl' i J r l ;-; i I le�s.

3 7 1 Markel.iug J �la rkel i llg fu nct ion:-;: t l l t i ma tl� COtbUmer:-; ; in� t i tll t inns and cha nne1� for t l la rket i n � con.sll mer and i nut t"t ria l good, : ba"ie tcchniqt tc,; of Illa rk( -�t i n � : ll1 a rk (� t ing pol ic ie:-, and gon'rnm('nt rf·�tdat ion.

375 Atlverli .• ing J Role of advnt is ing in the rnarkt · t ing progra m : clcments of advertise· "",nt, media a nd methods; planning and control of ad\'ert i,in 'T pro­gram ; [lsY(Ohological, ffic ial and e('onolllic a:-:pe('t� of advertising. Prc­rf'q ll i,ite : BA 371 .

42 1 Per.w'l II'" Ma"agement .'1 Prineipl c·,; allrl procfxht re,; t"f'd in obtain ing and ma in ta i n i ng an .,[. fif · ier rt worki n� foree. Prercqu i;;ilf"' : BA 441 and P;;Yf:holo�y 101.

422 Collective Bargai"ing 2

TI,e pr i nc i ple, of colkr t i\'e barga ining are ;;tudicd through the medium of actllal ca;;p,; from Anlf'rican i ndu'lry dea l ing with the negot ia t ion a n d a p pl icat ion of l t t l ion·manag(·.mcnt agrr,ement;;.

'l34 Goverrrmerrl lIlul RII.,irres., 3

See Economic, [134.

'l40h Business I�dll{'aliorr. in lite Se('(uulary Sdwol 3

A p pl icat i o n of rt',ea rch f i r rJ ing; and p,;yc hological principle:; to the development of ,k i l ls, a tt i t.u dcs, and concepts in typewr i ti ng, ,hort· hand, COI I :-al l l l er, gC'neral hu .... i nes:i, a nd office p ra c t ice COtl I'!'!cs, and dis tr ibut ive echwat ion.

106 A �l l'\E,.� A IHn . ) "TR HIO . .

441 Statistical Methods 3 Sec Econom ies 441 .

442 Record .• Management .'J

The study of fil i ng systems and information retrieval. The role of records in the overal l systems ap proa ch ; concept of rec ords as a n i nforma t ion center. Information handl ing problems in organization, ('on trol , cmluution, and disposition of records; pro tec tion o f vital records; ma intenance of semi ·a · t ive records; deposi tory cont rol of u ITh i\'es.

443 Studies in Organiza/.ional Commllnication .'J

Prohlem., of mainta ining a flow of oral and wri tten communication as an in tegra t ing forc(� ; co ntroll ing internal act ivities t hrough ad· m i ni st ra tive writing. Modern th eo ries and praetires of organizat ion al informa tion systems and con t rols. Com preilRn. ive anal ysis and eva lua' tion of actllal orgun iza tional communication situut ions.

452 nll.�;ne .• -, Policy .3

Formula tion of policies to in teg ra te all functions of hu sin e",. Social, ethieal, rei igiou;., economic, educational and i n tc rn a t ional implications in the formulation of business policie and objectives. Pre rc'lu i ;;i te ; Senior classi fication in the School of BlI!"in�<;; Admini�lra tion.

457 Principles 0/ Public Administration ,'1 See Politieal Sc ie nc e 457.

461 Financial A llalysi,< .3

The financial policic", the decision mak ing protc,,«, and the analy tical framework for .suppl icrs and u"er's of private industrial ca p i tal. In· tensil'C study of selected c om pan ieo li nd indu ·tries. Prerequ isite ; BA 364

4 7 1 Marketing MmlOgement 3

Product pla nn ing ; pol tc ie� ; planning gra l l l � : cont rol of

473 Purchasing 3

ma rket investigation : marketing strategy : p rice and administering comprehensive ma rke ting pro·

market ing operations. P rereq uisi tes ; B A 371, 441.

Orga niza t ion [or IJnrchasing; purehasing pol icicti and procedures; selec tion of sources of supply; qual ity an d ,[uality contro l of pur· cha�ed 1l1a lcriu ]';; controll ing quantity and pr ice determination.

4,74 Transportation .'J

functions and cha racteri;;tics of transportation services; rates, servo ice and carrier competi tion ; coordination of h ighway, ra ilroad, a i r a n d ocean t raffic ; industry practices; regulation a n d promotion by government.

RU�I:-;£S_ \l);\II�[ TR \TIO:'\ 107

477 Sales Management .1

Funct iO rlS of thf' sales manage r : organiza tion ; sclc(' t ion, develop­lI1ent , compen .sal ion , su pervi,;ion and cont rol o f -al r,:,men : 5<1 le" plan­n ing a nd nnalysi,.. Prcrequi,i tco : BA 371, 441.

490 Seminar 1 -3

Semi nars on 'pc(, i ficull y ,elected to pic, in bu,i rl >'S udmin i-tra t ion. Offered on d�lnand. Pr�requ i"itc : Consent of in:'tructor.

49 1 , 492 BIl .• ine.,.� Law 3, ,'J Pro(:cdurcs, contracts, agency, negotiable instru ments, husines::. organ­ization�, properly, tru�t:-> anu w i l l:;, lran�po rlat ion, i n :-:.u ranc e and f'm­ployment.

499 Major Conference 1 -4

Indiv idual problcm� and as�ignlllent;;, group eonfcrcncb and rCoearch rpports. Prerequ isite : Consent of instructor.

504 Marwgerial Economics 3

See l�conolTlic:; 504.

5 1 2 Accounting Information and Control ,'J De,·clop;.: the use of accounting data and systcm, for inventory costing, eost control, profit p lann ing, and dcci,ion making;. Prercqui,itc : BA 211 or pcrmi" ion of the School o f Business Adlllin i,trution.

5·13 Quantitative Methods 3

See Economics .543.

550 Organizatiollal RehUl:ior 3

The "cierlce a n d urt of management is explored with �pec ia l empha· sis On the contribu tions from industrial psychology and "ociology. This cou rse i s centered on the study of grollpS and work teams as rela ted to the funn ions of di rec t ing and controll ing . Prerequ is i te : B A 351 or perl lli,,,ion o f the School o f Businef's A d m in i;.:trat io ll .

� 5 1 Seminar il l 'lltillstrial Malla�eme"t .'J A nal ys is a n d ,ol u tion of indl ",trial ma llagellH'll t p rohlems in the Paci fic Northwest. Ernphu,i, L" on the rel a t i o n - h i p of prodaetion to oth (,.. funnions and external f�lI :tors, and modern techn iqu e, and me thodology n." a pplied in spec if ic i l ldl l,tric,;. Prcreql.l i,itcs : HA 352 or pe rr ni " ... ion o f the Sehoo! of Bllsinc," Adminis twtion.

552 Seminar in Management ,'J A d" anced reading a.nd I'f"'carch in the mana"C ll1ent functions of plan­n ing, organ izat ion, a nd con tro l .

108 rn

553 Public I�oli('y alld Busille.�s .1

C" i t icn l analy,;i,; of selcct"d p o l i c i e and r gulation of indu,;try. The 'ludy includc. d i rect and i n d i rect national, state and local regula­t ion. Pn:r('cl ' l i ,; i t f ' : perlT\i�,ion of the Sel1001 of Businc"s Admi n istration.

564 Sl'Iuillar ill BU.5illess Fillallce .1

I leal., wi th the rol e o f ma nagen", n t i n a",c.-:; ing the need for funds : determining the source · and costs of funds ; allocating funds with in tbe f i nn ; and cont rol l ing thei r use. P rerequ is i te : B A 36"1·, o r per­Illi"ion o f the School of Bu,ine", Admin i,tra tion .

571 Seminar in Marketing 3 Study a n d ana l rs.is of market i ng management p ro hlems in tI", Pacific No rthwc.-t . Empha,;i,; is on the rela t ionsh ip of marketing to other in­tertlal and external factor" innova tion, and modern marketing phil ­osoph ies. Prerequ i,;i te : B A ;i7 1 or permi""ion of the School o f B ils i ne", Admin istrat ion .

590 C(/ .• e Stlldies in /Jllsiness .1

Intensive :;tudy of the ea,;e collection I ' roc<>s and p roblem solv ing a p proache,;.

-Indiv iduals or teanl' ex pected to com p l ete ca"; 'T""a rc1 l

acceptable for i l lclu"ioll i l l the Intercolkgiate Case Cle;t r ing House Bibl i0i',·a p l ,y.

595 Met/wels (/1/(1 Techniques 0/ Research 2

A ,;t udy of t i le variou:; methods and techn iques of re,.;",uc! . . Pre­requ i:-; i te : one ::,cmester of ::;tati�tic�.

596 Re.�e(/rch in Business I .1-2

For those Ma'ler of Ru,;inc,s Administration candidate;; who dec t to w r i te two re!warch paper:; ra ther than a thcsi:;. Candidate, w i l l be required to rn i ew th< ; ir rest;areh papers before the Graduate Studen t's A dvi,;o ry Comm i t t ee_

597 HeseuN'h ill Busi"e.�s II 1-2 See BA 596.

598 Thesis 3-4

599 Intlepelllieni Research 1 -3 Prerequ isi te : Consent of in,truc tor.

( HI 11 TI 109

CHEMISTRY

Mr. G iddillgs, Mr. A n derslIl/, Mr. H u es /;s. Mr. :Yes.let.

Mr. OlSCII , Mr. Tou;a.)()n

T I lt -' cou r-"" o f fe re d b y t i l e Department of C I I Pm i , t r y a rc hc"rd OIl fun­r ia l l lcnta l ,; o f Il la the l llGt i , ' '; a n d p l t y-;c,;, modem chemical t ra i l l i n � a n d p ractice I w i_ n g m a rkedly r ic p " l ldent on k nowkdge of t h e,;" a rea,;. Tire c ( )u r,;c,;, e l l r­" i " l l l a , b C l I l ty. a n d la c ; l i t i ",; of the f),� p a r t n l e n t ,UT a p p ro\'ed h)" the A merican

.. hCl l l ical Society, ( 'xp( ·d i t i ng ( �ntly o f i t.� gradua tes i n to tlw chem ical p rofe:-;�ion. S t l lden t...: p l a O I l i Il �� to })( 'COlll ( -l p ro fc�_...; iona l ciwl l I i .:;; t--; a rt� adv ised to :=>(-"ck t l w

Bachdo ,· o f Sc i e n, ' '' ' degree, rec i p ien t:; o f w h i c h w i l l be c e rt i fied as g ,-a d lla tcs o f a c i l t 'm lcaI l ra i n i ng p rogram r r le(� t i ll g the reqll i rement:; of t ] l( '; Ameri ( 'an Clwmical Srw ie l )". The B.S . c u rr i c u l u m i,; i nd icated helow.

A major [u l fi l l i n g tl", reQ u i rement,; o f e i t l l (T t i le Bachelor o f A rts or the Bachel O I' o f A I-I,; in Edll r" a t i o n degree con,;i,;[,; o f Cl l t-'l lli,;tr)" 109, 1 1 0 ; 203, 204 ; 300, 30 1 : 3 1 1 , .3 1 2 : a n d 3 14 . The p rcrr; q u i _i tc, for t l1('';c ( "ou r"'" , H'C Phy,;il'f' 2:2 1 , 25 1 , a n d 262 and Il lCl t h e m a t ic,; t h ro u g h the ,,�cond ,cmc,;ter of c a le u l l l ';. ( I\'fa t J l e ma t i( ' :; 1 52 ) . Thi >; major repre,;cnh an a b,;ol n t d y l1l i n i l1 lal p re p a ra t ion for gradl late study i n chem ist ry, and a quc!cnt i n tpl'(,:,t<'d in C! rcr dll C l te w o rk ,;llo n l d c O l l i plete .'ome o f the n d d i t i o n a l c henl i,;try cou r,;c,; l i,ted in t h e n.S. ( " l l rr icnl l l lu .

Sonle rccornl nel lded ,upl ' lemGl l ta l'Y COl "'''':; for e i t h e r a B . A . 0 1" B.S. major a r� btlH'l1 l a t ics 231, 252, and .'l5 1 : Phy,i . . , ; 222 and 272 ; and B iology 101 , 102. 'I'll" fo rf' ign language req u i rement;; o f the College o f A r t,; and Science,; ,;hould 1)1' [u l fi l l ed hy the ,;tudy of German or Ru"ian. A yea l" o[ tire other of the;;" t wo o r o [ Frellc i l i,; a l ,o recol1l mend" . r i .

The D ' p a r t l l l e n l o f Cll< ' l 1 l i,; try p l a c e.,; g l-cat ('m ph,,,i,; o n i t ;; undergraduate rc,;"arch al ld i l l r iepcndcnt ,tudy p rogram ( sec c()u r;;e� '1 4 1 , 442 a n d 4.5 1 , 152 ) , a n d a l l B . S . c a n d i da t e ,; a re rcq u i rcJ t o p a rt i c i pate i n i t . It i ,; ofTcred d u r i ng hoth the academic yea r and t i l<' ;;U l l r rner. [ n reccnt yea r,; t h i s pro­gram, w h ieh a i d,", its � t l ldent part i c i p a n b in a ( 'h iev ing ea rl y p rofc:-,--;ionnl ma­tur i ty , has been ,;u p po r tcd b y the N a t ional Scicnel' Fo undation. Fl l I" ther i n · [o rmation on the program a n d the a\'a i l a J , i l i t y o f ,; t i p end, I l lay I Je obta i ned f ro m the I l c p a rtnH' n t.

.

1 10 ( m �lI!:inn

Curriculum in Chemistry lor Bachelor 01 Science Degree!

FreshTrUln Year H rs. Sophomore Year

Chemistry 109, 110 Chemii'try 203, 204

Hrs.

Chemistry· Physics .. 8 Organic C hemistry .. . ..... _ ...... ' 8 English 101 3 Chemistry 300 Descript ive German 201, 202 I n termediate Inorganic and

German or Russian 201, 202 Analytic Chemistry Intermediate RussiclIl . ........ ...... 6 Physics 221 Sophomore

Mathematics 151, 152 Laboratory Analytic Geometry and Physics 2S1 Intermediate Calculus . .. 8 Physics

3

Physical Education Physics 256 Mechan ics • . . . _

3 3

requirement 2 Physical Education Rel ig ion l (X1 Introduction req u i rement

to the Christian Faith .. 3 Religion 203 The Bible . .. . 2

3 3 6

"Social S'ieuee requirement 3 2Art or Music requirement .. . .... . . 2Social Science requirement ..

33 32 �merolls opportunities for exemption or advanced placement are available

and permit cha�ges to be made in this curriculum. Similarly, changes can be made to accommodate stu.dents who are not prepared to begin their college program at the levels suggested.

"Courses thlls designated TrUly be taken in any order.

Jllnior Year

Chemistry 301 Descriptive Inorganic and Ar)alytical Chemistry

Chemistry 309 Chemical Litemture

Chemi,try 311, 312 Physical

Hrs.

3

Chemistry .. . ............. 6 Chemistry 314, 315 Physical

Chemi!;try Chemistry 322 Instrumental

Analysis or Chemistry 422 Advanced Ir)organic Chemistry .... 4

"Literature requirement " Philosophy requ irement 2Social Science requirement "Elect ives

2

or 3 3 3 3 9

32 or 33

Senior Year H rs.

Cherni!;try 401 O rganic Quali tClti"e AnCllysis ..

Chern i::t ry 412 Seminar Chemistry 422 Advanced

Inorganic Chemistry or Chemistry 322 Instru mental Analysis

Cherni,try 441, 442 Independen t Study or

Chemistry 451, 452 Re"earch

3

. ... . 3 or 4

at least 1 :lReligion requirement 2Electives

..... . ....... 3 ... ...... .. ... . 18

30 o r 31

"Courses thlls designated TrUly be taken in any order. ST his requirement alternately TrUly be met in the junior year.

CHL 11 "nn 1 1 1

103 Introductory Org'lI/i,' Clwllli .• try 4

S,ll'YCY of o rga nic <.:hclllistry, induding that pert i n en t to biologi.-al �ystelll.<. Thn�'� I ·" tu re, and one 2·hou r la ho ra to ry per iod per week. I

1 04 General Inorga"ic Chemislr)' 4

Sa,ic a�pc<.: h of "hem ical theory a n d i norga n i c c hcmistn'. Th ree le<.: t u rc.- a n d on 2-hou r la bo ra to ry JJ"riod pCI' "' l eek. Prereq u i , i t c : Chem ist ry 10.1 o r penni �ion of i n,trtlc tol'. I I

1 09, n o Chemi .• lry-Physics 4 , 4

An integra ted cou rse in the fu ndamental princ iple,; of phy,i"" and eh Illistry and their a p p l icat ion to physic a l and chem ical problem,;. This rou r.-" is a p rereq u isite fo r all chemistry and ph y" ic,; COll I''''' n u mhered 200 and above. Thn�e l ec t ll res, nne discussion per ind und o n e 2-"our l a horatory period [H'r w rk, Pre- o r r 'orequ i ,i tc : Math­emat ic ' '; J :l l 01' equ i va l en t . I , I I

1 3 2 Chemical Principles 1

Supcrvi,;cd Hudy of topics of un i ql lC intere,t or value to the indi­\'idual ,tudcnt. Admission only hy depar tm" n t i m· i ta t ion . One disr'u,;sion or laboratory pe r iod pcr week.

203, 204 Orga"i,' Chemistry 4, 4

An in te rpretat ion of propert ies a nd react ion, of a l iphat ic , a roma t ic , a n d heterocycl ic co mpou nd, on the hasi' of c u rren t r :hernical theory. Labora tory work provide� a n i n t roduction to conve n t i onal and rnodern techn i que- for the syn thesis and ,tudy of organic compouud,. Three Icctu re: and one 41h -hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite : Chemistry 109, l lO. I, II

300, 301 Descripl.ive I"orf!,anic and Analytical Chemistry .3, :l

Study of t h e elements grouped acco rd i ng to the per i od i c til " l e and o f ( ' Ia",i<:al qual i tative and qua n t i t a t i\'C analysk Two lecture:' and one 3 , hol l r l a boratory pe riod I "'' '' week. Pren'qu i, i tc : Chemietry 109, no. I I . 1

304- Ri()(·hemi .• try 4

I n t rodllc t ion to the c :hcmistry of b iologica l 'l'stPIll". Th ree Icc.tures and one :l-hou I' laboratory period per wcr'k. Pro'n:qu i , i te : Chemistry 204. II

309 Chemical LiteT(ll"re 1

Study of sys! f 'matic procl'dures fo r l i b ra ry resea rch. One lecture PCI' we"k, Prerequ isites : Chemi,try 204 and read i ng k nowledge of German, I

1 12 ( I I I �I '1'1 '\

3 1 1 3 1 2 Physical Chell/i,"ry 3, 3

A �tlldy oE the rcla t ion,hip between the phy&icnl and chemical prop­ert ic,. and the energy con ten t o( chem il;ul ,,,ystcm;:, Th ree I(\ctn rl" pCI' week, Prereqn i, i te,, : Ch em ist ry 110 and, p l'I;ferably, 201 ; PhY" i" , 2 2 1 , 251 a n d 256 ; amI Mathematics 152, J , IT

314, 3 1 5 Physical C'hemi,"ry I,aboral.ory } ,

On� 3 - h o u r labora tory per-ioel per week. I'rcrequ i<itc o r Goreqlli,itc : Ch('l I l i ,try 3 1 1 . I, I I

322 In" lrllme/llal A/laly .• i .• 4

I n,trnillenlal method,. of analy,is anrl molecu lar :;tnll ' l \ ! l'e determi­nation. Two ICc ' t n r", ancl lwo 3-h o u r laboratory p riods per week. Prere(lui:;ite." C Chemi;:try 301 and .31 1. Must be t a k e n concurrently w i t h or 'lIh' (�q n"nt to Ch('ll1istry 3 12. II all' 1969·70

40 1 Orga/lic Qualitalive A /lalysis 3

A study of methods for the isolation and identification of orga nic compound". E m p h asis is placed on modern tcelllliques suc h as spec· t ro,copy and c h romatography. One leGture and two 3·hour laboratory p"riods per w I 'k. Prerequis i te" Chern i�try 204 and 309. Chemistry 309 mar lie take n concurrently. I

1 1 2 Seminar 2

A cou r"e \\'ho,-c content is variahle but al ways taught on the basis o f physical c hemical principle:;. In 1 967-6ll. the course was a stu ely of the k inetic,,,; of or"anic and biochemical react ions. Two discussion periods per w eek. Prerequ is ite : Chcll li,;Lry 31 2 and permission of in­structor , "

4,22 Adanced Inorganic (.'ltemi,.lry .1

A study of modern inorga n ic theory including atomic and molecular structure, periociic trend", and coordination compounds. Three lec­tu res per wc(·k. Prerequ is.ite : Chemistry 311. Must he taken con­cmrently w i th or subsequent to Chemistry 3 1 2. II aly 1%B·69

44 1 , 442 Independent Slltdy l -,)

O pen to qua l i f ied u P P 'r ciivi,ion students who wish to study some e i pmicul topic. not covered by a regular Course. Proposed p roject Illust be a p p roved by the t .hairma n of the department. I . I I

4 5 1 , 452 Hesearch 1-.1

O pen to superior upper division qudents. Prerequisi te : Consent of the chai rman of t h e department. I , II

551, 552 Graduate Research 2-4

Open to ma'tc[" s degree ('a ndida tes only. Prerequ isite : Consent of the .. ha i r man of the depa rtment.

Ec () 1 1 3

ECONOMICS

Mr. Pierson, fHr. Davis, Mr. D el/da, Mr. HollI/an, ,Mr. Pelerso n ;

assisted by At r. Wallie

The Cou rses in economics arc de:' igneJ ( 1 ) to ofTer to all , tudenh a n opportunity t o a('qu i re a gt'nf 't"a l undcr:,tan ciing o f th" privllte a n d publ i ( ' sector,; of the nit 'd Sta tes eco nomy ,;0 t l Jat they I l lay be morc ('nl i;.dltcn ( ·d ( ' i t izcn," ami vote 1''-, ( 2 ) to pro\'ide t be Iwee",ary g('neral ('( 'onOlll i e : kl< 'kgloull l l for students majoring in Busincss Adlll in i,tration and for ,-tucknt, in Edu('ation in the oeial Sc i ncc� or in Business Educat ion, and ( ::l ) to pro\'idc the s tudent w i th the Il l ' c . ( >',-" r), backgrou nd for graduate �tudy i n economics.

A Illajor in ccon o m ic,; "ha i l ('onsi,;t of a mini mum of 25 SClllC�tCI' hour" in < " iud in" E('onolll i ( 'S 101, 102, 2 1 1 , 301, 302, 441 . and 496. The rema in ing t l l l,.,e hom, to rneN tlw lll in inia l requirement, may be ,elected from any of the ad· d i t ional U p Pf'r d i \' i,ion COu (.',,�s offe r 'd by the Department of E('onomic;;. Students ( ' on teIllpla l ing gradua te qudy in e('onomic .... a re . ..:trongIy addscd ( t hough not reqlli n,d ) to incl ude Aal i lemat ics 151. 1S2, 2iH, a lld 252 i ll their total program of "tudy.

1 0 1 Principle .• Q/ Mflcro E('OIwmics J

An alh Irsi" of the operation and organ izat ion of t he American ( " ( '0, nonlic "y,tcm with tlnq > l la-i,; II pon thl' app l i ca t ion of the ana l ytica l tools to " ,;tudy o f publ ic policy wi th r("'peel to national i n( 'ome and employment, the monetary ,-y"tcm, and economic growth. I I I

102 PrilH·;ples 0/ Micro Economic .• . '1

An analysis of the opera t ion and o rganizlltion of t i I" All\t 'r icCl n ('('0' nomir ;.y'tClll w i th "lllpha,is u pon ,sl l pp ly nnd dcmand in ( > l'Odl l . - t price determinat ion, the determinat ion of resource pr ice ', and the fu n tions wllich p rir'cs perform. No prp\'f 'q l l i s i te. I I I

2 1 1 Financial A(;('Olinting 4

See Bll!;ine,;, Arllllini,t rat ion 2 1 1 .

2 7 3 Family Financial Pla"ning 3

COJl:-'lI ll 1<:'r �a\" i Jlg and t'pcnding p ro hlem� in( , luding e�tatt� p lan l l ing, lax plann ing, l i fe i n�l I rance, investments, intell igent huyi ng, budget­ing, con"U llwr edu( ,at ion and need c I legal rdorms. Eth ical con"id· crations o f go\'Crnll1Cnl Gnd hu,inesc' from the \' iewpoint of tl ie con· ,.:ume\'. Th > power o f t l ie ('oll-un1(:r in the a I''''''' of product ion, market ing , f inance, and rna rkr:t rc,carch.

300 Cel/eral (-:cOl/omic .• 3

An in t rociIwtol'Y COlH"C in cconll m ic, designed for the upp ... r d i \'ision . ...; l ( 1d(' l lt \\ l io i" I l laj ( ) rill� in n f i f- · ld o t h e r tkttl E(,ollolnic� or Rli�i ness

1 14 I ( O\O\I I ( S

Admini:;tra t ion. The content includes the study of both mac ro and micro economics ( ,ee 101 and 102 ) . Not open to students who have pr�viollsly had 101 and/or 102. I

30 1 In term.ediate �1/lcro Economic A nalysis .3

l'vIacro·ecollOlllics at the i n termediate level. Nat ional income accollntinp; and determ i nat ion includjng pol i cy impl ica tions within the il1>' t i t 11' tiona I f ramewo rk of the .S. economy. Prercqui,ite Economics 1 0 1 . I

302 In termediate Micro Economic Artalys; .• 3

Micro·cconomies at the intermcdiate level. The theory of coni'umer behavior. Product and fuctor p rices nnder cond it ions of monopoly, competi t ion, and intermediate markets. \"elfare e onom ics. Prerequi· silt> : f:con olllic, 102. fI

3 2 1 I_abor Problem .• 3

A stlldy of t he histo ry, nature and trea tment of labor prob lenb in the United States. Among the topics discussed are em ploy ment und un· employment ; wage problems ; collective barga i n i n g ; unions and em­ployer associations; indu · t rial unrest and confl ic t . No p rerequisite. II a/ y 1968·69.

3 3 1 I ru.erntdional 1'rnde .1

Regional and international specialization, comparative cost:;, i nte rna· tional payments, and xehangc ra te:;. i\ational policies to promote or reslrict trade. Busine- prac tice ill international trade and investment. P rcrequi�ite : Economi,;s 101 and 102. J

361 Mmley ami Banking ,'l

The na ture and function� of money. Credit institutions. The relation· �hip of money and ban k deposits to the national e ·onomy. Pre· requ isite : Economics 101. II a/}' 1969·70.

362 Public Finance 3

Publ ic taxat ion and expenditure a t the federal, state, and local levels. Types of taxes and expenditures. The budget. The public debt. Fiscal control of the hu�ine.'s cycle. P rerequ isite : Econolllics 101. 11 u/y 1968-69.

364 B".�i"e"s Firrarlce ,1

See Busines, Administration 364.

34 Govprnrneru and Business .3

A study of the rdation:;hip of govern ment and business in the United States with spcci I a t tention to governmental regula t ion of busi ness. No prerequ i,ite. I I a/y 1969·70.

1 1 5

441 Statistical Method.� 3

De�('r ipt ivc stati�t ic, : mca,lI rps of posit ion, ui,pt ' r,ion, and propor· t ion,;. I nfe rential qat isti,.,, , e" t imation and the tc"ling of hypotheses by para metric and nonparamctric tech n iques. Regre",ion and correlation analysis. I I I

490 Seminar 1-3

Seminar" on ,pccif ical ly selected topics in '(;onomi", w i l l he offe ... �d u< cin;u I IL'ta ncc, warrant . Prerequ isi te : consent of the instructor.

4·96 Readings i" the Evolution of Eco"<1mic Thought 3

A HlI·,'ey of the ucn·lopmcnt of e('onollli" thought from ancient to modern t imes with emphasis on the pniod from Adam Smith to .J. M. Keyne,;. Thi" period includes : the classic isu" the optimist", the social ­i · t". th� na t io n a l i"t,. and the historical and Austrian schools. No prl.lrcquisite. II

498 Independent Study 1 -.1

I ndividual p roblplTI' and a", ign lucnh, confprcncc, with in,trLle tor, and re�earch report.

504 Managerial Economics 3

DC" e!ops the ab i l i ty to apply basic economic con 'epts to pol i,:y form­ion and oJ IC 'ra t i n g decisions with ,peeial refcrcn<:e to �lIch proLlems as co,t, dcmunu, pr ic ing, and inH!;tll1ent. Prercqlli,ite : Economic, 101, 102. I

543 Quantitative Methmls 8

De"e1o ps the aLi l i ty to appl y the concepts of probab i l i ty, sampl ing, and ,ta ti,t ica l dcci,ion theory to problems fnced by management. P" crequ i,i te : pcrmi"ion of the i n,truetor, Econom ics 4 4 1 . I I

598 I ",Iependellt Stlldy 1- .'l

599 Thesis 2-3

&ll 1 1 7

EDUCATION

Mr. JII/I T/ston, ivIrs. (,'hfl m /;er�, Mr. f)cBOlL'er, IUr. A. lIage n , Mr. Haugc, M r. Junes, Mr. Leasurc, Mr. Mue, Mrs. /Vapjus, Mis5 Orri/;,

Mr. Pederson, !'vIr. S(lndler, Mr. joding, Mr. ·/ein, lHis.\ WiLliamsoll ; 115,1i5ted hy Mrs. B u m gardner, Mr. G ray, Mrs. Ke!Jihek, Mrs. Ph ilips.

i'vI r. Schimke. ,'vIr. Wa rren

Candida te:; fo r the Bachelor of A I' i l l Educa t io n degree should fol lo w l he Call ["" O U l l i ne '" l i slt·d u n der the Schoo·l of Education i n t h e ",, · t io n ,

CA DU\[J( ; OnGA. · [ZATlON.

201 Introdllction to l\cluclI/ion 3

A ""'I'ey of cducat i!).",1 p roblem,; a n d i ,,,u e:; to o r i e n t l Iew " l l ldcut, ta the p rofes.'Lan. A study o f t l .e S tate lVfa n l l a l a n d a "project" 1Il­,oi l ing a c tl lal experience with e I . i l " r"n an' i n d l l r l,� (' 1 . I I I S

:30 l Human Developme/lt .'l A stL.dy of the e m o t i ona l , �o� i a l , i n t e l l ectual , a n d l 'hy,iolog icnl devel­opmel l t o f the I l l i l l W I l o rgan is.rrl fronl i n fancy t h rough adole�cence. Two kelu n:,; anel one ,em i n a r each week. Two-hou.· p u hl i c ochool ob"eL'\'a­t i a n requi ... ,d weekly, to he i n d i v i d u a l l y ,,,signed. S tL!clenh w i l l 1"" L'(:sPQJl, i h l e for t h e i .· o w n l !'an�po rtat ian to the I Jubl ic "::hoo [,,, Pre.­requ i -i l e : Psychology 101. S tudent,; in tI.e tea( ,her educa t ion p rogram ., hould cOl!lpkte EducatiolJ 201 prior to ,10 1 . I II

3 1 1 a, h, or cd Methods and Obserllation B A :;wd)' of ( ,urr i c u l u . n, m a t e r ia! .-, and l l lcthocb of tea c h i n g a t the various level, fL'Om p r i mary t l . ro u g h h i g h ,c hool . Observa t ions i n ac t u a l sc hool , i tuat ion:; fo l lowed by d i scu",ion. T h a - e 1 \ h o w i , h to prepare p r i ma r i ly for k i ndergarlen and p r i ma r y dect 3 1 1<1 ; tho,,, for i n ter­med i a t e and u ! ' ! ' , ; r g rade.s, 3 11 1 , ; and t J I O-C fo r j u n i o r and ,enior h igh ,,· hool, .3 1 1 ( ' d . Prereq u i si t e : Educa t io n 201 a n d 301. I I I

:3 1 2 The Teaching of neat!ing - Elementary B A �lI r\'er of teac h i ng rea d i n g in the Pl!�1l1(�ntary grades� incil l d i n g t h e p rogram ..... i l l the Hewer a p p l"oac"ilc:-;. 1\la t(· �r ial� , nH� t hod:-:.� tec l l l l iq l lC!'l p rocedll res a n d :-:.()me diagno . ..;is of rea{ t ing d i ff ic l l [ t ie". Prerequi;..: i t e : sa t i-fa c t o l')' c o m p i <'tion of �:duc a t i o n 2 0 1 o r , 'Qn,cnt o f i n,t ructor. I II S

3 1 4 The Teaching of Reading - Secondary 2

A "Hvey of teach ing reading in the ,;(,condary sc hool , i ne l u d i n ,.; ,H ten­l i n n to d.e Llel'e lOl 'mental n:a d ing progra!ll�. Materials, me thods, tec h ­n i q l l ! ':-;, p rocedu res a n d so me ob"er\'a t i o n l1nd diagno:-- i :..; o f rea d i n g dLffi ( , L L l t i�,. l'rcrcq l L i , i tc : "ll i,factory COlll p l et ion a f E d u c a t i o n 2 0 1 o r ' ·o n.sen t of in,lr lLcto!'. I I I S

1 1 8 Ul ( \TrO�

3 1 5 In.<lrut'tiollal Materials 2

A �lIn)Cy of audio and vi�ual l1latcrial� and aid�, their lISC, organization, and administJ 'ation in the s('hool. r I I S

3 1 9 The Tead.illg 0/ Arithmetic .1 An ovt:r ·a l l .-t l ldy of the basic: mathematical sk ill, and abi l ities needed hy Lhe tcacher in Lhe elemcntary school . Hl ' ( 'ent de" e!opments and n l a tcrin l, a rc con.'ideled. Prerequ isite : Math 319 or c o nsen t of in· " tructor. I II S

320 Teaching 0/ Spanish in. t.he f:lement.ary School 2

A C()lI r�e p lan ned to i.l..:si�t the elementary tcacher in tcac l l i ng conver­sational Span i<h ; tra ining in PJ'ol1 l1l1c ia t ion and i n to na t ion , study u n iL', ga n lc", "ong', d ia logues, films, f i l l l1strips and reco rds w i l l be prcsented "hidl can he u t il ized in the da"l'Oom. Open to hoth those wi th S p a n i , h ba(,kground a n d those wi lhout .

370 Principles 0/ Guidance 2

A study of pro('cdu r('s II-cd in helping til<' student a( 'h ie\"c sui ta ble goals in school al.'d in society.

11·05 Adolescellt P.<y,:hology 2

S" e P"ychulogy 405. 1 (; )

L�07 J<,'dlLcaliOlHlI Sociolo{!.y :l Sec Soc iology 407. ( G )

408, 409 Readings ill f,'dllcfltional Problems 1 -.1 Stu (knts who de"i J"(: 10 J lu J" uc a special l i n e o f i n d i v i d u a l reading, i l 1,·",.<t igal ion, or resccl l·dl Illay do SO for c red i t , r('(' c iv ing help ancl g u i d a n('e from t i l " fa l 'ul ty memher he,t q u a l ified to a&;i-"l in tlte parti( ,u lar p roblell1. Credit will " a ry w i t. h the amo u n t of work done. ( G )

,H 2 The Illi,/(l el,il" in. the Public School 2

A eour,c to help the tf'aeher (u',ist the hlind and pa rtial ly seeing ch i ld to adjust C'lllotionally, so(' ially, phy,ically, and I'ducatiunally to the rc�u· l a r puhli" ,(,hool da>'sroom ,itl lation, An i n truduction to Engl ish B rai l le and a .tuclv of method", materials, and equipment a re ilwluded, ( G )

4 ] :� Scien<:c ill 'he Elementary School 2

A cou r-c (k,igned to Hcqua int the " tudellt ,,' i th the objecti,' cs, ma· lcr ial:-;, and nH'tl lOd� of teaching :-'c. ience in all i n tegrated program. S ( e )

4 1 4· SOl'ial Stu"ie.< in the Elementary School 2

A ( 'ou r"e dc- igncd to a( 'quaint 1 1 : (, studen t w i l l t object ives, materials,

EDt' ATIO 1 19

and methods of teach i ng thf� soc ial studi , I n an in tegrated p rogrdnl . O pen to experienced teae l lcrs only. S ( C )

4 1 6 Parent-Teacher COl//erence 2

A 'itndy of th" princ i p l es and techn iques of parcnt-teacher confe rences. Proeedll l"es fo r introducing a parent-teacher confert'ncc p rogram to the school a n d coml ll u nity. Evaludt ion of v3riou,; grading systems. Open only to e x perienced teadlers and students who hal"e completed or are tak ing "tudent teach i ng . I II S ( G )

4 1 9 Adrrrinistration 0 / the School UIJrary 2

Organization and a d rn r n i"tration of the sehool l ibra ry for teacher­l ibrarian' in the elementary schook ( G )

420 " roce-5sillg ScilOol LiIJrary Material .• 2

Simpl i fird procedu re, for the cla'''ification, cataloginr\, and teclrnieal proces,ing of school l ibrary materials. ( G )

422 Basic Ue/ercllce /I1aterial.� 2

An in t rodunion to tho;oc sen' ices of a school l ib ra r i a n related to the pre"cnta tio) l of the matel-ial,. book and nonbook, w hich form t b e 'ou rCe� of reference for t he i n fOrInat ional funct ion of the l i bra ry . ( G )

12:� Lan�IIage Art.� ill the ";lemenlary School 2

A cou rse de'iigncd to give the elemen tary teacher, grades one th rough :;ix. a n I Inder,ta ndin O' of how to teach the langnage arts in a func­tional manner. The areas covered und skills stu died will be in the field� of rcar l i ng. '''Tiling, grul1lTuar and u��l gel pen mansh i p, spelling, "p··ak ing, l i._tening, voea blllary building. O pen to experienced teache!"s o!" " lll den t teachers only. ( G )

426 Primary Heading 2

A �tndy of the rnato!"ials and methods of the modern primary r ead ing program and i t rela t ion to other activities. Open to experienced t eac hers only. ( G )

428 Kim/ergart.en 2

A 'tndy of the k i nderrrarten eh iL d and his adj u,;tmen t p roble m,. Special emphasis on activit i",:- and p!"ocedu!"es for hi,; development. ( G )

433 Prillciples alld Techniqu.es ill Secondary Educatioll 4

Pu rpo<;es, t rends, curmnt issues, and techn iques in secondary erlllcation.

An o pportun i ty i , provided for pl an ning c u rr icula on the secon dary l c\"el, i ndivid ua l ly Gnd cooperatively. Bcgi5tra t io n in this cou r,e i s pf;nni tted on l y t o those studenL< wishing to meet special eertification requirement". Not permitted for s tu den ts who hu\'c had 31 1cd.

120 'Il l ( TIC!

436, 437, 438, 4.39 JFork.shops 1-3

W o rk-hops in speci a l fiel d,s fo r "a rying period,; of time. ( C )

440 Specific Mflthods i,1 Teaclling Sflcondary School Su/)jects 2

Studie" of the c u r riculum, methods, a n d ma teria ls of instruction in the vu rions fiel(/'; of th" secon da ry school cu rriculum, These cou rses <lre offe red by d i ffen'nt depa rtments of the University as i n dicated below and IllaY be tak(�n for p:raciuatc C' t'cdi t.

440 .. Art in 'he Sflcondary School 2

See Art ,1.1-0a, ( G )

440h nll.,ille.�s Ed"cat;oll in the Secondary School .1

See Bu"ine " Adm i n istration '140b. ( G )

44,0.: l\n�li.,h in the Secondary School 2

( C l

440d Literature in the Secondary School 2

( G )

440e Mathematic" ill tire Secondary School 2

( G )

440g Science i/l rile Secondary Sclwol 2

( G )

'i'Wh Social StlUlies ill the Secondary Sclwol 2

( G )

440j Chemistry in the Secondary School 2

( G )

440n Methods in Teaching Foreign Langllages 2

A study of the theo ,-y and techniques of foreign language teaching. w i th "pecial problems a p plicable to the student' s major la nguage. Speciul empha.-is on audio-lingual techniques. ( G )

44 Statistical Method.� .1

See Psychology 441. ( G )

44·5 Speech in the Secondary School 2

See Speech 445. ( G )

447 Speech for the Classroom 'reacher 2

See Speech '147. ( G )

EI1I \TIO 1 2 1

449 Read;n!!, C" llter If/ork.<hop 2

C l i n i c a l � t l ldy of rend ing p ro blem' nnd suggested cor rect i ,'c lllC1SlIre:;. To he taken conru rrently w i th Educat ion 469. O pen to experienecd t.cad,cr,; nnly. ( e )

450 P.<ycllOlogical Testing 3

Sec P"ycllOlogy 450. ( e )

4 6 1ah or cd Curricul u m , Methods, mul SIUr/ClI! Teachillg 5

A cou r,e d :,igned to g ive 'orne knowledge, u n dcrsta n d i n g, a nd ;;tu dy of ch i l drC I I, "d,jcct mal ter f ie l d", and materials in the :;tudent's a lter­nate teachin g Icvd rillS student tea ' h ing on t h a t level. C' tuoents e n roll in '1 63a or h a n d 461c c l Or ill 46:1c o r d and 46lab. I I I

463", b , c, o r d Stude"t Teaching 9

Truching in the publ ic ,('hool, II n c ier t he d i rection a n d slI l 'ernSlOn of cJa. �roolll ll·�a('i Iers and un i\"er�ity teachers. TllO�e preparing primar i ly fo r k i n d<:r?-(nrten and p r i m a r y "IeI'! 463a ; those fo r in termediate a n cl u pper p:rae Jcs, 463 h : t l"l:'c for j un ior h igh school , ·163c : a n d tho:,e for senior higl l ",' 1 1001, �6:3d. Prcreq l l is i te : Education 3 1 1 and one semester in re,ich·'llcc. T I I

46::; Spe";al Project 1-5

Stud t" , t , w ] , o w i,h t o do i n d ividual study a nd resea rch o n educational prohlellls O r addi t ional laho nllory experience i n public ."chaol c ia,s­room, may do so w i th spec ia l permi",ion of t],e D i rector of t h e Sc l loo l . I I I

468 [(Il1Or(ltory W ork-.hop .'3

A prac t ica l cO'l r,,' ,"ing · h i ldrcn of elem( ,ntary age in a classroom si lua L ion working Ollt a specific rroblelll. Provision w i l l be made for �OJl1e anive participation of the u niver,ity s tu clen ts. A con ference wit ] ' t l te ill�lrur - tor or the D i recto r of t l te S ' hool of Educat ion wil l be re­q u i red before rcg i,tra tioll call he com pleted. ( e )

4 6 9 Directed Teaching ill Reading Centers 4

Directed obscrva tion and tea c h i n g i n ,u mmel' remed ial c lasses 1n publ ic 8('hool.-. To be tak 'n eo,wllrrell L ly w i t h Education 449. O pen to exp(�rit'nt'['d teaehe ... , only. S ( G )

472 Vocatiollal and Educatiollal Gu idance 2

This COl i t"'(' is d�igned for t l ,oFe wbo a re in terested in the vocat ional gu idance of young pcopk Speeial clllpha,i ., is placed upon the source" al lu ly;;i,_ fil ing, ancl l I Iethods of di;;seminat ing occupational i n fonnu­t ion .

475 Emotiollal Problem.� of Childrcn 2

E lllpha,i. i, plu<:ed 011 c om lllon emotional p ro blems of elell1entury a n d

122 " !lU( TIO:\'

:;econdarr school-age pupil" and the teacher'� role when these arise in the da"roorn.

178 Mental Health 2

A ;;tudy of the basic principles of mental health as they relate to inter­per;;ollal relationship".

50 1 Hi.�tory 0/ Ellucation 2

A study of the history of education, Occidental and Oriental, with particular reference to i ts bearings on contemporary education.

505 Philosophy 0/ Education .'J

A study of cu rrent philosophical literature in thc field of education. Pragmatic, existential, and analytic a pproache:; will be con:;.idered. a/S 196B

507 Advanced Education Psychology 2

Principles and research in h u m a n learning and their implications for cu rricu lu lll and instruction.

509 Co'"paratiIJe Education 2

A comparative study of the background", devdopments, trends, and problems of major national systems of education.

520 Individual P.�ychological Te.ding ,3

See P'Fhology 520.

522 Core Curriculum 2

A study of the philooophical background of the core cu rriculum and the methods of teaching ap lJ licablc to the core. Special attention will be given to problem solving and the preparation of units of instruc tion.

529 Diag'IO.�i.s 0/ Reading Problems 2

A study of the various methods of appraisal and diagnoses of reading performance. Special attention will be given to the application of the newer a ( .proache,. Prerequisite : :n2 or its equivalent.

536, 537, 538, 539 Work.�/wps 1-,1

Graduate work .. hops i n special fields [or varying lengths of time.

54.() Counseling Theory and Practice .'J

See Psychology 540.

546 Curric/dum Development 2

A study of types of curricululll organization and programs and tech· niques of curriculum development with a view of preparing the student for his OWl} work on cllrriculum problems. I

EnU(. \TTO 1 2 3

543 The Gifted Child 2

A dudy of t h e gi ftrd ch i l ri , his (,hanlcteristics a n d p roblcnF, a n d ""hool p rocedu res designed to furth el' developmen t .

557 Eva/nation 2

E",r luation of the ou tcomc� of school experiences, Problems that a ri,e i n conncnion with development, organization, and admin i"tration of tests ( hoth standa rdized and teacher made ) wi l l be stud ied , Req u i red of all fifth yea r student" P rerequ i,ite : Stud"nt teaching or tcach in[,: rxperienrf',

57 1 School Guidance Program 2

A �lIrvey study of the gllidan(:e program as o rgan ized and conducted by a public school systcm with emphasis on the role of thc teacher, II

58 1 Pnblic School A,dministration. .'J Administration and supcn'ision of school per,.;onnel, plant, and pro­�raJll; t i l l'. ,tructure and org;a nization of t he ,chool system. P rerequ i,ite : teach ing; experience. IT all' 19UB alS 1969

582 Adminis;lrtltive Intern.ship 2-4

I n tnn"hip in "chool a d m inistration planned with the Sr:hool of Educa­tion i n cooperation witl l ,elect cd school a d m i n i strator,;. Prerequ isite : cou rse work in school a U l1l i n i .-l I:a tion and adm i"'ion to graduale pro­gram.

586 School Finance 2

Local, state, and federal contributioll" to f'chool finance, i ts phi losophy and development. Special emphu"»i" OIl the de,"e!opmcnt and administra­tion of a ,ehool budget. IIa/S 1968

59 1 High School Or{:anization and Administration 2

Current viewpoint a n d issues in pla n ni ng and organ izing the high school cu rriculUI1l, schedu l e l1lak ing, extra·curricular aeti" it ie,;, teach­ers' meetings, pupil account i ng a ll d con trol , finance and reports. Pre­requisite : Education 581.

594 Administration and Supervision Workshop <I The projccts di,cus>ed wil l be deriyed ch ieAy from the interests and needs of the ,tudent;;. Typical project,; are curriculul1l plannin� a n d adjn"lment in l ine with prc;;cnt needs, public rela t ion l'rograms, per­wnllel employment and i n ·service training, and financing bni ld ing and educa tional p rograms. Pn;reqn i�itc : One course i l l administra t ion andl or Sl i perYi�iOI l .

595 Methods and Techniques of Uesearch 2

A study of the va riol l' methoc],; and tt:c hniqlws of rescHrch witb a pplications and illustra tion" rlrawII from the ficld, of cduca tion and

124

psychology and frolll �n< ,h fidd, t\- econom ic_, I l iHory, pol i t ical �cicncc, al ld ",,(' i o l ogy. SOil'" p J'Uc t ice in r"'carch i , p royid",i. PrcrcCj u i "ite : o n e S(-'1I1('ster o f q a t b .:. t i C's.

596 Re.�earcll Studies ;/1 f,'cluc(ltion 1.2

For t ho"l! ]\fa_tel' of A rt s candidates who elecl to write two rr."ca rch P'I fW I'-. ( O ne re,earch paper may be in the candidate's minor [i t o ld w r i t te n nndt'r t I l t ' ,upelY ision of Ihe m inor (lchisc r . ) Candidatl!' w i l l Ill' reqlli red t o rc,'ir'\\' their I' search pa l w r" befo re I h e Gra duate Corn· m i t tee. r 1\ S

597 Re,<ellrch Studies ;n E(lucarioll 1·2

SCI' Edu('alion S!)o.

598 The.�i .• 8-4

For t h""c Master of A r h candidate, who elect 1. 0 w r i l e a t h e;:i, •. The the,i, problem w i l l Ill' chosen from the candidat<" major a rea o f can· (:entration and Ill!"t be approved h y his Graduale COl l l l l l i t tee. The candidate w i l l Iw eXI 1Pcted to def�nd h is the;;is in a final oml examina· t ion conducted hy hi, ollllll i t tc('. I II S

ENGLISH

Mr. Ueigs/ad, Miss Blom'luist, Mrs. Encin, Mr.<. Johnsoll, il1 r. Klo/Isch, ML,s Kn udson . Mr. Ranson, Mr. Sole

The COIlrSCS i n En;d i,h are designed ( ] ) to o ffer all "tudcnb an oppo r tu n i ty to d,e\'clop great l"I' , ·ornpc tenr.y i n the ordi nary forms of writ ing a n d greater di,cCJ"J1Il1 C l I l in rca rl i llg worb o f l i tera t u r e : ( 2 ) to provide l i m i t ed tra i n ing: in nil i ! 'a! and I ' rcnt ive wri l i n g ; ( 3 ) t o g i\"(; men and WOlllen, rega r dless of t h ei r i l lte ndpd \'oca tion�, t lw r i c ' h i n tc. rpret ivc i nsigh h i n to man's exp erience, to­�etl J( - 'r with t h e ae_thet i l ' " a l ue�, t h at an i n ter"i,'c and e,xt(;n,ive knO\dedge o f l i t (' w t l l rc a f fo rd,- : a n d ( 4 ) t o provid ' tra in ing for teaciter, o f Engli ,", o n a l l le,'cl_, i n cl l l d ing l ile prepara t ion fo r graduate w o r k leading t o tea,-hing i n ( ·o I h'gp..

All stu ,knt" ,, 1 .o C X I I I ' I · t t o major in Eni! l i ,�h shol l i d prc,ent a �tronp; back­

grOllnd in fon>ign l a ll�lIa:!{·� a." wdl a� in t l 1 t � oth(:'r l i beral a rt::; anu :-;r. icilces. A l t hol l::!h French 01" Gerllla n i, reco l ll ll lended hcc,,,, ,,, either one meets the g radl late ,,:hool req n i rl 'ment for admission to a d ,'allced ,tudy in English, p rof ic i t ' l lcy ill al most any la nguage will enhallce the ahili ty to under,ta n d a n d

U H 12 5

a ppreciate l iterature an d facilitate effective communication in both compo"i t io n and speech.

The three-hour general university literature requ iremen t can be met by any cou rse in the department except 101, 218, ;�02, 318, 321, 322, 400, 403, 404.

For the majo r in Engl ish at least 27 credit hours a re requ ired in a dd i tion to Engl ish 101. Non-teaching majors should take one of the fol lowing pro­grams : ( 1 ) 241 and 242, 382, 38:3 or 384, 9 hou rs of up per div isi on electives in Engl ish l i terature, and 6 hOll !'s of electives fro III any othe r cour"e� l isted: ( 2 ) 251 and 252, ;�ll2, 383 or 384, 9 hours of upper division electives in American l iterature, and 6 hours of eleetives from any other courses l isted.

English majors who p la n to do g radua te work shou ld take 404, 497 and 498. Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education d 'gree who are plann ing

a teach ing major in English should follow one of the spec ia l programs outlined on page 63 nnder Academic Orga n iza tion.

Beginning in 1969-70, al l ju nior "tudents wil l be required to pu", an English proficielH:y examination or to cOl1lpl ete a remedial course.

101 Compositioll 3

The cou .. s" a ims to tra i n students to develop ideas aeeurately and effectively in the sentence, in the paragraph, and in extended written discn"icrn. Essays are read and analyzed to provide models of good exposition, to stin1ll1atc thought and discu .. sion, and to develop accuracy in reading_ 1 I I

2 1 7 The Slwrt Story .3

A study of the short story as a narra tive form . ( Upper div i .. ion stndents may obtain np per division eredit. ) I

218 Advanced Composition .1

A study of rhetorica l pr ine. iplc;s llsed in advanced wr i t ing . I 11

233, 234 JrI orld Literature 3, ,1

A study of the l i terature o f Western Enrope _ .. a ncient, medieval, and modern_ I, I T

241, 242 Survey o f American Literature .1, .1

A study of A merican l i terature from colon ial times to the twentieth een tury_ I , II

250 (;ontemporary Literature .1

A study of selected works by major writers, ch iefly English and American, representing ma in trends in poetry, fiction and drama from World War I to the present time. I II

251, 252 Survey of English Literature .1, .1

A study of Engl ish classics fro III Beowul f to Hardy and \Vi ldc. J , II

1 2 6 r (,1 1 .' 1 [

302 Hi.tory of the l::nglish l"anguage 3

A study of the development of the Engl ish language, from its begin· n ing� to the present. II

318 Creative Writing 3

For those seriously interested III writing fiction, dra ma, or poetry. II

321, 322 Children's Literature 3, 3

A study of children's literature and juvenile l itera ture as a rich body o£ li terature in i tsel f and as a gu ide for book selection in the elemen· tary grades and in j unior high ,c.l1oo1 . I, I I

332 The Continental Novel .3

A study of repr�entative French, Russian, German, Scandinavian, and Spanish novels of the nineteenth century. I

349 Modern Poetry 3

A study of reccnt Engli,h and American poetry. I

357 English Drama 3

Plays representing the development of drama from the sixteenth cen· tury to the nineteenth, exclusive of Shake pea re . I aly 1969-70

358 Modern Drama 3

Selected plays representing the development of modern drama from realism to the th 'atre of the absurd. II aly 1968-69

382 Chaucer 3

Especially The Canlerbury Tales. Also Troilus and Cressida and Minor Poems. Study will be made of the development of the Englis.h language. I

383 Shake.�peare 3

Love's Labour's Losl, Midsummer·Night's Dream, As You Like II, Richard Ill, Romeo and Ju.liel, Julius Caesar, Troilus and Cressida, Othello, Macbeth, Anthony and Cleopatra, Cymbeline. I

384 Shake.�peare 3

Comedy of Errors, Merchant of Venice, Richard ll, Henry I V : Parts 1 & 2, Twelfth Nighl, Measure for Measure, Hamiel, Lear, Coriolanus, Tempest. II

388 Seventeenth Century English Literature 3

Donne, l\Iilton and tbeir contempo rarie�. II

389 Eighteenth Century English Literature 3

Defoe, Addison, Swift, Pope, Thomson, S. Iohnson, Boswell, Gold·

smith, Gray, Collins, Burns, Blake. I aly 1968-69

400 Structural Ungllis/ics .3 See foreign la nguages.

403 Modern English Grammar 3

127

A �tudy of the grammar of modern Engl i�h u t il izing the ap! Jroache<; of the three major theories : Traditional, st ructural, and transfo rmational.

404 UI.erary Criticism .1 A study of the p roblem, of creat ing and evaluating l i terature u" dis­cu';"cd by the great eritic.', e"pecially tho;;e of the past century, together w i th the writ ing of brief and extensive cri tici. illS o f poems, fic t ion and U ra l lla. I I

44 1 The American Rellai .•.• al/ce ,1

Hawthorne, Emerson, Thoreau, Melville, W h i t man.

442 Developmenl 0/ Realism amI Nalllrali.�m ill. American l_iterature 3

Twa in, I Iowells, James, Norris, Crane, D rei,, '!'.

443 Major SOll thern Writers 0/ the V.S. 3

From Twain to J. C. Ramom, K. A, Porter, Faulkner, Tennessee W il l i a ,ns.

451, 452 The l,·n�li .• h Nor;el 3, 3

A ,;tndy of major nO\'els, "elected to repre"ent thc main development" in this genre from the eighteenth entul')' to the prcsent. I , I I

48 1 English Renaissance ULeraLlIre .1 Studie;; i n the prose, !Joelry and drallla of Tudor and El izabethan England, w i t h p rimary cmpha,is upon Shakc'pea re\ contpmporCl ric", I I

483 Early Nineteenth Century English Uteral.lIre 3

An in tensive study of Blake, Word;;worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shel l (�y and Keat", I

484 tate Nineleenth Centllry EII�lish U,.eralure 3

A n i l l t('llsil'c ,tudy of the l i terature of the V iGtorian period ( 1830-1 (00 ) ; poetry, ni t. ic islll , dra ma nnd some fic: t ion, II

494, Twentieth Cenl.lLry Am.erican Literal.ure 8 An intellsil'e st udy of representat il'c A lllcrican writers of the twentieth ceutu r)', em pha"izing their p!Jcc in the del'!'lopmcnt o f current A meri­can l i t.e ,'ary valuc" K. A. Porter, W i l l ia m Fau lkncr, Edward Albee, Bernard 'Malamud, Robert Frost, Robert Lowel l , and others. I I

495 Twentieth CentlLry English l,iteraWre 3

A study of the works of major figures ( Shaw, Ycnts, Joycc, Lawrence, Auden ) , �ll ""iemonted by repr ' se ntati ,' e work;; of other significan t authors.

1 2 8 « I I H. n l JO I I , I F.

' 197, 498 Major COllference 1 -2, 1 -2

nt�:-,igll (· 'd to e n a hle f' x ( 'ept ionaJ :-:enior major �tlld(�llh G n d :-:cn ior major:::, who plan to do f!,-aduate work i l l l i t., ,-u t ll rc to rou n d Ol l t the ir uack­f-(roli ll d by a n i n ten ivf', p lan ned cOIlr .-e o f readi ng. I , 11

597, 598 Graduate He.search 1 -,'1

FOREIGN LANGUAGES

Mr. Sila ng/cr, Mrs. Du rham, Mrs. Fish er, l'rfr. Ma/min . Mrs. Monroe, Mr. PClCrsen, Mr. cl'in, Mr. To,;en, assi.l ied by Mr. C"non i ,

Mrs. Hadley, Mr. Hodous, Mr. Lem mon, Mrs. Zubalik

The ,;Iu d)' of foreign la nguage" ha, he('oOle a ncec-, i t )' in the pre"cllt-day "-orld. I t I!iw, the i'tu(kn t the i n forma t ion , i n ter",!, fac i l i ty, and enjoyable I :xperieu('e acqu ireu ill the cour�e of a<:hieving a new languagt'. T l l rotlgh the nl('diunl o f a foreign language, the ;.Ludenl augments his understanding of past and pr<,"Cnt cont ri l"ition" of other peop le" in the a rea, of civil iza l ion, I , istory, l i l€ ,·u t u rc. and t h e a r h a n d "c iFnc",.

Student" pn'pa r ing to ",l Ier graduate , 'hool ilre ad,·i"ed to p repare them· ".'IY(·� i n a t Jr,,'--t two modern languag'-'" ( usua l l y French, Gcmwn, Ru.-sian ) .

LinguiMl ics 400 Strltctural tillgltistic" :J

A n i n t roduc t ion to the st udy o f the n a t u r o f la nguage. Bu,ir. pr in ( : i ­plp.>i and tcc h n i 'lue, o f de":r ip l iv,, l anguage anal y,i". P rac t ic" in t I , e dementary appl icat ion of l inguistic u na l y" i, to -c� lectcd materia ls. N o prerequ i-i tl'''.

Classical Languages

For a ruajor in cia'"ical l a nguage", 27 hOllrs are requ i red, including Greek 201, 202, 3 1 1 , 312, 321 , 322, 352 ; L a l i n 201 , 202, 331, 332.

I I i s "" , , 'o f ll nlPnded t ha t on(' Yf' a r of La t in precede the Hudy o f Grrek.

Greek

C u r rently offered coopera t ively w i t h the ·n iv.,,-, i l ), of Pngct Sou nd on Ol ,r C<l I I I plL":.

2 0 1 202 f:lementary Greek 4, 4

Inflection" n)" ul"dary, a n d ><ynta x ; tran"l a t ion" from Greek to En"l i"I , und Engl i"h to Greek. '- II

3 1 1, 3 12 New 1'e.Hame,,' 3, :J I , I I

F lU l l,; I. 1 2 9

32 1, 322 Advanced Grammar anti Reading 2 , 2

I, n O ffer d on demand.

352 Seminar in Greek Langu,age or Uterature 2

II

[ .alin

1 0 1 , 102 Elementary La/ill 4, 4

E x erc i,es in gramma r ano synta x ; sentences ba,ed on ane ient author,,: serond "enw;o;ter, Ca""'l1.'� Ga l l ic 'Val'. I , "

201 , 202 Intermediate Latin 3, 3

Cicero',. Oration" agai nst 'atalin : Sal ln"t : The War with Ca ta l i ne : ""rond "en\f''i r, V i rgi l ' , Aeneid. T , II

331, 332 The Golden Age 3, ,�

Classics

Fin .. t ,eme.s ler. 0, iff" �Ietamorphose. ; second �Cll1cster, the Odes of Horace. P rereqn i 'i tc l .a t in : 202 or t l l rec adrni ,.'sion u n i t" in Lat i n. To he offered on dcrnand.

The"" cou r"''' are ba,,'d n pon a "tudy of Lat in and Greek deri,'a t ;,'e". Presen tation is by the "tmetural approach of the ..ia,.,ieal vocabularies. No knowledge of Latin or Greek is requ i red for courses in classics. They wi l l not count as foreign lang:ua�c credit. Recommended for student>.; o f the a rts and ::iciences and the romance languages.

301 J/ oCIlI",lary Blliltlin g : Greek in Current Use 2

Designed '" a qudl' of G re",k element.- in E ngl i ." I r , w i t h emphasis on words in l i tera ry a n d .'ic icnt i fic u,e. I

302 J/ ocabnlary Building : Latin in Cllrrent Use 2 Sy,telllatic study of the large Latin d e l1len t in the Engli ... h vocabulary.

nderstanding and bu il dinp: seientific \'oeabulary. II

Modern Languages

The language luborutol1' pro\'ide regular practice in l isten ing to good models of foreign speech und a large amou n t of imitation and repetitive drill. Listening practice is intended to lead progre,,;ively toward the ability to exp res� one's though ts in conversation with pronunciation, intona tion, and use of gramma tical fo rms accep table to the educated nati\,c speaker.

Laboratory drill is requi red as a regular part of course ass.ignments in beg in·

ning und in termediate cou rses and in some advanced courses.

The au ral·o ra l a pproach is llsed in all elementary a n d i n termedia te cou rses in tllodern languages.

1 3 0

Frt'ueh

Twenty-fou r ( 24 ) hours above 102 a rc req u i red for a major in French, in­cluding at lea't two of the following : French 'IO.i, 404, 405, 406.

Candidate, for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who are planning a teach i ng major in Frr-ne-,h ,hould refer to page ()4 under ACAOE-'lI(: PREP­A[{A'f I O !" ,

101, 102 ";/emelllary French 4 , 4

Gral l l Jnar , ,,,I(X-led reading", laboratory attendance. I. I I

2 0 1 , 202 Intermediate French .� , .�

G ra mmar, reading', lahoratory attendancc, I. II

22 1 , 222 Introduction to French Civilization 2, 2

R"adings in c ultural material; and a ,election of ed ited novel", with 'orne conversatiou prar ticle . May accompany Frr'nch 201, 202. I , II

251 Scientific French 3

Offered on demand.

303, 304 Sur"ey of French Literature .�, .1

Study and analysis of repre"entati,'e French poets and writers from the l'.Iiddle Ages to the 20th Century. Conducted in French. Prerequ isite : French :!0 1, 202 or consent of in<;truetor. I, II

35 1, 352 Composition amI Advanced Grammar 3, 8

I. II air 1968-69

403 Sevenleenth Century French Literature 8

Study and analysis of l i terary worb of the 17th Century, inr:luding work;; of Moliere, Racine, Corneil le, Pascal , Boileau. Conducted in french. Prerequ isi te : French 303, 304 or consent of instructor. I all' 1969-70

404 Eighteenth Century French LiteratrLre .1

Study and analysis of l iterary work5 of the 18th Century, including works of Volta ire, Monte,quieu, Didcrot, Rousseau and the Encyclo­pedists. Conducted in French. Prerequisite : French 30,�, 304 or con­sent of the instructor. II u/y 1969-70

405 Nineteenth Century French Literature 3

Study and anulysis of l iterary works of the 19th Century, including works of Chateau briand, Hugo, Musset, Stcndhal , and Flaubert. Con­ducted in French. Prerequisit e : French 303, 304 or consent of in­structor. r aly 1968-69

406 Twentieth CentrLry French Literature .1

Study and analysis o f l i terary works of the 20th Century, induding

1 3 1

works of Proust, Gide, Sartre, Calnu,; and Anouilh. Conducted in Fr neh. Pr rC'lu i,;it(� , French 101, 304 or COlbent of inst ruc tor. I I all' 1968·69

440" Methods in Teaching Fore;gn I,al/guages 2

See Education 440n.

497, 498 Indepe"dent Study 1 -2

German

Twenty·fOllr ( 24 ) hOllr,; a bove 102 arc requ i lTd for a major III German, in· cluding German 352, 371, 372, 401, 402.

Candidate,"> for the BatChelor of Arts in Education degree who are planning a t each i ng major in G" I'IlJan ,;hou ld refer to page 65 u nder ACADEMIC PIU:!'· A R/\T I O : L

10 1 , 102 I�lementary German 4, 4

Grammar; ('onvI!rsation, selected readings, laLoratory attendal1<:e. I , I I

201, 202 Intermelliate German .'J, .'J

Gramll1ar review, selected readings, laLoratory attenrlarw('. I , I f

221 , 2 2 2 C01lVer.sat;on and Compo.�;tion 2, 2

l\Iay accompany Gierman 201, 202. T, I I

335, 336 German Ci"ilizat;on 2, 2

The eul tu l·cd·historical development of German art, l i terature, Illusic, p h i losophy. and of the ,;ciences. T , II

352 Advanced Grammar, Conversation and Compositio" .'J Il

371 German Cla.�.�ics .'J Lessing, Goethe, Schiller. Selected readings in drama, prose and poetry. T ( al ternate with German 401 ) a/y 1969·70

372 1'/", German "Novelle" .1 Studies in the development of the German short·story form. I I ( alter· nate with German 402 ) aly 1968·69

40 1 Nineteenth Century LiterallLre 3

A study of the major l iterary trends of 19th Centu ry Germany. Selected readings in drama, prose, poetry. ( a l ternate with German 371 ) aly 1969·70

402 Twentieth Century Literature 3

A study of the major l i terary trends of the past and present generation of German writers. Selected readings in drama, prose, poetry. 11 ( aTtcrnate with German 372 ) a/y 1968·69

440n Method .• in I'cachin;! Foreign Languages 2

See Education 4 40n.

497, 498 Independent Study 1-2

Japanese

( :l I rrently of Tel' d coopcru t i wly wi th the UniYc r,i t)' of Puget Sound on t h e i r ( 'i.lTllIHl:-;.

1 0 1 , 102 Begillnillg Japanese 3, 3

i n t roduct ion to pronunciation, conyer>ution, constnl ·t ion patternC', gram· l i la I', and kana syllabaries.

201, 202 Intermediate Japanese .1, 3

I ntroduction to Ch inc,e eharactcrs. Reading, writing and trallEla t ion of modern Ja pan ,e.

Norwegian

Currently offered cooperatively with the Un iversi ty of Puget Soulld on ou r ( ·a l Tlpll�.

101 , 102 Elem.entary Norwegian 4, 4

Gramma t', COIlY'rsll t ion, ,elected readin"s, laboratory attendance. i , I I

2 0 1 , 202 Intermediate Norwegian .1, .3

Storie:;, periodical", and pu bl i cations from Norway. Interpretation of the Scandinavian way of l i fe. I, II

Rus ian

Curl' nt ly offered cooperatively wi th the Cn iversi ty of Puget Sounu on thei r ('a m pn".

1 0 1 , 102 Elementary Russian 4, 4

Gram mar, seleeted read ings. i, I I

201, 202 11I1.ermediate Rllssian 3, .3

I, I I

Spani$h

101, 102 Elementary Spanish 4, 4

Grammar, ,elected read ing". I, I I

201, 202 Intermediate Span.i .• h 3, .1

Readings in Spanish h isto ry and l i terature. I, U

301 , 302 Surt:ey of Spanish Literature :� , .1

A study of Spanish life and thought a" reflected in the works of the �ou ntry's major writers. Prerequisite : Spani�h 201, 202 or consent of in,;tntctor. I, I I

. 1 1 3 3

GENERAL ENGINEERING

Mr. Schmid

151 , 152 Enr:ineeril/g Drawing tIlltl De.,cr;pl;ve Geomelry 2, 2

I, [,J

GENERAL SCIENCE

Mr. Ostenson, Mr. Ringe

A Illajo r in general science may be ohtained by tak ing at I c."t two yea r,; of work ( 16 c ... �d it hour, ) in e i ther biology, chemi,;try, geology, or phy:;i(�s und one yea r i l l each of two ollieI' scien('c�.

121 JlllrodlLclioll 10 Biologit,al St';e1lces 4

A >lI lTe)" COll r,,-' ", I , i e l , consider:; biological pr inciple" a n d t l ,,' ir i m p l i ­cation� f o r man ;l nd h i ' environment. Th ree Ic( O tll re;; and o n e la bora­tory peri od pel" week. I 1I

122 11IIroducl.iol/ 10 Ph)'sical Sc;e1lce., 4

A su rvey ( "()u r"e which con,;idcrs the physical laws of th" lI ni\'erse by integra ting t I le �cien('e:s of <.1:ilronomy, ( ;hemi�try, geology, rneteorology, oceanography, and phy,;ics to study the ea rth, its mater ials, processes, h i,;tory, and env i ronmen t . Thr _ lectures and one laboratory period per week. T I I

1 3 6 Descriplive A.,'rol/omy 2

Topie� tovered include the moon , the solar system, coordina te sy,tems for locating ,;tel lar objects, characteristics of star".

GEOGRAPHY

Mr. Ulbricht

1 0 ) I' oriel Geography 3

A -urvey of the physical and 'oeial features of th variolls coulltrieg. I II

1 3 4 (� !.C l I ( ) I . )

GEOLOGY

Mr. Ringe

Geology is the sc;iellce of the earth ; the study of the ocean deeps, the plains, the plateaus, and the mountai ns. Geo logy gives the student the opportunity to st.udy minera],;, rocks, and fossils, and, with these too is, hel ps him to u nderstand the develop ment of h is present environment.

Candidates for the l1aehelor of Art, in Education degree who a re planning a teaching major in Ea rth Science ,hould rdcr to page 68 under ACADE"IC PnEPARAT l O X.

1 0 1 Physical Geology 4

A study of rocks, minerals, and the physiogra phic features of the su rface of the earth . Th ree lecture und one th ree·hour lahoratory period ( o r field tri p ) a week. I

102 Hi .• torical Geology 4

A con linua�ion of Geology 101. A study of sedimentary rocks, fossil", and earth h i "tory. T h ree lecture alld one three-hour laboratory ( or field tri p ) a week. I I

203 Mineralogy .'1

Fundamental p rinci ples of crysta l lography and mi neralogy, �tudying hoth ore and rock forming mincral�. Two lectu res and one two·hour

laboratory period a week. Prerequisites : Geology 101 and h igh ,(:hool ci ll; m istry or p er l1 l i,sion. I

204 Petrology .'l

Origin, oe C U t'l'ence and clas..,ificution of the morc common rocks;

emphasio on hand ,peci lllcn identi fication. Prcrequi ,i tes : Geology 101 and M ineralogy or pe rm i')Si on . II

360 Geology 0/ Western Washington 4

A study of the minerals, rocks and geological history of the area be­tween the Columbia Plateau and the Pacific Ocean. Lectures, labora­tory session' and field tri ps. Prereqll isite: one year of college labora· tory science or permi:;sion. 5

365 Glacial Geology 0/ Washington 4

A study of glacial icc, gl ac ia l deposits, and land forms re,;ul ting from the Pleistocene g laciation in \Vash ington. Lectures, laboratory sessions, lind field trips. Prerequisitc: one year of college laboratory scicnce or pcrmis,;ion . 5

497, 498 Independent Study ·l -.'l

lin ] HI :\ I I P H \ l e \ l EIlU< :\TI O :'> 1 3 5

HE:ALTH AND PHYSIICAL EDUCATION

Mr. R. Carlson, Mr. /llse/h, Mrs. Berg, Mr. Broeker, Mr. Lun dgaard, Miss Officer, Mr. Salzman, Mrs. Young ; assisted by Mr. Souza

Requirements for u ma jor in Health and Physical Education for the Bachelor of A rts degree are : 27 c n,d i t hours including the following courses :

Men - Prerequ isi te : Biology 101, 102, 161, 162. Physical Educat ion 210, 234, 292, :312, 322, .341, :342, 345, .316, 363, 450, 497.

Womcn - PrPr(;quisite : Riology 101, 102, 161, 162. Physica l Educa tion 210, :2:)4, 290, 292, �n2, .322, :);)3, :341 , 342, 345, 346, 450, 497.

Candidates for the Bachelor of A rts in Education degree who are planning a teaching major in Health and Physical Education o r CorrectivE: Therapy should refer to page 65 undcr ACAIl I ;\l lC PRf:l'ARATI O , .

Health Education

2 1 0 Health Essentials 3

A generGl comse i n peL"onal and cOlllmun i t y health. I I I

292 First Aid 2

This COll r'e meets the requirement,; for the Red Cros:; Standard and Advanced Ca rds. II

3 10 Health Education 2

The hea l th in;;truction program i n the public schools. Prerequisite : Hea l t h Essentials 210. I all' 1969-70

465 School Health Program 2

Includes �choolroom construction, l ight ing, heating, san i ta tion, ventila­t ion, selection and locat ion of equipment, commu nicable d i:;eases and medical inwecLion. II

Physical Education

.�1 clivi lies cou rses

1 0 1 , 102 Activities ( Women) 1 , 1

Freshman activi ty classes. Two periods per week. I, I I

105, 1 0 6 Adapted Activities ( Wo11len) 1 , 1

Activit ies to meet needs of individual students who are not able to part icipate in the regular activities classes. Two periods per week. I, II

107, 108 Activities (Men) 1 , 1

freshman act ivity classes. Two periods per week. I, II

1 3 6 I I r \ I H \ ( ) PI! J( \ 1 r J ) :\1 10

I I I Hegi,ming Swimming (Men and Women) 1

Recommended for <;llldrll ts II" ho fa i l the p roficiency te,t. I I I

201 Heginning Golf (Men and Women) 1

O ptiona l act ivity cla'lS for sophol!lore�. Clubs are fu rnished for class work. Studen ts furnish their o"'n balk Students not ownin·' rrolf clubs muy rent clubs for field work. I II

202 Hegi,ming Hadminton and Tenni" (Men ami Women) I

Op tional adivity eras" for sophomores. II

203 Beginning Archery (Men and Women) 1

Opt ional act ivity class for 50phomore5. A l l equipment. furnished. T I

20� Beginning Bowling (Men anti Women) 1

Optional activi ty class for sophomores. Special fee required to cover transportat.ion and shoe rental. I n

207 Gymnastic.� and Rebollnd Tllmbling (Men and Women) ]

Optional activity class for sophomores. I II aly 1969·70

208 Skiing (Men arul Womerr) 1

Special fce requ ired .

2 1 1 Intermediate Swimming (Men and Wome,,) 1

Opt ional act.ivity class for sophomore�. Emphasis on developing bet te r strokes and ter.llll iqucs. Prerequ isite : COllsent of ilrtructor. I I I

212 Advanced Swimming (Men and Women) 1

For ad\'(\ llced ,wimmel's. Prerequi:;itc : Cons ,.:nt of in>'tructor. J I I

214 Skin Dil';"/{ (Men and Women) 1

A cou rse de,i gncd for the good :;wimmer in the hasic ,kills of ski n and seuoa diving. Not open to fre�h m"n.

220 Field Hockey ( Women) 1

Optional activity for freshman and sophomore women. Advanced tech· niques of field hockey, stick work, and t rategy.

Theory and Metho(l Cour�es

234 American Red Cross l.ife Saving Cour.�e 1

270 Football 2

Theory of Football. I a/y 1969-70

271 Basket.ball 2

Theory of Basketball . I I

J I ' [ H L I I I ' Tit) 1 3 7

272 Tra('k 2

Theory o[ Trac ·k . II a/y 1968·69

273 BII" eball 2

'n,eo r)" o[ l3a:,c ·ba l l . I I a/v 19rJH·69

274 Method., ill Tellchillg (;)"mlw" tic., (Jlld Tumbling 2

S t rutt", t U l l l hl i l lg, a n d U"" of 1 1 , [· , l ra m po l i ne . Co·educat ional . Lim i ted to , t u d e n t .. majoring i n h ea l t h and phy,ica l educa t ion . II a/y 1969-70

275 Method., in Teachillg IV resIling 2

a/)" 1968-69

280, 2 8 1 Officiating (Mell) 2, 2

A c 'ou r,c' de- i rmed to pr"pare t l ce �tu("'nt to oHiciate a" a profe""ion. A r('a, [ "O\'crcd in 280 : lw,;kctha l l, ta['ki" foo t hal L tonch [oo l ha l l , "[",,,ri­ha l l , a n d \\"r('!' l l i l l g . A rfa .. c[)I' ('red in 2Hl : haseb a l l , "oft ha l ! , track, vol lcvhal l and '1I" i m n l i n g.

2H2, 283 Offic:iat;IIg ( Women) 2, 2

Tec h n i, I ' ' ' ''' ,,<ed in olhc i a t i n g, La ho ra tory a n d l ec tu re "c""ion ... Fa l l : fiel d hockey, 'O('CPr, ",wC"'llha l l , lJa"ket lwI I : S p r i ng : tenn i.', ha d m i n t on_ I'o l l l , v ha l l , t ,·a c ·k al ld f i ri ,1.

290 M,·thmls in Teaching '1IlIi";,I"al Sport., ( Womell) 2

TC'chn iqucs and nH' thod" u"ed in teach ing tenni", golf, archcry, bad­minton, howl ing a nd t rack. a/y 1969-70

3 1 2 Phy" ical E,lllcatioll ill the t'lell/e"tary Sclwol 2

P rogr �!'-i \·e seri('� (If �allle:-: a n d other a('t i\' i t ic�, incl l ld i n (r phy�ical fi l l le" te"t i l lg, fo r t h e ele i l lentary grade�. Requ ired fo r men, majorin�

in I ,ea l l l , and p l c )".-i"a l cJ u ( 'a l ion , who plan to tea"h i n the element a ry

,, ·hoo\' I

322 Killc.,ioio{!;), 3

A n a l )" i !; of Lociy move l l len t, i n rela t i o n to p l cy"ical educa t ion aC l i v i tie> a n n J ' ll' ! I I I"(' . Prc'r('q l l i " i l � : B i ology 1 6 1 , 1 1i2. 11

323 Principles of MOl!emclI t 2

,tudy of t l ce princi ple:; imoll'cd in ba,ic hody movement, and t he uPJ ' l i , .at ion of th,>c princip le:; to variou, educat ion act il· i t i,,,,. J a/y 1968·69

325 Corrective I'hysical Education 2

S' [ IYcy o[ CO I I I l I lOI1 dev i a t i o n " of I 'o,l l l re, functi ona l distu rha nce", and c r i p p l ing cond i t ions fo u n d i n school c h i l d ren. Considera t ion of the e x ten l ,' n d l i m i t a t ion:; of the tea c l , or'" respon,ih i l i t y fo r t l re ir improve· I l \ l :n t . n S a/y 1 969· 70

1 3 8 l i e \ 1 '1 1 1 \r.;11 PIn ''I f . \L E l l r ; \TTO:--;

333 MetllOd.s in Teaching Team SfJor',� ( friom en) 2

Ter h n illuc,; a n d met hods u'ed in tr .ac h ing ,oecer, ba,ketl)a l l , v o l leyha l l , ,of tba l l a n d field hockey. r

33() o4/"'(" i(' Training 2

A ('o l l r�c de,igned to a id the p hy,;if 'al "duca t n r and coach i n tl te preven· t ion and t r('atment o f athlr l ic i nju r ie,;. E,pec i a l l v valnabk 10 the ..,,,,,·h i n tl l ( , fiel d. I

337 WlIler Sa/elY IIIstrru:tioll 2

The A nw r ican R"d ero" \\Ial ('r-Safety I n<t ruc to r', Comef'. Prnc· qui,i t e : Hea l t h an d Physica l E dnca tio n 234. I I

338 Training Room Techniques 1

La boratory techniques in tu p ing a n k l es, kncc', ctc . : u,;t' of w h i r l pool, I I I '<1 t lan' l1" and diathermy. Afford" prac tic a l tra i n i n " !"I)om c" p"ric,.we.

P rer<'llui,ite : H&PE :�36,

341 Method,� in Folk Dancing 2

A "t n dy of. ha"ic Slcp' and ) ! lovcmcnt patle1'l1' togeth(:r witl l t l te ap pl i­I ' a l io n of the", step,; i n a va r ie l y of fo l k , cou ple. ,;quarf'. an d I l l i x"r dan( 'c<;. I

342 I'roblem.� in Teaching Uhyth",ic .• 2

Prcrequ i si t e : H ea l th a n d Phy,;i('al Edu cat ion :�4 L I l

344 IHetlwcls in Te(/ching Swimming 2

Prercqll i, i te : J-Icn l th and Phy,i!'al Edl l l ' a l ion 23 � , o r i t,; f''l l l ivakn t. I I

345 I'rinciple,� of Physical Education 2

The place o f hea l t h and phy"ical edu( 'at ion i n tl l l� ,choo l p rogram, a i m,;, obj(-:! 'tive,;, con ten t of the program, a nd modern tren d.". I

346 School HeCrI!fllion 2

A cOll r�!' of i 'btruction for those i n tending to take fil I I or p a rt-t ime po,il ion, i n the f iel d of rt,neat ion. The CO ll r"e cow:r5 p rogra m p l an n ing, o rg-a n iza t ion a n d a d m i n i .... t ra t i o n i n commun ity rcc rea tion, i ncluding a , rudy of the re lat ion o f pu hl ic ,chool to I 'omlll l ln i ty recrea t i o n . I I

363 Method,� ancl Malerial .• in Teac"i,,� Sports (Men) 2

A stl ldy of IlIc tho (-J, and tech n iq l le,. in t ,'ac h i ng game ' a n d 'port' , ex­cl ll"i,·" of ,"njor 'po rt.'. I I

39 1 , 392 CorrcC'livp Tlwrap)' 4 , 4

i\ corrective t h era py c l i n ical tra ining p rogra l l l inclllding I cet l l re ,;, lab­ora to ry expcri , ' n( 'c, and c l i n i c a l p ral ' t ice . O pen only to phy,;ical "dlleu­t ion maj ors, J, I f

I I I \ l TIT \ J) I'lll '1/ \1. E Ill t :,\ TIC)

450 1'1." School PhY.lical ":ducalion ')rogrnm 2

Irwl l ld"s p roblems of organization and admin istration.

473 Hi.llory of ')hy.�ical Educalion 2

S a/y 1969-70

49 1 Reading anel Research 1 -4

1 3 9

O pen to students majoring in health and physical edu c a t ion. I II

493 Problems in Physit,al Educalion .'J L i m i ted to tho!ie who huye had teaching experience. S a/y 1969-70

497, 498 Major Conferellce 2

Prcreqll i"i te : Hea l th and l'hy"ical Education 363 ( Men ) ; or 290, 333 and 341 ( Women ) . II

505 Graduale Research .Z-2

O,,,,n onl y to graduate student:; who e minor IS 111 the field of health and "hy,;;cal euucation, and with approval of department chainnan. I ll S

140 I I I 1 { H'r

HI TORY

Mr. Sch nacken berg, Mr. A k re, Mr. Halse th, Mr. Langevin, Mr. Martinson, Mr. Nordquist

The purpose of t i le Hildy of bi,tory is to i n fo),)11 the ,tuclent o f man's word� and deed,.; tha t have ,haped th� world'� cul ture" movements, inst i tut ioll', and civi l iza t io ns. A, sueh , it. seek" to build it fund of u:;eful in formation, ,;haqwn the nit ical f"cu l ti,'> of the m ind with respect to mat'rial, and methods, t ra i n the in tel l ec t , disc ip l ine the memo ry, and prohe for t l ,o'c nt i l1Cs tha t poi nt t�'" way toward u l t i mate mean ing for modern man'" "ea rch for l i berty and secu rity.

A l I1ajor ('ornpri�" 30 hours includinp; H istory 10;1, 104 and 203, 20'1.

/l dmission : Du rin� the second ,emester of tl", sophomore year, a "tndent intendi ng t o major in hi,tory lcading to the Bachelor of Ans de�rce should J i l l out an a p pl icat ion w h ich i s ava i la bl e i n the depa rtment off ice. If accepted, the st l lden t wi l l be "" igned to a membcr of ti ll' history facul t y who \ I i l l scn-e as " i� adviser.

English Proficiency : Pr ior to the Thanksgiving reress of the junior year, a h i�tory major I ll l l::'t a t ta in ;..1 �lt i:-\faclory �corr� on an examinat ion i n Etlgl i�h proficiency. A rrangement;; for tak i ng the examinat ion ,1'(Hdd he made in t he office of til f ' Dir,,('tor of Tr;<t ing.

Senior Semina r : In ei ther the fi t or H,'('ond ,,'mestcr of the 'cn ior yt'ar, a

h i,;tory major Il lust enroll in one ,,'minar ( e i ther American or E u ropea n ) .

Exa m ination : Before the end o f Ma rci l of the ,eniol' year, each graduat i n g h i ,to ry major must take an exa m ina t ion, usual l y oral, cO" cring t h e work in the field o f h i�tory . Arrangements w i l l be made by the departlllent cha i rman.

Candidates for the Bac helo r of Arts in Education degree who a rc p la n n i ng to teadl in the "econdary schoob i n the f ie ld of h istory mu"t meet the requirements o[ the College of A r ts and Science", exccpt in fo reign lau�uage", and of the Depa rtment of H i ,tory. Foreign langua"c study i;; , howcver, stron gly recom­mended. Spec i fic " C 'qui rClIlent; for thi- d" grr" , arc "iwn on page 66 under ACADI-:&IlC PH J:: I 'AtlATI 0 i\'.

Graduate "tudents de� i ri n g to pllr�ue the Master o f A rts program>; wi th major studies in tht:: field of h i"tol'Y "hou l d consu l t TilE GH,\DUATE IlU LLETIN, Divi.ion of Gradu a te Studi e,.

103, 104 His/.ory of Civilizatioll 3, .1

An introduction to history emphu;;izing the understanding and anal y�is o f h isto rica l material" and i dea:'. The historic founda t ions and institu·

t ion" of civ i l iza tion-Mesopotamia ; Egy p t ; the lleh re",;; ; Greec,! : Rome, the ri,<e of Ch ri,t ianity; Europe to the p resent. Lectures and di�cussioll.s.

11 1 ( R \ 1 4 1

203, 20 I AIIIPri '(Ill Hi,,'ory 8, .J

T I , P o r i � i ll a n d , J . . " c !opll lcnt of t h(, A m erican nal iOI l frolll ( 'olonial l i lll " 10 t h e pn''''Il!. Ell1pha�is u pon Ihe faclor>' thaI han' i l l f i l l('nred and , 'ol l l ri hu lrd to Allwri, 'an in;<ti W l io ll>'.

2 1 0 The Pal'ific iVortl1lce," :1 TI l(' di'('o,'e r i,> ,<, e x plora l ion" a n d ,,'III" l l Ic l l t of I he I 'a(' i fic 'file i n terlla t i l ) n a l r inl i ric:-; ; the r J l is:-;iona ry, CTol1o J l l i ( ' l a n d \ J;,w kgrnUll d : I I ,e ('!;l a i J l i" l l Inen l of H a t e a n d lo( 'a l gm'C l'l1ll1ent'.

2 4 1 , 242 Hi,,'ory of Ihe Anci(,1I' World 3, 3

; 0 1' 1 1 , ,,' ' ',t . pol i t ic a l

A ,l l I d \' o f I I I ( ' a ll c i , ' n t l\r, .dit�lTal"ean \I'o rl e!' The I l i, tory o f Greece, A I " ", ,"kr t i l l ' G n;a t : t l ", origins a n d r i ,:e o f the Roman E m p i re " n d " i " i l il.a l i , ," . T l l c del' l i l l " . J\'!ay I J e takel l for u p per d i ,' i , ion c rr d i t wi t i I ( ' O I L"+' l l l o f i ll�t n l f ' to l'.

3 0 1 /Wedi"",,1 Hi,,'ory .� ,\ study of the h i,tory o f E u ro pe from t l "" di'inte.,;ra t iOIl of t he Roman E m p i re to 1:300, E x ten,i " e reading and re,c"rch i l l ,�kl'lcd IIlPdie\'al "",tP-r ia \'. PI' >reC[l l i,i L(' : I-I i-tory 10:1, 104.

3 1 1 Th(! l?elJoisMIlI('" ."$ A �y,1 ",at ie "tudy of f:llrol'e i ll "" age, of t ra lb i t io n 0300 to 1500 ) , I{" a d i ng,; " I l d rt!l;Cfl r( 'h i n ,,, : lc l ' led topic" P re requ isi tc : H istory 103, 1 O !.

:� 1 2 The ReformaliOIl 8

A n i n l <- ' n, i , (' ,tudy o f t h e , i x t cen l h c e n t u ry. Pol i t i c a l a n d rel i g ious t ' r i.-.; i �< Luthera n isl lL Z w i n g l i n n i RIll, A n g l i r a n iEm, A n a ba p t i�m, Calvin­iSIIl, Roman Cl I l l o l i c !'f, fo nl! . The Weher t h esi" the beg i n n i n g of l1aro'lUG a r t. H ca d i n g� and rcscarrll i n selected " i x teent l r ( ; I·,n W ry llIaterial�, Prercq l l i - i t c : H i"tory 103, 1 0 .. L

3 3 3 European Hislory from. 1 648 10 1 711') 3

An advanced study of men a n d movemenL" d u r i n g the ea r l y develop· n[( , l' I t o f th(, mode rn , sc i en t i fic age. The e n l ightenme n t, Ihe Old

l\.('i; i ll' I I ' , R"" d ing_ and rl',"care\r , Prer(' l l l l i " i l c : H i ,lory 1 0:3, 10'1.

3:14 The French U"';Olllli(}II and Napol"on 8

A n ad,an, 'ed cou r,,, of lectu res, rea d i n g a n d research in the re" ol,,­t i o n a r y ' " " I l t ,, ill E u rope from 1789 to the COllgress o f Vienna, Prr,· rf'q l l i,i l e. H i .,tory 103, 104 . all' 1 968·69

337 Ni"eteenth Century Europe .� A , Iudy of the dc,'cIol 'rnent a n d expansion of European c i\'i l ization from I B 1 5 to 1914. Lectu res, d i,,,u,,,ions, I' ad ing" I'l'scarch, Pre­rcqlli;ite : Hi:';tory 1m, 10 L a/)' 1969-70

142

:33 8 T .. 'elllielh Century Hurope :J

A cOl l r�e of readings H n d J i �cu��ions roncc r n i n g the evenb and t rends "inee 1914. Prerc ql l i"i t c : H istory 103, 104. all' 1969·70

351 American Colonial History .1

A <t l ldy of tl l(' colonial period t o the A nu!r i " a n 11,,,·ol l l l ion. The colonial <;t:ltlement�, govc r n n lf'nt", and the econo mic, pol i t ical , reo l ig iotl", a n d c i l i t u ral prog ress to the in ciependellcc period. P rereqlli· si te : History 20;3, 204. a/y 1968·69

:�()O Ci.,il IF ar lind Uecon .truction :J

A COli r,e of readings and research in tl", p o l i t ical , socia l , ec onomic and d i plomatic t renels i n A merica from 1HSO to 1 877. Em phas is u p on the i m pal' l u pon the cou n t ry of lIle C i v i l \Va l' and the I·econ't rl le· t ion. Prel'equ isite : I l i,torv 203, 204. all' 1068·6<)

%:i The V.S. from 1877 to 1914 3

A n i nten,ive study of the de\'elo pmcn t of the U n i ted SWtf ··, dl lring t i le period of ra p i d i n du"tr ia l iza tion. A ttent ion given to economic. <;oe ial , pol i t ical and i n tcl lC l ' l l lal p rohlelll:; a n d a c t i v i t i c,. Prereq u i · site : I -i i ,to r-y' 203, 204. all' 1969·70

372 Uecellt American Hi.'.ory .3

A study of t h e pol i t ical, soc i n l , ecollornie a n d c u l t u ral stru dlll'e and i n s t i t u t ious of the Un ited States si nce 1914. E rn p hasis u ( Jon involve· ment i l l world affa irs. Ileading" a nd re'l'a rch. Pre reC[u i s i te : H i "tory 20:3, 204. a/y 1969·,0

:�75 Hislory 0/ American Thought amI Culture 3

A ,tudy of t h e e\'olut ion of A me r ica n pol i t ical, , , , "onomic, rel igiou,' a n d p h i l oso p h ical ideas, the development of A m erican c u l t u re and it� agencies. Prerequ isi te : Con�cnt of ins tructor.

4 0 1 , 402 Ellgllll.d 3, 3

A �tu dl' of the pol i t ical , soc ial , e<.:onollLie, legal, a n d c u l t u ral de­velopments i n the B r i t i sh I,ll'S. Prerequ isite : H istory 103, 104. o/y 1969·70

4 10 Engli.,h Con.,tituti()lwl History .1

TIl(! evo l ut ion o f the Engl isll concept of thc c rown, parl iamentary govre l'l1 111cnt, the " t r u e t u rc a n d functions o f El Ig Ja nd', cClI tml and local governmental i nstitu tion" t h e common l a w from A n glo·Saxon t imes. Prerequ is i te : Consent of inst nlf ' tor. a/y 1968·69

12 1 Hi.,'ory 0/ Ideas : f;uropeau C;"ili;:;atiQu :J

A ll a dvanced <;! lldy of t h e leading ideas dcw·loped i n Wf;>tern c ivi l iza tion si nce t i re di, in tcgra t ion o f Romc. Prerequ isite: : Consen t o f i nstruc· tor. a/y 1969·70

HI TO RY 143

441 Hislory of HIl,'sia 3

A - t ll dy of \'a r ioliS p roblem in the dc\ e!opment of Rlc" ia, Empha­,is l Ipan t h e colla pse of Czari�m, th r ise of Commlllli;;m, [t nd present world rela t ion" P r e reql l i, i te : Hi,tory 1 m. 104, aly 1 968-69

444 Hi.slory of Ih(· Far East -'I Genera l g<'ogra phi<.:al and hi;;torieal study of Far Eastern l i fe a nd t hougllt. Readings and re. ca rch. Principal emphasis upon Japan, Ch ina, I ndia. Tile \\le,t i n A,ia ; the. rise of nationali;;m, religious, a rt is t ic , intdl -ctual, ;;oc ia l in,t i tu tions, Prerequ i,i tc : Con�nt of i n ­t ruetOL air 1 %H-fi'}

4 5 1 , 452 American COllstillllional Hislory 3, :1 Ti ,e dc\ plo p illent of t h t: const i tl l t ion frorn colonial t i me" Stn";.- is l a i d upon the p rohlerw'> of im per i a l organ izat ion, federal su p remacy. pol i t i c a l , __ oe i a l . and economic c hange" Prerequ i s i te : Hi,to ry 20,3, 204, and < ,on __ enl of i n-truetor_ a/y 1969-70

4- 56 H i,,'or,- of AmeriWIl Diplomacy .'1 Till" "'I"i,. factors and polic ies in tl le foreirrn relations of t i le United State:: i<olatioll, neutral it)', fonroe Doctrine, th e Un ited Stale" a;; a world poweL Pren,qu i;;ite : I l i,tory 2m, 204 and consent of in­,;tr1lCtOL aly 19()9-70

462 Hi,�tory of the American Frontier .'I

A ,;t l ldy of t i re wl'slll-ard mQvement w ith em p hasis u pon the Tll rner the" i , and i t � c r i t ic,"_ Prcrcql l i , i te : COIl,ellt of i n " l rI lc toL

49 1 , 492 I11liepe1lllell t Heading and Research 1 -2

495, 496 Sem inllr ill EuroTJean Hislory 3, .'I

497, 498 Seminar ill Americllrt History .'I, 3

501 Hislori{J�raphy anti Ilibliograplty 3

597, 598 Graduate Research 1 -3

44 J I I R I . " t i l l 1 '/I(

J OURNAUSM

Mr, Fyres

203 Jou rllali,'1Il 2

A , tudy of t l lf � teri ln iquf'. of rcport ing; a, th,') " a pply to 1 1 < '\1" a n d feat u re wr i t i n g; : " Iu p l l l l,i;; u p o n t l te da i l y pr<'" a n d i t " r('l " t i o n t o t h e read,,,,.

204 Jou rnalism 2

Ed i t inp; o f local und w i re co py witl t CI I l [ l l la;;i" u p o n " I i l l l i na t ion o f l i l w l ail e ! i mp ro\ f' lllPn t o f \I' r i t i ng; ,k i l l, : 1" '" d l i nG w r i t i n g : " a l l l " i n � of pltotogra p l , , : l I lakeu p.

208 Editorial (;oll!en' /I('e 1 -4

Pro\'id,', op port u n i ty for the p u bl icat ion ,tu ff to do p ra(· t ic a l n'· ,( 'a rc l t work on jou rIla l i,t ic pl'o l > I " l11s, O"l'n to adnl n,'cd s t ud('nl'< i n jourIl a l i ,m with cOIl;;cn t of t he i lHructor, I I T

l\IA THEMATICS

Mr, Eg{.:((T1, Mr. Bcaker, Mr, lIer=o{.:, Mr. Llleder, Mr. Mllier, ,lIlr, Peterso"

Mat l l f ' l ll a t ic,' "'" p", . , l leat d into al mo,t every a�peet of o u r modern ,ocicty, This i" reflec ted no t only til rough t h e rcccnt . cient if ic and tc . . J lllological i l l fo r ma t i o ll f � x p lo� io l l : hut abo t h rol l r r l l i t .-- (�\ 'cr in('.rea�ing u�e i n �lIth

a J'(�a.' a � b\ l:, j n( '� .... , ec 'onomiC '.:", government and the :-:oc. ia l :->l' ienccs. Thr: !vlatl IC­lIla t ic, Depart ll1t'll t i , t l lcrdorc eO l l 1 l l l iw,d a n d i ts c u r riculu lIl i" design ee! to ( 1 ) o ff( ' r all qudcnis an 0Pl '0rl t ln i ty to ,t u d y Ill a t helll 'l l ies, 1 2 ) p rov ide the ""l t l l f ' l l l a l i , ', for t ho,,£, "t l lu�n"; who need i t 3 5 it tool ill bll� ine", or the n a t " r," o r .'ioe i a l " ' icnce,,, , ( .3 ) i ll;- t n t e t the prospec t ivc t"acher in t h ose

- 1 I 1 ,j e c i,; w h i c h I l l , w i l l 1 1 < " ' " to rn,bter i l l o rder to 1 1 .. a ble to tea"h f l lu t lwma t ic5 a ' ' ' 'q l la t� ly l , i m"eIL ( ·l ) prepa re till! ,tudent for a c a reer in llIa t !t " l l la t ics, and ( 5 ) prov i d .. the , t l l ,knt w i t h t lw bar ·kg:round nee" ,.;""r), fo r g raduat e < "tudy in I I t d U 1P I lWL i ( ' :"; ,

Du r i l l g tl ", ,-O pho l l l o r< , yea r. a , t l l dcllt i n t ending; to carll a Bac l leio r of Arts o r a Bachel o r o f Sci " ll!'e degl'ce w i t h a major in l l la t lWll l a t ics "holild complet" an a ppl i l ' a t ion for l l l w l l ic ll is ava i l a h le frO Ill t h . . depa r t l l l enta l see n: ta r)" If , [ ( ' <, ep ted I , y t h l' dl' l 'a r t n l c n t , t i l < ' " Iu dcllt w i l ! I", "'''i ,l!: l lcd t o a 1 ll f ' l l l l l< ' r of t h e l I la t l l <' l I l a t i . . , facul ty w l l o \ I i l l ,('I'\' e a ' I l i s a,h i,cr.

Req u i rernents [or th .. Bachelor of A rt- degree w i t I I a majO!' ill I l l a t l l < " I l la t ic, , l la l ! con,,, i , t of a l11 i l l inl l l lll o f 2(, c red i t ! tou rs in mat ht'l Il a t i c " COll l'-'"

145

1H1 Inbered above 150 i nc luding Mathematics 252, one course n um bered above 400, and at least 12 c redit hours of u pper division cou rses. P h ysics 109, 1 10 is 8trongly r�c ;oll1l1lended. Php ics 465, '166 I l lay be substituted fO l' four hour­of u pper division Illath,'matin;.

Candidat. ·, for the Ilachelor of Arts in Education degrce wl lo a " e plan­ninl,; a tca c h i ng I l Iajor i n mathematic,; ,hould refn to [ lag" G(, und"r ACArIF. .v l ! !: f 'HEI 'ARATI O :> .

Req u i reI1l ent>; for the Bac helor of Science degree i n mathcmatic, .<kdl c o n sist ( , f a l l l i n i ull lnl o f 37 c redit hou t''; o f I l lathema tics incl l ldin� Ma thCllla t ics :252 and at least 24 credit hOlH" of u p per division ntathematics. Physic, 1 09. l lO is a lso requ i red. rhy:"ics 465, 466 tuay be suh,; t i tu tN I fo r four h o u rs o f u p per divi,ion mathemat ics.

Studpn ;.o x ! ' 'Cling to take MathemHtics 101 or 1 12 for nedit llllH h a ve the a,,! ,rond of the department.

Graduate studcnt>; de�i ring to pursue a cou rse o f . tudy leading to a Ma'ter of Natura l Sciencre degree with a major in mathematics shou l d consu l t T i l l; GllAllUATE Il ULLETIN, Division of Graduate Studies_

,1 Typical Curriculum in Mat/l�malics Frcshm<In Year I-Irs. Sophomure Year

Engli:->h 1 01-, Composition 3 :!For�ign Lunguage 1 Mathematics 151, 152, Analytic Mathematics 231, 252

Geometry and C"kulus fl tR,,j ip;ion requirement t Rel ip;ioll requi rement 3 PE actiyity

PE activity 2 Soc ial Se. i (,llc · elective, Phy<i,·., 109, no EI " ctiVl"

Chem istry-Physics 8

Eket ivcs ( Social Seiclle" 0" Fine Arts ) 3-9

Junior Year

Foreign language L i te m l u re elect ive ivla t h e ma tic;; P h i losoph y requ i r('ment Eler; tiyes

Nrs.

Ci 3

1 2 3

R-9

.32-3.3

Senior Year

.Mat l wlIla t ic, ,Re l igion req u i re ment

Elect ive.

IIrs_ 8

(;

.3 2 (,

6-9

;� 1 -34

II rs.

12 :3

16-18

31-33 1 Swilents nut 'jualifyin " for l\1athe mlltics IS I "['Oll e n tran ce sh nuld register

jur Mlilhellwtics 1 1 2 and/or 1 3 1 , and then take [,ulh Ma th ematic., 152 and 231 in t h e first sem.e.'ter of Ihe sOJlhomore ,-ear.

"Students who enter the Un iversity with two YCilrs of II m.odern language should elect to l<Ike second rear courses in th e .lame language during t h e fresh m a n year. A sllIdent may take the first year of a foreign languuge du ring h is freshman year i/ he desires.

�.sec page 41 for requirements in religion.

146

] 0 1 Intermediate Algebra 8

A t l l o rou[(h r",· iew of .fi rst year h i g h , . . 1 , 001 a l gdna and c o n t i n l l a · t i on Iwyond ql l , , , l ra ticf-. Prf'reql l i , i tc : Ont' year of h igh ,( ' hool " I [(chra. Not

' '"'t ' c p t u b l c for a major. I I I

] 12 Plallc Trigonometry 2

R a d ian rllea�u rC, :-:ol u t ion of acule and o b l i q u{' tr i i.l n�k:-! i n \"er:-:e fUI\(: t ion" gra ph ing, i c i f' n t i t ic", May he taken (:oncII ITI 'n t l y \I' i lh Ma the· mati . . , 1. 5 1 . l ' rne qu i,i t l" : Ma t iwllIa t i c - , 101 or ('qu i ' il l e i l l ., I I I

1 2 1 Introduction to the Apprec;at;o" 01 Mathematic,. :�

A ( 'ol l r�c dc :-- igned [o r I lOI l -�(' i c- 'nce major>::, E l l lp l lJ�is I� g iq>n to " tnw t u re of m a t l lf' l n a t ics. Studen t s w i l l lrave the oppo rtll " i t )' to llIake di'l'(l\'e ri,�', fo r m u l a tc ('onjt-'I ' lure;, and pro\'l� "I(,m ent" r), theorem,. PJ'r l'r.q u i :..: i tP : H iglr :-. ( 'hool algehra and 1-!col l l t ' t ry 0 [' con')t ' l I l of in ­;;tructo l', I [ [

1 3 1 Colh,'ge Algebra :1

A con t i n l lat ion () f Math,'ma t i c ;; 1 0 1 : ,'e t;;, p rogr<·,,,,io ",, I l i n o ,. n ia! t l leo· I'('m, com p l e x nu trI be l''', t h eory o f equa t ion" determ i n a n ts, "nr l pa rt ia l fra ( ' t iOll<. I ) r,� r('q l l ;,i t c : j\'L, t ! "' I I lat in' 101 or eqll i" a l e n t , I I I

5 1 A " al,-t;c Geomctr}' llnel Calcllills 4

Au i l l t roJuct. i on to analyt ic: geome try n n d ('oni(':o;, fll n ( · tio l \�, l i ll1i t�� dcri\'at i\t '�, w i t h a p pl icat ions: a n d a n�vic\\' of t r ig ollometry. Prereq u i . 'i t e : Two ypars o f h i g h sc hool a l!-!el rra, t rigonometry, 0 1 ' Mati lcillat ic 131 and 1 12, o r tlw "qu i,'a l en l, r II

1 52 Analytic Geometry and CalclIllI,' 4

I n tegrat ion, a p p l i .. ations a n d tf'( ' h n i qllP� of i n tegrn t i .)n, t ran .'ccnlienta!

fl l nc t io l l' , po lar l:oO ('d inate�, i ll l l "'opf'r i n tegral" L .' Ho,p i ta l\ Ril le ,

1,: I , 'n"' , n t a ry d i fT"l'ent ia ! F.q l l a t i,,",. I'r('I'I�l J l l i ,' i t l' : 'Ma t l wl n a l ;I" lSI . r I I

199 /)irl'Cled R('(I(lillg 1 -2

" I ' 'n' ised .-t l ldy of topic" "d p('ted to llIeet thc i n d i , i d u a !'" nced, or i n tcr,,,! .", I n tcilded p r i m a r i l y for stlldent, awa rded adnlnced place­l I ten t , Adl l l ; ",;on on I " hy depart lllent invi ta t ion .

2 3 L Linellr AI�ehr(l (flui tite Ilelll Nll m lJer,. ,1

A n i n t roci l l ( ' t io l l to l i near a l ,!.!ehra: \' cc" tor:-" l lla t r i ( ' I';-; � a n d d( ' lc nll illan l�: d i ffe r c n t i a l ( 'ql lat ion" ,sol i d a n alvtic. geometry. Prel'l 'q l l is i tcs : ·Ma the· I n a l i(" 152 or eon,'ent of . . ha irman of the dqlal' t i l l e n t , I 1 1

252 A ,,,,lyt;c Geom etry anti Calcllills 3

M l l l t i · "a r i a l r!e a l ld ,'cctor ""ku! ui', p"rt iul di fferent iat ion a n d dif· ferent ia ! equat iolls, line i n tegra!", Green's t h ron,: ! I I , in f in i te 'cries. P rerequ isite : M" tl"' I I lat ic;; 231 . I I I

\1 'J HLl I rI I ' 14 7

3 19 Modern Elemenwry Malhemalic.� .'l

An introduction to the mathematical concepts underlying the tra · d i tional computat ional technique" a n d offering a systematic analy;;is of ar i thmetic and an i n t u itive a p p roach to algebra and geometry. I n tended p r i marily for elementary school teachers. Not accepta ble for a major. Prerequisite : Con,ent of in tnH,tor. I II S

321 Geometry .'l

A sun'ey o f the foundations of geometry and of basic theory i n the areas of Euclidean, projec tive, and non·Euclidean geometry. Prerequi· site : Mathemat ics 231 or consent of instructor. 1 a/y 1968·69

333 Linear Algebra .'J

Modules, vector spaces, III a trices, canonical forms of mutrice;;, quad· ra tic forms. P rerequisi te : Mathematics 231 or consent of the chair· Illan of the departnH'nt . I II

341 Mathematical Statistics .'J

Elemel ltary proba bi l i ty theory, d iscrete and continuous distribut ion functions, in troduction to Sllmpl ing theory and hypothesis testing. Prcrcqlli�ite Ma thematics 152. II aly 196H·(j9

3 5 1 Applied Mfllhematics .'J

Topics include ordinary di fferential equa tions ( including series �olll ' tions ) , the Laplace transform, partial differen tial equation" orthogonal fUllc t ions. Prerequi .. ite : Mathematics 252. I II

433, 434 Modern Algebra .'l, .'l

Topic:; include grou ps, rings, modu les, field" ,f,idd extensions. Pre· requisite : Math ema tic, 231. I, II air 1969·70

440e Mathema!if:s in !he Secondary School 2

Emp hasis on the basic concept" of mathematic:;, inclnding the prin· c iples of number, operation, relation and proof, and present methods and mut erials in teaching secondary school mathemat ics. Prerequi . . ,itt� : Mathematics 2:n or equiva l ent and cons,:nt of instructor. I I I

455, 456 Advanced Calculu., .'l, .'l

A rigorous and extended trea tment of tories introduced in elemen· ta ry ( ·u lculu". Prerequ isite : Mathematics 252. I , I I a/y 196H·69

460 ElemellWry Topolo/(y .'l

Au i n t roduction to point·set topology. Prerequisite : Consent of 1Il­

,tmetor. a/y 1969·70

148 1 \ 1 1 1 1 H ilI II /P

495, 496 Seminar 1-.3

Opcn to al i-'anccd ,tudent. with consent of the chairillan of the depa r t m e nt.

97, 498 ImiepelUJent Study 1-.3

Opcn to adnlllC '.cd <;ludent, w i t h consent of the chair man of the depart ment.

503, 504 Graduate Research 2-4

Open to !\faster's degree candidates only. P rr,rf''ll l i, ite : Con,,·,nt o f t h e cha i rman o f t h e department. L II

MUSIC

Mr . .<ikon ." Mr. FrillS, Mr. Gilbertson, Mr. Knapp, Mr. Kracht , Mr. Nell'nlwm, J''r! rs. Strickla nd, Mr. U mess ; assisted by Mrs. Anderson.

Mrs. [ol",n , Mr. Crockelt, l'rfrs. Evans, Mrs. Garretson , Mrs. Knapp, Mrs. Marra, Mr. Meddaugh, Mr. S"h weppe, Mrs. Thomr,-,()n, Mrs. Tremaine.

Th" rpqu i reJ l lcnts for the Bachelor of l\Iu,ic degree are outlined under t i le S(·.ho ol of fi ne and Applied Arts in the sect ion, Academic Organ iza tion.

Rcqu i rcmcnh for a major in music for the Bachelor o f Arts degree shull con, i st o[ Mllsic 50, I l l , 1 1 2, 2 1 1 , 212, 221, 222, .1:33, plus e ight hours of privat" inst ruction in a p plied 11l 1l�ic of which two must ue in piano. four hou r.- o f ci ef·. t i ve.' in rll!l�ic l i t e ra tu re and fo u r hour, of ensemb le c redit must he ei.lrned du ri ng tlte j u n i o r and �c nior year.

A l l music maj o r" are required to reg i"lcr [or Music 50, Studen t Recital, Ca( .. : J l selllc:-:.tr.r in attendan ce.

Candidates for the Bachelor o f Aru; in Education degree who are plan· nin� a teac h i n � major in mnsic ,hould refcr to page 67 under ACADD'l I C

PREPARATION. More complet!' details concerning a l l Il1w,ie cu rricula may be fou n d in the Department of Mu,ic Handbook.

50 Student Recital 0

Weekly �tlldent recitals. Regi. t ration and a ttendance required of all mU8C Illajors regardl ss of curriculum. Music majors expected to pcrform i n rec i ta l s once each semester. I n

101 F"ntl"mental .• 3

A . tndy of the rudiment:; of music;, including rhythms, sight reud·

i n g clelllfOntliry keyhoa rd .;xperiencc and neative mu"ic. I Il

n I 149

l l I, 1 1 2 Theory 4, 4 H" " iew of fl l ndam�n ta ls of mU'3ic;. rOllr part wrltmg, u,ing triad, in roo t po., i t ion , fir,t and ,,,cond inver,ions, dominant ,('vent h chords and inver,ion" non - dom ina n t "cv nth chords, d imin ished seven t h cho rd", "econda r\' dOIH inant.,. altered chord" and modll la t ion. I nten,i\'c "t l ldy i n keyi loHl'd ha rmony , ear t ra ining a n d sigh t ::;ingi ng. An in troduc t ion to two voice c O ll n terpo int . L I I

1 2 0 Mll .• i c Su rvey .1 A n i n t rod llc t ion to the mil ic l i terature of IVe,tern Civiliza t ion throllgh the '1 I Id)' of th ' forlll and mean ing of mu,ic.al ma'terpiecc". A cour:;c dl;,;igncd to r.n han('c the enjoyment of l l Iu,ic. Not opcn to mll,i" l I Iajors. I II

1 32 University Chorale 1

Tryouts are held at the beginning of each fall "elllester. Singing 01 bo th ,acred a n d ,"'( , l I lar I1l I l"ic, wi th a n d wi thout ac('o m pani ment. I I T

134, Choir o f the W e.�t I TryouJ" ure held a t tIle beginning of ea('h fall '3eme4cr. Members lIIay be J'f'qui red to takc private ,-Dice Ies;.ons at tile rcquc,;t of the d i r"l'tor. I Tl

135 Madrigal Singers and Vocal Ensemble 1

'1elllber6hi p uetcnnilleu hy t ryout" �ingillp: of hot h .arred and <eell lar lIlu�i(·. J 1 I

136 University Orcheslra ]

j\'[" llluershi p determined by tryoul-. I I I

1 3 7 Chamber Ell.�emble 1

Prcrcqll isite : Con"en t of in'lructor. I I I

138 University Band 1

Melllbel';;I , i p detenl l ined by t ryou t>" 1 I I

1 4 1 , 1 42 SI.rings 1 , I In,trumell tal lahora tory. Two hours I ' I'r week. I, II all' 19G9-70

1 50 PrivllIe I.e",<ons-Piano 1-2

[ II S

1 52 I'rivale Lessons-OrgaTl 1 -2

The technique of organ pbying and style through prepa ratory ex­erc i,es and works of classic and con temporary ('Onl poscr,. Prereq ll i ­

, i te : Sa ti,fa c torv p iano tec b nique. 1 II S

1 5 0 \l l � I I

1 54 Private Le .•. wns-Voice 1 -2

Voice product ion, pla('ement, breath control, di ( , t ion, i n te r p reta t ion, n' ! ' , ' r to i rf'. S i m pl( , oratorio and or ,' ra t i ( ' a ria and a rt <ong", I I I

1 5 6 Private Le" solls-Violi,,_ Viola 1-2

I I I

] 57 Pri,"'te lA·.,",oll s-Ccllo, B a .•.• 1-2

I I I

1 5 3 I'ri'Jatc Lessoll.<-Woodwi" d.< 1 -2

I I I

1 59 Private Le.<WlIs-lJra .•.• 1 -2

1 n

2 1 1 , 2 1 2 'Theory 4 , 4

A ( 'ont in llat ioll of IVIll ', i c: 1 1 ] , 1 1 2 th ro ugh expallded lise of altered ( 'hord�, modu lat ion . Emplw>'i" " 1 '0" figu red harmony at the key· hoa nl : i m pro\' i�at ion, car t rai n ing, and sights.i llg i n �. Study of ma­teria !,; of lHu�ic t h rough form and anal y-, i s. Cont i nuat ion of two Yo in, r :o l i l l t erpoinl . P n:reql l is i te : l'v lu>,ic: 1 1 1 , l l 2 . I, II

22 1 , 222 Hi .• tory 01 MII.<ic .1, .1

A ,tl ldy of t h e dp\Tlopment of l l 1u,ic froIII a ncient ci\ i l iza t i on:; to 1 I I0dl'rn t i l l"!-. P I'crf'qll i" i tc : i\1uf'i(' 1 12 , or consent of i n s t ructor. I , 1I

2'�3 Woodwind .• 1

Instrumental l a b o ra tory. Two hOll rs PCI' week. I a/y 1968·69

2 l4 Ura.<s and Percus.sioll 1

[m;tr l l l l 1 1! n ta l laboratory. Two hours PCI' week. II a/y 1968·69

3 1 ;\ Cou"terpoin t .1

Two, tine,· and fou r part wr i t ing in modal and tonal counterpoi nt. L i t (' I'll tu rr' of the si x teent h a n d eighteenth CCll t u r ic-. used for study and l I Iodek P r'crcqu i;;ite : lVru< ic 212. I

;�2'1 Musil: 01 the U"'llli .•. <a,,ce and lJaro(Jue Period.< 2

The >'Iud)' of t i re hi ,toric'al hack gronnd a n d cOln pari",n of selected compo-i t i on., of I h e periods. Prel'cqu i ,i t e : Mu,ie 222, or COll .,pnt of in,trul ' lor. I a/y 1969·70

325 MII.<ic 01 the CI(ls.sic111 l'e riod 2

Tire stndy of the h i,torieal backgrou n d a n d c o m par ison of ;;elected cOlnpo,;i t ions of t h e period. Prerequi, i te : Music: 222, or con;;ent of i n;;tructor. II a/y 1969·70

1 5 1

326 Sacred Music Literature .'l An analysi, of the principles u nderlying effective worship music and a drronological survey of out'Standing anthem, cantata a n d oratorio l i terature. II a/y 1969-70

327 Hymnology 3

An h istorical :; tudy of Uu-iot ian hymnody w ith an analy;,: i- of i ts poetl-Y and I l lu"ie . II all' 1968-69

333 Basic Conducting 2

A basic course in the technique of reading and conducting scores : p rac tice in conduding, both instrunlfontal and vocal . I II

340 Music in the Elementary ScluHJl 2

Techniques and procedures for the music p rogram of the first srx grad ·S. The rotc song. cbild voice, rhythm activities, Kodaly method, and the l ike. Prerequisite : Music 101 or equivalent background mu:;ic. I II

350 IJrivate Lessons-Piano 1 -3

I II S-

352 Private I�esso"s---Orga" 1 -3

I II S

354 Private Lessons-Voice 1 - .'1

I II S

356 Privllte I.essons-Violin, Viola 1 -.'1

I II

357 Private Lessons-Cello, Bass 1-3

I II

353 Private I�esso"s-W oOllwinds 1 -3

I II

359 Priville Lessons-Brass 1 -.'1

I II

363 Languages lor Singing .'J An introduction to the phonetics of the languages mied in the voeal art of the western world. P ri marily concerned with I talian, German, French, and L itnrgical Latin. I

4 1 1 Form 3

A study of small and l a rge forms III musrc l i terature. Harmonic Analysis. Prerequisite : Music 212. II

1 5 2 I l

4 5, 416 OT(:he.stration 2 , .2

A ._ tlrdy of the ranges und characteristies of all the instru ments of the band and o rche;; tra. A rranl,;cmenb fell' combinations, ba nd and archc"tra. Prerequis i te : Mu"ic 212. J, II all' 1968·69

420 Music of the Romantic Period 2

The "tudy of the historical baekgrolilld alld campar i;;o ll of :;elected " olllpo" i t iolls of the period. Prerequ is i te : Music 222. 01' con"ent of inst rrw to r. I all' 1968-69

424 Con temporary Music 2

The study o f Ure h i,torical hackgrOlwd and compari son of "elected co m posit ions of the period_ Prerequ isite : Music 222, or conse n t of i ,HnlC' tor. I I air 196H-69

425 Major Conference 1 -.'1

I l l S

426 W-orship and l.iwrgy J

T i l e nature and scope of Clrristian worsh i p . The h isto ry of the main 1 itL l rgie� beginnin� w i th temp l e and synaaogue, Ea:-;.lern Orthodox, ROlllan Cathol ic. Luthernn, Ca l vin ist and AIl" l iclln. Spe( ' ia l reference to the Lutheran Liturgy. J a/y 1969-70

435 Opera Workshop l ·.'J

Stage produc. t ion operas. P rereqnis i t , : Con,cnt of ; nst l'llc tor. J II.

41-2 Metlwds of Teaching Piano 2

L dllrCs, di"" I",,;ous, pre<c r i ben reading i l l medlods of tcaching piuno. H " '<j l l ircd of p iano IlWjO I·.-. Open to o thers w i t h ", ffi c : i c.: n t preparation. Recommended for " "nior year. S

443 Choral Con ducting, Technique.. allli Material.. 4

:\ s t lldy and analysis of the chand l i temtllrc with emphasis u pon i ts tcaching and (,onduct ing prohl em, . Prerequ isi te : Mu,ic 333. J

444 In.strumental Conduct.ing, Tech niques and Materials 4

study and unalysi, of instru mental l i teru t u rc with cmpha<i, u pon its tcaching and eonducting problems. Prerequisi te : MII>'ic 3.1.1 I aly 1968·69

49 1 Compo" itiorl 1·.1

A student may register for this cou rs·· for fOllr semesters und earn a

to tol of 12 serne"ter hou r'. Prerequ isite : Music 212 Or consent of i , 1'I l 'u('tol' . On dema nd.

520 Graduate Seminar 1 ·.'1

On demand.

I R I ( 1 5 3

N URSIN(;

Miss , tJl(:ke, illi.,s t(lth er, JIIl,s, Ch ase, Miss £/(1 1/1, Miss Fle/I·her, .\-lrs, 01,111 1 1 , lis" PelersulI , Miss I?im('r, Miss Tu/le/soll, Mrs, White :

lls.\islcd by 'drs, IICIII III CI/.

Th · rf' q l l i lTIll ·nt� fnr t i le Bacl lc lor of S( , j P IH 'C i l l ['; l I r .... i l l� dq.!TCC are out· l i ned l I nder tbe dlonl of Nur,i llg in dIP 'cel i ll l l , A r.\IH:�I IC OHGA'I IZATIO :\, The p r( ' \" ( 'q u i...; i te:-.; for ( ' I l k ri n g allY ( ' l i n ical p r o fc:-:..; iona l nu r�i n!! ( 'n l l r�e in­, . jude : Biolo�y J (, l . 1 (,2, 201 : the1 \l i - t r y 10:1 : P,,.. . holo;!y 101 : "" .1 Soc i o l ogy l O l , i l l a d d i l i n " to 1 1 1 1 ' P J't ' p'' 1n i ,i t c " 1 1 t 'e i f i,'d for i ndi, id", , 1 , 'Oll r,,(',",

235, 236 Me-lienl-Surgical Nursing 10, 10

A IJa t ic n t-l :cntC1'cd "Indy o f " " riol l" t v l " " of n 1 t l'-ing proh l, , ,,, ( " 0 1 11-mOil to Jdl l i l pLi l i t ' n t ::- w ho ! ' f'q l l i n ' t l lf"d i ( " ; J 1 cart.:. nr :-'I l rg i ( ' a l i n l e r­\' ( , l l t iOIl . S l l l d c l l t...;, \-\'o rk t o \\ a n l ga in i ng J ba�i(' kn o\\ kdge of :--:om(; of I l ' e ( 'o" "no,, d i ,!" "e , ' l1 t i l i" " "d t i l l ' I ' r o l ) l cIn." t h e ), "rr-cnl . T I , e "t l l cknh \\' i l l h e gi\ ('n o p por i l l n i t y t i l a n a l yze t h " "e proh]" u,"" dcy c lo J i an a hl l it " t o lI 1"k . . d" " i,iol" " h o l l l the 1lIl I',ing c a r . . to be p rov ided aud ga i n �() 1 I 1 C e:q H'rielH'c in ad l ll i n i . tering the n u r�ir1 g ( ' a re i ll\ oln. ;d. 1'11 1'('(; , ' l i u ie,,1 I " ho l'a l o r y period- lind ,r, ' l 'n hOIl r.- ( I f ('h,,, per \\" , , ( ,k f ir" ,i ' I 1 IP, l l ' r : [O l l i' e l i u i .'a l Ia I , o rH tol"v period, a u d six I io l lr" c l" ."" pCr week "crolld '('l1 lc"t�r, t a l 1�ht in f0 1 1 1" \ l n i h of fi ,'c hOUh each, Pre­r('q u i '- i l ,· '" ('r ,, 1 ' Il I P, r . I I

335 Matern al-Child Nu r,�i,.g 1 0

" L u c k o ( t h e " ',, 'n l i ,' [ k l((i\ded�c a m i Il I l d( ; r ,la nd in g \ \ h idl wil l ena hll' tl tr. 'Iudent to givc in l e l l i ;!"n t ( ',liT L O falll i l ie,,, during the "hile!­]wa r i ng : t r ld ( · I , i ld - I' l ' ;l r i l t g pr() ( 'C.- �·..;r . ..:. ' ll \ (' i.. \ . ... ' H T t ...: of I wa l ll ) p r o l ! 1ot ioll aud ea rl' of the ,i , . 1-. n re iu , - Jud i" 1 . I ': x p. -r i , 'ucc i n el ud,'" ob., j'\'a l i on a n d ('arc o f l llot i ler, a n d c h i l d r(,ll i n hospital ward" din ie, a n d r"la tl'd ( 'O l l l l l l l l n i t y agl·,wi(· ... . F i \ C " cl i n i c a l ]l.l ho ri l t o ry I 'cri ( )d:-- a l l d h\'c I I OtHS of e ' i.I ..... � PCT w l 'ek. Pn 'J"t'q l i i�i l e:-; : r l l r:-oi l l � 2.:)5. 2.36. P r( ' I "( 'q l l i � it(':-; Or ( ' 011-( , l I rrCIl L o( ' i olo ;! y 1131 .\ IId P"yt 'hology 30 l . 1 1 1

3!l7 P"yeliialric Nllr,'; IIg 8

1\ " t u d)" of IlHljOI r-ollCc ! J l � of men t a l hea l th a 11d i !,v{ ' l l i u t r ie nl l r" i ug a" tlw)' J', ' l a tc to t h e nu rse in t i l .., t O l a l t lwrapel l l. iro l l I i l i , '« of p:-;)'­C' 1 ! iatri. ' pa l i ( ' IH:-'. G u i da nce i"i g i \'cn i l l u ndCr4i.1uding p\ �r:--( ) I I�d necd� aud I l I 'h", ' ior i ' J l tr.:rn� o f adj«<;t meut . ' i\"e cl i n ica l l a boratorv pl'­r ioJ:: and t l lI'PI-' i l o l l r!-o of ( ' J iJ�"; rwr \\'('( ' k . Pr(,l 'rqll l ...: i t (:·:...; �1 1 1 '� i llg 235, 2,16, I I T

402 Trmltl" ill lVur" int; ,'I

A < L l I dO' of the I l i ,torieal hal 'kgro« nd of uII I'- iug t h rough twenti et h cell t u r y T1 l 1 l' . .::i n g in AJl I ( ' r i ('u, ( ' l l l pJn) , l I lel l t o P PorL l I n i t ie..:, i� .... uc�� proL·

1 54

len" and re'ponsibi l ties in profe",ionul n u rsing. Spec ial attention is giVt'Il to l(�gisla lion, nll r�ing o rganization�, rc�earcl l, roles and problems of the professional nn r,e, and eontinued education and p rofe", ional growth. Prereq uisite : Senior standi ng and Psychology 240. I II

445 Fundamentah 0/ Communit:r Health 2

A ,t\Jdy of the cOlllmunity fo r the pu rpose of identifying development, t rends, organ il.a t ion and admin ist ra t ion o f health sen·ice,. Inclu de,' a p p roaches tbed to promote health and prevent disease, and methods u ti l ized to identi fy, a nalyze and cope with community healt h need,. O pen to non·majors \\" ho ha\'e had Biolo"y 201 o r equivalen t . I

446 Communit,. Nur .• ing 4

Gu ided experience!: in giving nnrsing care in the horne and comlllunity with cmph"si, on the ro le of t he nnr,e in work i ng with patients and fam il ies, and the u t i l iza t ion o f health and welfare resources. Pre· reqnisi te: Senior standing and Nu rsing 445. I I I

470 l�mergenc:r and Di .• aster NlLrsitlg 3

A study of th(, role of tlte pro fessiona l nurse in na tu ral or enemy­.. aused emergency or disaster situal ion�, including ba -ie p ri nc iples of austen; cmcrp;ency med ical care. Three hours of cIa." per week w i th selected laboratory experience;;. Prerequi�ite : Sen io r standing. II

475 Senior Nur .• ing 10

A cour;;" desip;ned to provi de lea rning experience in : 0 ) The study of ,cIrcled p ro i J lems of medical o r "urgical patients i nclu di ng planning, providing and eval uat ing nursing care for a group of pat.ients; ( 2 ) Team nur;;ing with emphasis o n ident i fy ing leadersh i p princi ples of nursing, u t i lizat ion of other nursing personnel and the interdisciplinary heal th team, and the basic principles and concepts of nursing man­agement. Five cli n ica l lahora tory periods and five hours of class per week. Prerequ isi tes : Senior s tanding and Nu rsi ng 335, 337. I 1I

497, 498 Independent Stull:r 1 -8

P rereq u isite : Permission o£ the D i rector.

P HI LO O I 'I f't 1 5 5

PH I LOSOPHY

Mr. Ar/nll/gil , Mr. Ilu ber, Mr. M,.KI11'

P l l i lo"o"hy is I I ,e o l de'l of " I I <lea dell l i" d i,c i p l i n e" n l l d th" pa r", , 1 - l Ih · jt ' t ' l from \\"hich today\; \'a r i f� l )' of a rt....; and ..;cicn (�e;-; has (,lIleq_�('d. C i la r­,wleri,l i " top ic, of (;Oll('<'I'n a re t l , . . c�tel l l and l i l n i t., of kno",led�<: : mora l . est llel i c ' , a n d rel i giol l,", \'u l l l c:-:: nla n":-; l la l L l re a n d p lac(.:> i l l t h ( · U l ! i \' ( 'r-.:c : a nd t I , r I r i l i rn a l P nui l i re of rca l i l \' . More �rllP ra l ly "h i lo,o p h y "',,b a ni t i c :al a n d "y,k l l l a l i c ana h'- i s o( ba si c i ,- I I (;S i l l a l l field" and a n objt'di\'c H I l l I I I l 1 i f i , ," \' il 'W of l l " , l o L a l ; t y of ('x l J f ' r it · l l l ' t ' . A �t l ldy o f t i l" fidd i, i n l c lldpd to a rcp l a i n l the ' l ll d t ' 1 I 1 w i t h majo l' r;\'al world \' iew, and \'nl ne ,,·, tc ln- . PH-t a n d I " '-","'Il l .

to f ' l l t 'oll l'age in I , i ll" l l i le 1 r :l i J i t o f a"a l y t ic a n d 'yArllla l i .. th OI l ,zh t , a l ld t o

l id" l , i l 1 l "to 'eC l i f(' t : r i l i ( ' a l l y , u"pre(' iat i \'t ' l y . a l l t l wl lnk:'

'oll r,vs i n the depa r l i l l c i l l a rt: d" ,i p; l l cd tn l l I e e l I f", Iwed, of a \'""i t , t\, of stl lden t < ( 1 ) t J lO'C ",1 , 0 clt'- i n ' 'Oi lle kIl O\dt'd�(' of p h i l oso "hy a s a k"ir (' I ('II ICII I. in a l i lwra l ,,' ( h l l 'a l ion : ( 2 ) t hose wl lo w ish to pl lr, l lC ,O l l le 'I",cial i n l e rest i n . for _ ( " " " 1 1 ' 1 1 ' . d h ie" " ' i e l1" t" r"l i,.: io l l . ti lt' h i- tory of t h o L l g l , t , or I I ". i r k'"'' of part ie i l l a r nWIl or peo ple,,: ( 3 ) tlro-,' \1 1 1 0 w i sh to t ! ev�lo p a n I In r!cIA Cl I H J i n;! of ph i lo .. o p l , \" to .. u p pOrl t i",ir \l urk in othlT ficl l .. , ( ' .� . , l i tera t I " . . . . I , i < i o r y . or ti l t' >cicl1f'l' : ( ·1 ) I l lo<c Wi,D plal 1 1 0 1 1 > 1 ' a major in p h i losophy a,- u p re pa ra l io n for gra r i l l a t c study i u another ( ie ld, e.,.:., I I ,colol-\)"' 01' la w, alld ( 5 ) t hose who plall tf du gradlla t e work in l , h i l o "o " I I Y i t -el f, \I>,u a l l \" w i t h t I , (> i n te n l ion of tca c l l i n:,( in the f ie l t ! .

I 1 l a j n r in " l l i l o,o ph y ( ' o n ' ; , I , o f a m i n i mull l of 2 4 credit hou r, i n ci l l d­in� f ' h i l osnpl l \, 2,'l3. and a n y t l"" p of t l , (' fol l ow i ng : :13 ] , 3:'\2 , '13:1, :n4, :-\:-\5.

TIlt ' Un in-r, i ! ) " rCCj l l i n ' nwnl of l h ree ,e l l l ( " ler l 'O l l r, in p l l i lo<opl l Y may I , . . �a l i sfird by any rou r"e ofTcrf'd h\' I )W d('l l a rl lllt · t l l eXl'' 'pt P h i lo-ophy 233. I l l i l i a l COll I''''' in t h(, ,l Ihj ('C I for lower d i\- i ,io n "1 1 J ( I�nl" arc I ' I I' lo l l "' r i l " Ph i lo "o pl r y 201 O r 221. a n t.! for I I P I " ' " div is ion ,1 1I r ! t ' ll l, :10() 0 1 ' :12 1 . lIo\\"('\Tr ,

t h e ... · are 1 101 prcn'q l l i,ih'� for o t i ler COl l l '�C"'. and :-:.tlldel l l ...:, w i ll i :::' 1 ! ( 'ci a I in­t{ 'rC'�t:-- or prepa l"\ l t i nn �I re t' 1 l ( 'Ol l l"fl:!cd to cO Il� i der o th (�r (,oll r:-:e�� a nd i f dc:-;ir('d In ( 'o l l n , . . 1 w i l h 1I1(,lIIlwl".- of t h r ' de l ''' I' I II,,",n I .

20 1 Introduction to f>I. ilo,wpity .1

Jl i J l l rodl l l ' l iO I l to a variny of I lc ren n i a l " h i lcho " h it 'n l i-,,"cs, in­t l ' i l c . . tual 'W�lern, a n d t i l i nkcrs. Such topics as t i re n a t u re o f k n o w l ­edge, t i r e funct ion o f ,c i l ' n c e , e"liwtic val u(',..., t i l l ' g;ood l i fe, rel i � ion a nd k n o w l edgc of God , a n d 1 ' l I l 11an l Ialure and i t , social i m pl i ca· t iol l' are c l iscu ,,-'cci. The cou ,."e j, c I ( ,<i� ned to in trod l ... e to t h t' Slu· dellt the k l i , i t o f c r i t iral and -y-It'l l \a t i . . p l l i l oso p h iral t l l i n k i n � abollt a I I issucs. I 11

1 5 6

221 Introduction to Moral Philo.<ophy 8

A general ,t l ldy of til(' "la""irai moral ,;)",t 'n" of II - ·'tern ci, i l i za l ion. Inten"i"e examination of "0 II l!; co ntenlpO ntry moral t I leori", and t I l t' pr ine i "Ie,; I)f ellri,tian ctI , i".'. I I I

233 1.ogic .1

An ( .xa mination o f th ' princi ple" of a rgu men t und proof, includi nl1 the fllllClall1ent::t!" of declucti\"(� , inductive, and symbolic logie. Study of the nat l lre and functions o f langnage, of proh lems in semantic.', and of the philooophy of logic. I

300 Prillciples 0/ Philosophy .'l

A more aclvanced in troductory cou rs ' i n philo.ol 'hy, , imilal' to Ph i · lo:,ophy 201, h u t designed t o mee t the need, of juniors and .'!'n ior,. Not open to student:; who have taken Philo"ophy 201. I II

32 1 System" 0/ Moral P/.ilosophy .:I

A more adva nced introductory ('OIHS" in moral phi l osophy, "i rn ila r to Ph il osophv 221 , but offered at the sen ior college level. Not open to ,tudenL'; Whli have taken Philoc'ophy 221.

32 � Social Ethics 8

A "y"temat ie Mud)' of the a p p l ication of e th ical princi ples to a variety of >;ocial poli ic and relation;;hips. A brief introdu("t ion is provided to representative ethical "ystems, v iews of human natu re, and the good l i fe. Most o[ the cou rse is dC" oted to a study und d i"" u,,; ion of tI", pervu"ive an d �eriou,; e th ical problems facing men in their contemporary social ,;truetll res. Typical topic ' for ex amina tion inclu dc' the e t h ical aspects and problems of modern economic, pol i t ica l,

rel igious, academic, und professional institutions, grollp and intergroup rria tion,;, and the PU ll'OS values, and problem ' of fam il y and soc ial l i f in generul.

331 Ancient Greek Philosophy .'1

A .<Iud)" of the nature and develo pment of philosophic thought and method (rom Ihe Pre�oc rutie pc riod to the eud of the third cen tury A.D. Special emphasis is ginn to the philosoph ies of Plato and Aristotle and to the influenee of Epicureani"n, Stoicism and Neo· pln ton i 111 on the early Ch ristian era. I all' 1968·69

332 Medieval Cl.ristiall Philmophy ,1

A sun'ey of the development of Christian philosophy from Augus· tine to Ockham. Scrutiny of the 50urces nnd nature of the Thom­i,-tic syntIH�,;i", and the rea<:t ion to i t i n the work of Dun, Scotus and W il l iam Ock h<llil. I air 1969·70

pun () o p m 1 5 7

333 Modern Philo"ophy .'J

The n atu re and development of p h ilosophic thought and method from th e seventeenth to the n ineteenth centuries. Pa rticular empha· sis is placed on the developments within continental rationalism and Bri ti,h emJ1irici,m. I

334 Nineteeruh Century Philosophy .'J

A study of pro mi nen t thinkers of the n ineteenth century, for ex· ample, Hegel, SchopenJlUucr, N ietzsche, Marx, Kierkegaard, Mill, and .James. Tirn6 is spent in reading and diecu" ion of ,electf,d cla, ic worb of the period.

335 Contemporary Philosophy 3

A systelllatic exa m i nat ion of the maj o r philosophical i"ues and methods in the twentieth centu ry. Topics treated lTlay include empiricism, instrumentalism, process ph ilosophy, existentialism, and analY ',is, as dc\·eloped by AyeI', Ru 'sell, Dewey, W h i tehead, Sartre, and Wiltgen· stein. 1\

361 Oriental Thought .�

An introduction to the major philo 'ophic systems of India, Ch ina, and Japan. Some attention is also paid to the closely related litera· ture, religion and general cultu re of th· Orient.

411 Philosophy 0/ ReligioTi .1

An examination and evalua tion of classical and con temporary views of traditional prob lems in rt:!l igion : the existence of God, religious experience, revela tion, immortality and others. An ac.f{uaintanee with tbe prinr:ipal claims and the world view of the Christ ian religion is ssumed. I I I

414 Kierkegaarcl and Existentialism .�

An intensive study of the thought, writ ings, and life of one of the modern world's most influential theologians and puilosopher,. Some discu 'ion of later developments in philosophical existentialism. T

422 Theory 0/ Value .'J

An investigation of the natu re o f human va lues with special atten· tion given to contemporary diseussions concerning the subjective or objective, absolute or relati\'e character of such values as the good and the right, the beautiful, and the holy. The ori!;i n of values, their place in a world of fact, man's knowledge of them, and the character and use of the language of evaluation are top ics for considera tion.

424 Philosophy 0/ Science and Theory 0/ KrlOlvledge 3

A major portion of the course is devoted to a ca reful examination of the general character, fundamental concepts, methods, and sig·

5 8 1' 1 1 1 1 (hll l 'I I L 1'11\ "11 -

nifieance of modern sciunce. Some attention IS devoted to spt'cific area,.: of :eiene,: -phy�ical, biological, soc ia l , to the impl ications of ocience for ethical, e,.:thetic, and religious values, and to a more general discussion of tIle n a ture and l imits of human knowledge. II aly 1969·70

427 lJooks, Ideas, and Men : A Cooperative Seminar in Plli/osophy ,'$

A reading and discussion course eonduetcd jointly by memhers of the department. D ' igned t o provide the ,.:tudent with t h e op portunity to read important selected works in philosophy, to hear and reflect on di ffel'ent interp retations of the idea,.: involved, and to actively participate in a naly,;is and argu ment. Works .. tudied may be on any of a number of announced topics-ethic,.:, esthetic>, religion, knowl· edge, "" ience, history of idea , etc. II

49 1 , 492 I "dependent Reading and Re.<earch ] -.'$

Permis:;ion of departmen t requ i rt�d. I, I I

PHYSICS

Mr. Nome" Mr. Adams, Mr. Jordahl, Mr. Tang

Physics deal, with the fundamental principles w h ieh explain natural phenom· ena. Therefore a study of physics i ' basic to all advanced work in natura l science. Pre·engineering and pre·medical studen ts. a s w e l l u s chemistry and mat hematics majors, are required to have at least a year of college physics.

A major in ph ysi(os fulfilling the requiremen ts for the Bachelor of A rts degree shall consist of a minimum of 20 hour, of physics ( [ollowing Chern· Physics 109, 110) i ncluding 251, 256, 272, 331, 332 or 316, plus six hours of laboratory and �upported by Chemistry 311 .

Candida tes for the Bacllelor oL Arb in Educat ion degree who are plan· ning a teaching lIIajor in physics should refer to page 68 under ACAIlI;"I lC PREPAHATION.

The phy;.ics requirement for pre·medical and p re·dental students cun be ful filled hy 4 houri' of physics in a ddition to Chem·Physics 109, llO. E ither Physics 251 or 201, and Physics 221, or Phy,ics 201 and Physics 272 will satisfy this requi rellIent.

A Bachelor of Science degree in physics req u i res a minimum of 31 sem· este r hours in physics ( following Chem·Physics 109, llO) including course:;, 251, 256, 272, 331, 332, 431, 432, 465, 466, and se\'en hours of laboratory and/or resea rch ; plus Physical Chemistry 311 and at least 6 hours of mathematics beyond 252. German, Russian or French are recommended for the language requirement.

I'lf l .. \I . 1 5 9

The la boratory program provides flex ibility for maintulIl l llg full credit load and cnGourages the independence required for profitable participation in the rescmch program. Physics majors begin a sequence of experiments in the :;ophomore year and are required to complete a certain minimum number by the end of each ac:ademic year. A maximum of 2 credib can be earned in the sopholllore year, 3 in the junior year, and 4 i n the "cnior year. At any point in this sequence of experiments that a ,tudent ,how;; the ahility to profit fro m independent research he may he im'ited to partic ipate i n the re�ea rch program. Student,; in this p rogram a re not requi red to fulfill tllf'. regu lar laboratory rcquirerncnt�, and will earn the samc number of academic c redits.

Curriculum in Physics lor Bachelor 01 Science Degree

Freshman Y car

English 101 Chem·Physics 109, no l\'b th 151, 152 Rel igion requirement Language requ irelnent PE activity

Junior Year

P h ysics 331, 332 ( E&M ) Physics 321, 322 ( la b ) Physical Chemistry :n 1 Math 351, 341 Social Science Eleetives* ..

llrs.

3 8 B 3 8 2

32

Hrs.

6 . 2·3

3 6

. . . . 6 9

32-33

Sophomore Year H rs.

Physic, 251, 256 6 Phy,ics 221, 222 ( La h ) 2 Physics 272 ( Ci rcuit Theory ) 2

Language reqll i renlent (, Math 231, 252 6 Religion requirement 3 Fine Arh 3 PE act ivity 2

30

Seniur Year Hrs.

Physics 431 , 432 ( Modern Phy,. ) ()

Physics 465, 466 4 Phy>;ics 421, 422 ( La b ) 2-4

Rel igion requirement :l Philosophy . . . :3 Elcuivcs* 11

.'32·34

* These electiz;('s must include 3 hours 0/ Literature lind 6 additional hours 0/ Social Science.

109, no Chemi.�try-Physic., 4, 4

An integrated course in the fundamental p rinciples of phyoics and chemistry and their application to physical and chemical problems. This coune is a prerequisite for all chemistry und physics courses Humbered 200 or ahove. Three lectures, oTle discussion period and oTle two·hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite or corcqui· site: Mathematics 131 or equivalent. J, I I

1 60

20 1 " undamental Physic", 3

A continuation of thc study of fu ndamenta l concepts of physics introduced in Chem·Physics with special emphasis on the present day d .. : r' i l ' t ioll of p hy"ical phenolTlena. Primarily for non· ience majors ; hy�ics 201 plu ., one hour of phy,ics la boratory will " I t i,fy the minimum refju irelll 'nls in physics for medical and dental stu· denLs. Pn:rcqui,itc : Ph y;.ic.s ]09, no. I

221 SoprnJmore Laboratory 1

May be taken w ith Physics 201 or 2051. I

222 CircIlits and Instrru nelltation Laboratory 1

R qllirf>_, concurrent registration i n Phy:;ie� 272. II

2 5 1 Interme(liate Physic.s .'1

Follow·up c.our�e to (J"'m·Phy,ics for science llIajors ·tressi ng bajc 'ewtoniun mecbauics, rotatjonal m o t ion, optics and thcrmo·dynarnies.

Prercqu i,ites: Physic .. 109, no; Math 1051, concurrent rngbtration i n one hall " o f l a b. ( Plry�ics :121 ) I

256 Mechanics .1

I n tennedial. leyel mech a n i('.� taught primarily as a preparation for advanced work in physics and chem i:;try. Exten 'ive t.reatment of the I llirmonie o,ci l iator, motion u nder eentral force, rigid body motion, movi l lg coordinate �y:--:.tcm .. : and p ropagation of wavc�. PrerefJui:..: i te: Physics 2051 : Math 151 , 152. I I

272 Circuit Tlleory alld Instrumentation 2

A ,tlld)' of AC. ])C c i rc u i t; and fundamental vacullm tuhe and tr'l t"i.,torized instrument,. Prerequ isite : l'hYEics 251 or 201, concur· ren t regi,trat ion in Math 152. I I

3 1 6 Optic« 3

General p r i n c i p le:; of geometril:al and ph)':;ical optics and study of opt ical in,trn mcnt'. Lahoratory experiments in optics wi l l be included in I 'h)':;i . . " 322. Prerequisi t e : Physics 2051. II

32 1 , 322 Junior l.aboratory 1-2

J rcrefjni,i t e : Physics 222. I, II

33 1 , 332 Electromagnetic Theory .'1, 3

El etro'<tatics, Mugnetostati(, .. , boundary value problems in electro· stalics, t ime varying; fields, plane electromagnetic waves, simple radia· ting systems and diffraction. P rerequisite : Physics 2056, Math 252. I, II

37 1, 372 Re.�earch 1-2

1 6 1

:382 Radioisotope Technology .1

The course wi l l deal with the cha racteristics of nucl ea r radiat ions, detection and measurement methods and equipment, theory of nuclea r disintegra tion" and appl ica t ion t o p roblems in physics and chemi,try. Two lcctu r�s and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Pre­requ isite : Physics 251. II

42 1, 422 Senior taboratory 1-2

r, II

4 3 1 , 432 Moderll Physics .1, .1

An ana ly t ical cou rse i n t rodlw ing the concepts of opeciul relatirity and elementary quantum mechanics w i th applications to atomic und nuclear phy"ics. Topics i nclude: Origin of qua nt um theory, par­ticl e: and wave" one electron a toms, exclusion pr ineiple, multi-electron atoms, "pectroseopy, X-Rap, scattering nuclear physics und sol i d sta te. Prereq uisite : P lw"i"s 33 1, 332 ; Math 351 or consent of inst['llc' tor. r, r r

465, 466 Mathematical Physics 2, 2

Function space, transformation theory, ma tr ices, tensors, dyadic>, CUlT· i l inear .coordinates, Legrange and Hamiltonian formulation of me­clwnic", ,ta tisti< :al mechanics, theory of ficld�. Prerequ i;<i te : Ph ysics 256, 332 ; MatI. 351, Math 333 and/or 341 ; or con;<ent of iI1"trul'lor. I, II

471, 472 ReseardI 2-.1

I , I I

487, 438 Seminar 1-2

I , 1 I

497, 498 ItltlepelHle"t Study 1-2

r, II

57] , 572 Graduate Hesearch 2-4

Open to Master's degree candidates oIlly. Prerequisite : consent of the chairman of the depart men t .

1 62 , '(l l l l l ! \1 ;"1 I I ( F

POUTTCAL SCI ENC

Mr. Fa rmer, Mr. Cl/iuer. Mr. Ulbrich t ; assisted by Mr. Clabal/gh, Mr. McLeod and Mr. Moon

The stuny o f pol i t i cal science trains the student for the excrci,e of h i, rights and dut i l:" a,,; a c itizen by f!;il'ing h i m a better understanding of our democratic po l i t ical l 'roee,ses and o f confl i c t ing pol i t ical sy't em�.

A Illajor i n pol i t i cal ,eicncc "ha ll com;i,"t of a minimum of 27 credit hours ineludinp; Polit ical Science 101 ( or 301 ) and 251, 3 1.5, and 316.

Students majoring in poli t ical science Illust have their regi,tration a p · pro" cd h y t h e chair man of the departn",nt euch "crnestcr .

. andidates for the Bachelor o f A r ts in Education degree who a re planning a teac hing nwjor i n pol i t ieal -cicncc ,hOlilt! refer to page 68 under ACADr.�l IC PnEPARATlUN.

Student, wish i ng to p repare them:,eh'cs speci fically for ca reer p05:; ib i l i t ie� in Slate a n d loca l government mar enroll i n the Urban Affairs Program. For certification, ""'('c,,flll ('olllpl ction of the following c.Ollr-e,; i,; re quire d : Political Science 101 ( o r 301 ) , 251, 2.52, 31.5, 316, 354 o r 3SG, 4,'34, 457 and 458 : Econom ic,; 101 and 362 : a n d Sociology 101 and 202.

Pol i t ical Sci'''lCe 101 ( o r 301 ) i, the I'rercql l i,i te for all other C(lu rsf','i in tire del'a runcnt.

10 1 Introtluclioll to ('alWcal Science :�

Tll i, conr,c d,;a l ,; with lhe scope and method und the vocabulary of pol i t ical science, p o l i tical beha" ior, and governmental orga nization. I t i,; also designed to i n t roduce the student to problem,; of p o l i t ical theory and to fa rn i l iarize him with the comparati,'c method of ,tudying pol i t ical i n s t i t u t ion:;.

251 American National Government ,3

A study o f the A nlt' r ican national gO\'ernlllcnt including the federal const itution and the di'it ribut ion of governmental powen;. Survey of "tl'U ture and p mccdure of national government with spec ial attention to practi(� 1 operation and contempora ry reforms. I II

252 American State Governme"t .3

A comparat ive ,;tudy of ,tate government i n the United State,; w i th special a tlention to the Paci fir ort hwest a rea. II

282 Comparalive G()t:ernmen, .3

Compa rison of contemporary go,-e rnmcnts as to pol i t ical philosophy, con:;titllt iollul hasi,s, l1:0vcrnmcntal struc t u re and procedure, and pa rty system. I

301 Principle,� 01 Political Sciellce 8

An i n t rodlwtory cOlln'c in political ,;cience designed to llIeet the

POI n I i \ 1 . :.,( 1 1 ' '1; ( I. 16 3

nf>cd� o f j l l n io r:-:. a n d : ... en io r:-:.. N o t OP('II to frC:-iJ l l1 1C [ l � :--:o plIOJ llorf' '''; or to a Il YO I l I ' \\' 1 10 ha" reccin;ci credi l for Pol i t i ca l Science 101 . I II

3 1 5 l-fi.IOIT 0/ Polilieal Thought :l

' r l l i .- co u rSt' li·n,.f·' the dc\ (: lo plI"'J lt of t 1 l o l lght cOJ lctTJl ing the IHI I U I'C al ld role o f t i l l " sta l<' fro l l l ,, ,wicl l t to modern t i ll le.-. I

316 Reem.t "oli/ieal Thought :1

A cr i t ical exa m i na t ion of t h e l l laJor po l i l ica l p l l i l o>o phic, of the modern \\ o rl d : l )( ' I I lQ( ' ra ( ', y . ( ,OIbf"!rnll i:-:'lIl, ca p i tal i . ..: i l L . �o( ' i a l i�lIl, an· an·ho· . ., ync i icali.-m, COlll l l l l l ll i s l l l , rac ia l and pol i t ica l e l i t i . .-nl, I IH l ional i>lll, l i hna l i '- l l l , C h ri .�t i a n i I Y . COlllemporary proble ms. I I

33 1 '" ,ern ational Uclalio",< 3

Thi.- i n t roc iuctorv cOll r," r leab w i L h the 'COI'(' a n d /l1,;tl,od" con· " '> 1 ' 1'. alld the vOl 'alnda r), o f i n terna t ional r<'iat ions. Sl ln-ey of the fo reign pol icy of t Ilt' major \\·or ld j JO \\' ( ' ['::; 3. lld contel l l porary 1 1 1 -1 " l l I a l i O l l a l prohl ei l l'. I

332 II1Ler/.atimwl Orga"i:oliull .'3

A , t l ldy o f t i l " \\'orl d Conrt, Lea gIlt; of Na t io l ls, n i ted N a t ion, aJlr l it:;; a�CI1( ' i f" , and other in t(-,r l la t ional o rgan i/.a t ion� wiJ i('h a t tem p t to d('a l dfl'd i\ 'c l y w i th the p rol ,km,; of t i le wo rld cOl l l l l 1 n n i ty. Pre· requisi t e : Po l i t ica l Sl" irllCe 331 . II a/v 1 96R-69

331\, [llterl/atiollol [AIIV 8

TI", n a t u r<�, h i,tori(,<11 develoPl llent, nnd princ i pl es of i n ternat ional law. Prn<'qu i<i t\' : Pol i t i(,al Sei l 'n( 'c 33 1 . I I aly 1 %9·70

354 America" 1,{Jelll G()I;ernmellt .'J

c o m pa rat ive study of loud �ovenlllwn l , u rba n and ru ra l , in the n i lcd S t a l e, w i th spee ia l alieni ion to t h e Pacifi( , No rthwest arca.

Pren;'ln isitc : Pol i t ical Science 251 or 252. " all' 1%R·69

35ti I'rolJlellls ill I,ocal Governmellt ,3 A d(, l a i l ed s t uciy of t l l p. problcl i lS (;rea ted by u rbaniza l io n and regional I! I'()\\' l I I an d t i l ·· attel l l p ts of gO \' c l' l l l11 e n t t o ,olve them. P rerequisite : Pol i l ical Science 251 o r 252. all' 196�·70

361 Americall Politic,,1 Parl; s 3

Pu rty h i .... tory and orga nizat iO I l!-, ; nOl l l i l lat ions and elections; ca m­pa i"n> and convent ion:: electoral prob le l l ls und admini stra t i on ; bo"s­I"" III local pol i t ic, ; pre.�'nre g ro u p s : platform,. J ail' 196H·69

361. The Legi,<loLil'e Pmeess 3

A "tudy of t h e theor)", orga n izat ion, anrl procedure of l egisl ati\'c bodic" i ll t i l e Uni ted States w i th specia l a t tention 10 the cOIl lem·

1 64 I'I l I 1 1 1 1 \ l I I'. t ',

porary Congre,,,, and \Va,;hington state legislature. Prerequisite : Poli· tical Scien"" 251 o r 361. 1I aly 1968·69

434 Govern ment and /Jusine" " .1 See Er;onomic, 4:34.

441 Statistical Methods .1

See Economics 441.

451, 4·52 American Constitutional Hi,.tory .1, .3 Sec H istory 451, 452,

454 American Constitutional Law 3

An examination of >significant con ·t itu tional iosue, in the l ight of t he conternporary interpretations of the Constitution of the U nited States : Church·:;tate relation,;, c ivil righh, free speech, due p roees,; or law, rea p port ionment. II all' 196R·(,9

457 Principles 0/ Public Administration .1 The art and :;cicnce of management appl ied to tlu, affairs of qate ; nature of hianan bel Juvior in organization�; adnlini:;trative law and qua,;i·judicial p ractices; civi l service: budget and fiscal control : cen· tralization ; coordi nation, integration in adnlinistrative areas. I

45B [ntern,.hip in Public Admini" tration .1 A n internship with a department of local o r state government planned and su pervised jointly by the supervising government offic ial and a facul ty memlwr of the Depa rtment of Pol itical Seienee. Prerequi ,;ite : Consent of instructor. I n

483 Political System .. o/ t"" British Commonwealth 3

A c0I11parative [lnalysi� of contenlporary governmental nnd poli tical institutions of the Uni ted Kingdom, Canada and others states o f the British Commonwealth. I aly 1 969·70

4B4 Soviet Political System .1

An analyei" of the poli tical system of the Union of Soviet Socialist Repu blics with special a ttention to ideology, the role of the Com· muni:.;t Party, the nature of the cunstitution, achninistra tivc agencies, and national i ty policy. II aly 1969·70

497, 49B Independent Reading and Researc" 1-.1

Prerequ isite : Consent of chairman of department. I , II

597, 59B Graduate Research 1-.1

Individual resea rch project for an M.A. candidate with a minor lfl pol it ica l ,;"ience. Prerequisite : Consent of department. T, I I

1'. '\'1 1 101 nc'l 1 6 5

PSYCHOLOGY

Mr. Bexton, Mr. Adachi, Mr. Hauge, Mr. Holm berg, Mr. Minetti, Mr. Severtson

Cou rse" in this depart ment a i m a t proviuing the student with an un· den;tanuin� of psychology as a scien tific study o f behavior and experience. The majo r p roviues a background p reparation for a professional ca reer in psycho logy o r for a related vocation.

Professional ca reers i n WF hology incl u dc : college teach in �, resea rch, c l i n i · cal psychol ogy, employment i n publ ic school systems, husi ness, industry and gov'ernlllent agen c ies. These careers usua l ly require at least the Master's degree; some require the Ph.D. deg ree. In p reparat ion for this graduate work the student should take sup porting courses in areas such as biology, mathema tics, ph ilosophy and sociology. Proficiency should a lso be acquired in a modern language �uch as French or German .

Related vocat ions in which a psychology major is usefnl arc : social work, the minist ry, parish work, medieine, 1.III',inc"s admin istrat ion and teaching.

A l I Iajor in . l "'ycllology will inc. l ude : Psychology 101 ; 240; 44 1 ; two of ;';40, .3 90, 4 10, 460 ; two of .'101, 320, 420, 421 ; and 490 p h " six additiona l hour" i l l the department. Psyc hology no, 221, 370, 472 cannot be used fo r credit toward the major.

A l l major, mu"l Ila\'c the ir p rogran" approved each ;;cme:'ter hy the depa rt· men t .

Th(, "tuden t majoring in I"ycl lolo"y is advised to take P"ycbology 101 anu 2'W i n the fl'c"hman year and 441 i n the sophomore year. Other COlIl'ses should be taken in ,e'lucnce, i.e. 300 k"el cou rses before 400 level eou rses.

Non: : P,ychology 101 is a p rerequi"ite for a l l other cour"e, in psychology except no and 44 1.

101 G,meral PsyciJology .'J

A <'enera! course in psyc hology emphasizing the princip les and basic facts which are essential to an understanding of human behavior. The main p roblems discussed a re the p hY5ica l basis for behavior, motivat ion, lea rning, remembering, th in k ing, emotion, in tell igence, and pcr·sonal ity.

1 1 0 SIIHly Skills Techlliques 2

A cou rse designed to assist the stu uent in developing more effective stlldy technique:'. Emphasis is given to improving reading rate and comprehension, de\'e!oping better ski l ls of concentration, planning efff'ctiV'e u'age of t i me, t.1k ing adequa te notes, and preparation of w r i ttf'.n material. Cia. s work i s supplemented hy individual COUtI· sding periods an d/or special tra in ing i n rea ding skills. I II

166 1'. 'I HOI G'!

2 2 1 Tlte Psychology 0/ Adjustment 3

Tid, cou r,e deals pri mli l-ily with problems of personal adju'5tmcnt and intcrper,;onal relat ions. In this context empha"is is placed on lIlotivation, emo t ion, adjuotmcnt pattems and dden -e mechani,ms. I

240 f:tementary Analysi .• . 'l

A study of the language of research incl u ding desc ript ive and in· fercn t ia l sta ti:;t ics and basic experimental design. I II

30 1 l1,wlan Dm:elopment 3

ce Education 301.

320 Social Psychology .3

A 'tndy o f re"ea rch findings concerning the interaction between gro U I " and the individual. Att i tudes, values, role behavior, and reo l a t ed topics \ i l l be examined in t he l ight of interpersonal relations and group p roc e:,ses.

332 Industrial Psychology 3

A study oj the a p p l ication of psychological theory lind rc�earch to i n d ustrial problems such as personnel selection, placement and trul lung : intc rper5unal relations i n indu:-;try and bllsine��, fat igue, motivat ion and problem:; of man·machine engineering. Prerequisite : Psyc,holo "y 240 or 441 or equivalent.

340 The Biology 0/ Deltavior .3

The dWnletcr i,ties of the central nervOus system, the receptors, the endocrine system and other parts of the organi;;m as related to problems su c h as lea rn ing, perception, emo t ion, motivation and other p a t terns of behavior. Lecture and laboratory sessions. Prerequ isi te :

Psychology 240. I

370 Principles 0/ Gllidance 2

See Education 370.

390 TIle Experimental P.�ychology 0/ Perception 3

The n a t ur e of sensory and perceptual processes in the l ight of ex· perinlt�ntal res" arch and theoretica l models. The use of laboratory techniques for the study of perccrtion. Lecture and laboratory ses· sions. i' rcrcqn i,i tc : P,;ychology 240. I I

401 The Psychology o/ In/ancy and Chilclhood .1

An advanc.ed study of the emotional, social, intel lectual and physical development of the human orga nism from the pre-natal period 10

adol escence. Special attention will be given to problems of behavior and adjustment. Prerequ.isite : At least six hours of credit in psy­chology beyond 101.

l' 'Yl i {l l i or. \ 1 6 7

405 Adole, cerlt P,�ycll()logy 2

An adva ncpd ,:our,-" d('a l i ng w i t h phy,-ir"l dcv clOl ' l I lPnt. IlIcn tal trai t., "I" ' i a l ( ' h a r,wterj,-t i ( ' " and i n terc.t, o f a dol e,"cen t,-. Adju;<trncnt, i n honl( ' , ,c hool and c O l l l n l l l n i ty, P ren"<jll i"i tc� : P"ychol ogy 301 o r ( 'on-ell t of t i l ( : rir-pa rt I lwnt. I I

4 1 0 The Experimental Psycll{Jlo�y oj Emotion aJl{l MotiL,"tion .1

The (.';cncr"l ( ' 1 "lrn('tPri4i(;s o f emotion a n d mot iva t ion a n d t he i r role ill de

'tel'lll i n i l l g h"ha \' ioL LefOturc a n d l a bo ratory " ",,, iOIl'-. Prcr('qu i , i tc :

P."yc hology 240. I I

2 0 P" ycilolugy o j PerM)lIality 3

A ,-UITC), of t h e " p l ' l'o[lche, to the <;!lldy of pC I'<;ona l i ty, c u rrent th orie� of L in, dyna mics and t h e eIc\'eIOpnlf'llt o f l ' l'I'''ona l i ty, reo ,e' n'" Oil t h e ca u,-,,> of indi, i du a l d i f ferf'ncc,; in I 'e l',o l la l i ty, per· :-:onal i t y c ha n ge and te( ' h n iquc� of mea..;ur i np; pe,,�o llal i ty . Pn�r('q1t­i , ; t ( , : a t Ie'H , i x hour, creel i t in psyc holo>;)' I wyond dIP 200 1e,'cI, I

42 1 BelwL'ior Di" order8 3

A .-t l ldy of the PLiology li nd trea tlllent of behavior d i,-o l'uc l''-. Pre· rcq u i , i t c : I'sF l lology 420. II

-1-30 Group /)roce" .�e,� ami Group Leadership 2

A h u ma n in terac t i o n ( ,clhi tivity) l a l >ora torv de"i�npd to e x p l o re, i n · t C I' I ', . , .,onal opera t ion, in P;1'011[1" a n d to fa(, i l i t a te tire developnH'nt o f .sc \ [ in, i�ht . El11 pha,is i< " iw:n to the develo p men t of ,k i l l in diu>; no,· in ,!.!; i l ld i \" i d H a l � group, a n d o rganizat ional lwhu\ i n r p a t terns and i l l ­fh"'IH" ". I

14 1 Stllti" tical Method" 3

The l lSe a n d i n li: l' p retation of elementary statistical gra ph i c rcp rcscn La L i on ; Ill 'a,-UI'{'S of ( 'entra l tendency : rela t ion analysis, ,al11 p l i n g theory and i n fere n t i a l ,tat i,;ties. I

450 Psychological Testing 3

te(, h n i ques; "im p l e <;01" I I

A survey of t h e field of stn ndardized te"ts. T('sb i n t h e areas o f i n lcl l i>;cnce, a p t i t u de, interest, a n d l 'pr,-onalit)' a re con ,-i dered . The prop"r U"<', the l im i ta t ions, and the i n terpretat ion of tire",' te,ts a re e n l p\ra:;ized. PrITf 'quisi t e : E i t her Psyc hology 240 01' 441 a n d at l east ,ix addi t ional ho u r." credit in Psyc hol ogy heyond the 200 level. I

460 The Experime,lflll Psychology oj '.ean';IIg 8

E x peri lll(, l I ta l ,tndies and th eorie;; of learn ing. LCl ' lure a n d lal rora· tory sc",ion" Prercqlli,itc : P.>iychology 240. I

472 YoclltiQl101 (l1I{1 /I'dlicati,,"al Guida""e 2

S 'c f:duc.l[ ion 472.

16 8

490 Hi.,'ory and System.� 0/ Psychology .'l

Til" philo" ophieal and experimental background of s(, ien tific psy­chology f ro m its pre-Ari.,totelian Greek origin" through recent ,.:chook One purpo!'e of this course wil l be to i n t egrate the prev'iou" studies of the psychology major. It is, therefo re, open only to major, in their final year, or to other studcnb b y consent o f the department. I I

492 Seminar in Psychology 2

Designed csp" c ia l ly for department majors in their sen.ior year and for grarluate student". This cour�e wil l deal with ,.:pecial fields of psychology w h ich are of cu rrent interest. Prerequisi t e : Consent of the depa rt lllPnt .

497, 498, 499 'ndependerll Study 1 -2

The,e credit:; arc de�igned to provide the . enior or graduate stnden t with an opportunity to earry out, under "upervi"ioll, 11 reading pro­gram or research proj ect of special intere"t. Prerequi.s i t e : Consent of the de partn lent . I, II

510 '>ersotlality As.,essrnetl t 3

TIle theory -and I 'ract i<,c of personality as,c,"ll1ent by means of self report alld projenive mctho(k Time will he SpCl It in :-iu pervised ad­ministrat ion and i n terpretat ion of both group and individual t ."t>.

520 I ndil!idual " s,-cllO/ogical Testi"g ,'J

An intensive :;tudy of the Stanford-H inet, the Wechsler Preschool and P rimary Scal<, of I n telligence, the Wechsler I ntel l igenc e Scale for Children und the Wechsl e r Adult I n te l l igence Scale. Prercql l isi te : Psyc hology 450. I I

530 Group Proces.ses and the I"dil!idual 2

A I l ll l lWll i ntcraetion laboratory to faci l i ta te the exploration of the self concept through the mechanisms of interper�onal interactions and feedback. Emp hasi:; will be placed on the acqui,ition o f skill in .,el f-ex plora t ion, role identi fication, and c l i mate making. Prerequisi te : P"ychology 430. I I

540 Counseling Theory atld Practice ,'J

A C a U l's.·, designed to acquaint the student with the various theo­ries and techniques of counseling. There w i l l be opportunity for simulated i n terviews and some role playing in connection with the development of the theories and the t<:ch n i qup.s. Prerequisite : P,y­chology 450. I TT S

560 Psychology 0/ Learning 3

An analysi" of theo ries of learning and their application;:. Prerequ isite : Nine hours o f pS}Thology aho\'e the 200 l ev el . II

I' 'I ( I I O! fH� '1 . R LI 1 (.111 1 6 9

570 Practicurn ill CouNseling and TeMing 6

Supervised practice u5ing the tec hn iques of counseling and eva luu­tion. P racticutn students are trained in the flexible use of infonna­tion and [l"ychological test data to evaluate lea rning p robkms_ This is in tegra ted with the process of helping student,.; i ndividually or in :-;mall groups. Fa miliarization with procedure�, resourecs, tc�ts and occupational i n forma tion become part of tl", experience. I'rerequi, ites ; P"ycholugy 450 and 540. I II S

577 Supervised Field Work 6

Tile ,tudent is pla<.:ed i n II school system, or other job situation, to work u nder the su pervision of a qual i fi ed counselor or psychologist. Prerequ isite : Six hours of Practicul11 570.

595 Method .• lind Te('hniques oj n"seardl 2

See Education S9S

596, 597 Research Studies in P.�ychology 1-4

Supervi�wd independent ;;tudy a n d research to cover im portant areas of p>;)'chology which are not otherwise provided for. Prerequisite : I'el'l l l is.,ion of tl", depa rtmrnt .

.598 Thesis .:1-4

The th 'si s problem w i l l be chosen from the candidate's major area o f con(,cntration and must be approved by his Graduate Co m m i ttee. The ." ndida Ie will he expec ted to ddend h i s thesi� in a final oral examination conducted by h is Committee_ I I I S

RELIGION

Mr. Eklllnd, Mr. Ander.lOn, Mr. Ch ristopherson, tHr. C a vig, M r_ Petersen

Pa(,ific. Lu theran U n i'·cr"ity offers a cu rriculum designed to in troduce the student to the primary soun:es of the Christian religion, i ts Bi ble , its history and teach i ngs through the eenturie�, and i ts appl ication to the prob­lem- of today_ Studen h plann ing to continue beyond the basic required courses .<llOu i d plan tlw i r program early with fac u l ty mem bers of the depart­ment. Major : 24 honr,,_

103 Introduction to the Christilln Faith ,'J

A study of the biblical foundations of the Chri:;tian faith, its theol­ogy, anrl i ts history with the objective of relating the Christian

170 H l l ( ( . I t )

fa i l h i n a I I l t 'a n i , >:!fl l l \\ ay to I l , e I".,i ( ' prohl,'rn" w h ic h con front tI", " I I I , l t -n t ill t i l(' modern \\ o r l d, T h i" ('Oll r"; or it" " '1 " in" < ' I l ! i,.; r"q l l i red 1 ' r< ' I ,.. ,-a t i o n for a l l ot l l l ' r ( 'O l l r"c" i n rel i gion.

203 Tile Bible 3

A ,t l ldy of t h l' l i tera t l l r,', I . i , tory a n d t l wology of t l IP Old a n d '1" 11' Tc!--LiJ l l l ('l I t �.

301 OM Te,'tam*,," :1

l\[ajol' a r('as o f O l d T",ta m",nt inql l i ry, ,"e h as J\ rchaeol o�y and t h e B i b l . , . t I . e Prophet". o r I h c ' Wi,dorn I .i t ('ral rrr<'. P r nc'qll i"ilf' : R('l i ,� ion 20:1 01' it" eql l i\<" r n t .

302 New 'Te,,'ament .'l

Major a rea,; of New T(>I","cnl i n lj l l i ry, ,,"ch a' t I l e I n tcrte"tH l lwnlal , Synopt ic Jol .unn ine, Or Pal l l ine l i leratll re, Prcrcql l i, i te : Itc l ip:ion 2m 01' ih { ' f lu i\'a l i -n l .

305 Ueli::iou., E,lnwtion 3

Tll('olop: i ( 'a l , p"Fhological a n d p h i lo"o p l . ical fOll ndll l ion" for the ('till' ('a l innal mini'lry of the C1 . n rcl t , an d to meet the n('<-d,,,; of ,tllden t, " I .n w i , " to relate t i l l ' ,l l Id" of rel igion to Ihe d i,c i p l inc' of p;:y. , ' I . olnp:y and ('uIII ' a l ion . l ' rnrq l l i" i te : P,y( 'l tolog;y ] 01 .

307 Ancien' Churcli History 3

'1'1", o r i g i n, t h o l l g h t a n d e x pan "ion of the C I . ri , t i a n · I I I l l'< · h , r l'e of th e P"p"cy, ('x l 'anoion in E l l rope and growth of C I . r i, t ian i ,woln> '"C"t in ( , 1 1 l l l 1n" to tlw , 'nd or the Papan' of Gregory I ( 60'1 ) . I a;" 1 1)()9·70

308 MorTem Chl/rch f1i.�tory :l

Ikgin n i ng w it h I h e Pence of We.-t " I ", l ia ( lMR ) , inter'aG lion with Ill odnn " . . i . . ,we anrl ph i loso p h y, expansion in th" wor l d, modern Illo\ crne nto. I I all' 1961)·70

3 1 2 T"(, Rejorllwl;on 3

S,'(' I 1i"tory :1 ]2

327 Hymllology .'l

Sec :\1 I I" ic :�27

3 3 1 Com parative Religion :1

Tire l i\' ing r d i g i o n , of the worl d : Hind u i sm, Buddh i.clIl, Taoi"", Con· luc i a n i_ I l l , JlI l"' i�lll, Islam w i l h rderl ' IH'c, to Cl rr i, t iani t\·. I a/y 1961\-69

341 Americtlll Churches 3

A ,tlldy of thl" dew'loprn(' n t and trcnus of r :l r ri , t ia ll i ty in tit , Uni ted S t a l <" o f Arneri . . ,! . I

U I'I \ ( .10 ROT I 1 7 1

342 Contemporary Christianity .1

i i ri-(' ( 'nt( I I-Y chal lcnge, ano trench in t h e Chri-t ian Church w ith p a rt ic u l a r a ttention to contempora ry theology and the ecu men ical l1 \ove ment. I I

4 1 1 Philosophy of Religi.o" .1 S(ee P hiloeo p h y 411

423 The Life of Chris! .1 A s tudy of the fou r gospels with emphasis u pon the l i fe and teach­i n gs of Chri .st and w i u , a considnation of the l i tera ry and h i:;­oril ';)l a;o;pC'c . h of the�e w r i t ing:-.-.

426 W or.�hip alUl Uturgy 3 s('� lI[u- ic 426

432 The Chrisliun Classics 3 Rpadi n .,;s in th" grea t Ch ristian l i terature of a l l agc5--devotions, biograph\', theology, poetry a n d hymns; lectur('.< and seminars. I I aly 1968-69

434 ChriSLhm Theology .1

A study of the ba:;ic doc trines of the Christian Church as 5Ct forth in the ecumen ical creeds and i n thc confe"ional w r i t i ngs of the major b ra ncl le� of the Cb u rch.

36 T Iaeology 011(1 tile Ar'.� 3

An i nvest igat ion of the relationship between theology and contemporary trends in l i terature and the finc a rts.

497, 498 Irtdepelll1ell! S'udy 2-.'1

Perm i:;eion of thc department is required.

RESERVE OFFICER TRAINING CORPS-(Aerospace Studies)

Col. Dcnorny, Major I-Iunter, Capt. Elifl"lfl

The req u i rements for enro l l ment in tbcee COlmie, arc o u t l i ned in the ACADL:ll I C OnCA N !ZATlONS sect ion of the Bulletin under Am Fone!·: RO TC­A !·:nosp Ao: STUDrc:,;.

250 Fi.e/,l 'fraining (Slllluner only) 3

A six week tru in i n g program conducted at an A i r Fore(, Base. Cou n'c i nc lu d • A i r Force orientation, m i l i tary tru ining fundamental>" oHiccr o rientation, organ iza tion and funetion of A i r F'orce Bases, nUUk:3m,Hl­ship tra i n i ng a n d flying i ndoctrination. This eou rsc is a prerequisite

for e n t ry i nto P ro f ,,,sional Officer Courses ( 300 and 400 series ) .

1 7 2

301, 302 Growth ami Developme"t 0/ Aerospace Power 3, ,1

A �elll inar cOllr�e stn';-;�ing oral a nd w r i t tell cOTllll lunit :ati\'e :-;kill,... Cou roe su rveys the n a t u re of war; or�anizatiQn of the Department of Defen,e: Air Force doc t rine, concept, and C'rnp!oynw nt : a,tro, nuuti .. , and "pace operat ion, and the future d,;vclopm 'Il t of Aero, ,;par 'c power. I n l ' l ude, the United Sta ll's "pace p rOi! ram-, vel l icle;; : ,y"tCl I i' a nd con,jders proLlelll, of "pare e x p l o ra t i o n . I , I I

303, 304 Curps Trai"i"g Yz , Yz (011 1'''' tak, 'n with .301 and 302 i, de" ip:ncd to devel o p leader- h i p sk i l 1 � h y O l"f.!;i. l l l izin/!. d i rec t i ng u n d ad1l1 i n i �tcri l lg the ( ' o r j J � tra in ing p rogram for cadets i n the General M i l i ta ry COttr"e. l , II

'1 0 1 , 402 The Pro/e, •.• io"al Officer 8, 8 A se m i n a r co u r,,! in t lte "tudy of p ro f "ionul i"Ill, leadershi p and manag-'mE'nt i n t l te U.S. Air Force. It i nclu d," p r i n c i ple,;, theo rie", fu nctions and practice, connected w i t h management of aerospace re'Ol.ln'f'S, and the dc\'elopnHmt o f profi;:<ional r(e"l'JOnsihi l i t ie" and leader"hip in the A i r Force o f the future. I , I I

403, 4·04 Corp.� ·Trai"i"g Yz , �� Cour,e taken w i t h 401 and 402 is de"igncd to de\'clo p "u pen'i,ory a n d Icader�hi p sk i l l s by direction and adll1 ini,trat ion of corps train, in� a ( ' t i \- i t ie�. C L I

SOCIOLOGY

Mr. Sch iller, Mr. iO/J,e, MI', Knorr, as.listed liy Mr. IJI. GilbertSOIl, Mr,. Wolfrum

Sociology studi",s the development, orga ni�atio n and behavior of human grol l l ' " i t , !!elwr<t! p u rpo"e i , to ex plain uniformi t ies a n d p rocesses of IUlman "oc ia l ht;ha\'ior and the natun! and relationships of inst i tu t ions; to help the student to und rstand h i" o\\,n and o ther c u l t u res : to st imulate hi", LO a �rit i('al and eontructivc att i tude toward "o . . ial ei lange,, ; and to furni It a "ound �""is for inte l l igent cit i7.cn"hip.

A major i n the j')ppartmellt o f Soc iology p ro\'ides the proper hackground for aeti"i!y in the following field" ( l ) ad\'a nced n;se.arch and teaching in .'ioe iology ; ( 2 ) ,oc i a l work, welfa re administration, n u rsing, commun ity or­ganiza t ion and comnHln ity planning : ( :\ ) the p readl ing und teaching mini,try, pari,It work and all rel a ted rel igious ac t ivi t ies ; ( 4 ) the teaching of social

"tudics ; ( 5 ) criminolop:y, p roba tion work, correctional and other institutions. race rd a t iolb, i n terna tional rel a t ion,l , i p', public administrat ion, law a nd group leader,-hip ; ( 6 ) all other areas deal ing in any w a y with plllr,"1 rel a t iO"ohi po and ;;i tl la t ion"

"OI IOlOG) 1 7 3

The Depart ment of Soc iology hold" memher;;h i p in t h e Couneil on Social Work Educa tion.

Majo r : 27 eredit hou rs, including Sociology 101, 202, 275, 412, 431, and 495.

Su pporting cour;>es in related areas wi l l be planned with the major adl'ifwr to fill the "pecific needs of each student.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who a rc [. I lan· ninp; a teach ing major i n Sociology ,hould refer to page 70 under :\f:AD�\llC PHf;PARATIOi'i. i'iOT E : Sociology 101 o r 300 i" the prerequisite for a l l other cou r�es in the departmen t.

1 0 1 Introduction to Sociology 3

An inqu iry into the basic p rinciples for u nderstanding soc ial rela· lion,hip,. Th is cou rse is de,.igned to acquaint the student with the fundamental laws rro\'erning human relations. Problems of social struc· tu re, social processes and social motivation will be considered. I II

202 ConlempoNlry Social Pro"'em.5 .1 Problems of delinqu{:ncy, suieide, crime, popu lation, u nemploYlllcnt, publ ic ;'el ief, poverty, pu hl ic weHare, mental defic iency, and fam i ly d isorganization wil l be among th h id p roblem;; under cons idera t ion .

I I I

2 7 5 GrOllI' ne/lOvior .'1 The fu nc t ion of social intera etion and struc ture i n th e development and adapti'"e behavior o f the individua l ; and the effect of individual differences and personality factors OIl grou p interaction. I

300 Principles 0/ Sociology .'1 A n advanced introductory course �tressing the major conceph and fundamental laws operative in all areas of social relationshi ps. Not open to students who have taken 101.

:30 1 Social I"egi.sl alion 2

Historical and critical analysis of soc ial legislat ion in E u rope and A merica , with spec ial emphasis upon the social legi sla tion in the

nited States and in the State of Wash ington. S

308 Juvenile Delinquency :J Fa mi ly and comllluni ty backgrounds; treatment th rough in,t itutioru;, the juveni le comt and p roba tion ; programs of p reven tion. II a/y 1969·70

3 1 5 I'"IIIi" Opinio1/ 2

An analy"is of Jlublit: oplIllon anci propaganda from the point of view of modern sot:ial sciences. S

1 74 01 1 ( 11 () ; '1

320 S o ial Psychology .'J See P'F hology ;)20.

32 1 I-al,or Problems 3 Sec Economicb 321.

332 Contemporary Marriage Pr.oblems 3

i\ prdct ical inqui ry i n to the forces influencing modern cou rt;;h i p and marriage, wi th cmpha . ...; is o n human experience rather than :-;tuti�tical p rCbcuLl t ion.-. I 0 prcrequisite. I I

3 4 1 Race Relatiolls .'J

A ,tud,. oJ in trrrar ' ial contact,.; a n d conf. I ic ts, w i th cmpha,i,.; u pon American rac i a l prohle ll\";. 1 aly 1968·69

344 Cultural Anthropology 3 A .-tudy of t I l e u nifonni tie,.; and variutions i n mun" cul tmal dc· vel o pment, wi t l l .,.;pccial emjll lu,.;i ,.; u ] lon the value of t l I i,.; ,.;tnely for contemporary ,oe i"ty. I

359 The COI/JI/Ju llity .'1

O rganizat ion and ac tIvIty o f urhan and rural soc iety with specific reference to ti re i n tegration of their basic cul tural in,t i tu tions in l ] leHing the total needs of 50ciety ; and the vrocc.,.;s of u rban·rural i nterpeuetration I 1 a/y 1969-70

360 Human Migrat.ioll .'1

The con,.;idcration o f major quant i tat ive and qua l i tat ive problems of populat ion and population movement, in contemporary society. 1 aly 1 %9-70

406 Criminology 3 The n a t n re of the social problems of crimc. th ' cr iminal law and i ts admini� trat ion, and the penal trea tment of the niminal . n aly 196H-69

407 Edut'atiollal Sociology .'J

A systematir: view of significan t sociologir:al data and principles ap­pl ir;able to edncalional polic ies and practict'" I I aly 1968·69

4 1 2 History of Sociologiwl Thought 8 Thc development of sociological thought from Comte to the present. I I

43 1 'file Family .'1

Tire changing home : t i re study of the fam i l y and fami l ia l r:n,.;toms; fa mily in teraction a n d organiza t ion ; amtly,is and treatmcnt o f family di�orf!al1 izat i()n and rt·organ izat ion. I

. o( ( ( II I H . ' 1 7 5

435 InLroducfioll to Social Weljare .3 A 'I" vel' course of the h i ;;to rical, p h iloso p hical a n d ideological develop­ments that i n fl u ence the nature of �ocial welfa re. The period hom the bt.:g inning of the C h ristian era to the p resent i s cons idered. I

436 Introduction to Inferlliewing 2 T h i s cou rse is designed fo r students who plan to become involved i n the f i e l d o f h u ma n relationshi ps-social welfarc workers, phy:-icia ns, c le rgymun, Ilur .... e�, pa ri�h workers, persoIlllel officer::;. I n tcr\' icwing pr inc iples, lI1<'thod". a n d p rocedures o f a non-cl i n ical nature a re con­�idcreJ. O pen to J u n i o rs and Seniors ol)ly.

440 Introduction fa Social Work 8

C la��room su n'cy of basic; p rOce:1�e5 and Illethods llsed in ,..;oci a l work and pa rti (',i p.Jrlt o hservation of the�!; p rocp�'-:. s and method::; in agen­cies and inst i tutions i n Tacoma. Pcnni"ion of the depa rtment is re­qu ired. II

441 Statistical Method., 8

See Psyc hology 4 4 1 .

445 Social Control 8

. nalysis of the tech n iques und p ro ces.ses by w h ic h social changes in indi\ idual and colkc t i \'c ac tion a rT e f fected.

4-50 Contemporary Social Institlltion" .1

The origins and developments of ma jor American soc ial inst i t u t ions and rebted inst i tu tional pattern'. I a/y 1969-70

451 Sociology 0/ Religion .1

Considera t io n is g iven to the structure and function of rel igion as a >oe ial inst i tu t i o n : the i n t e r rdution;;h ips between religion and other in:-;t i t u tion:-;, .')ociety, grollp� a n d cornmu n i ties� the dynamics of rc­l i g ioll� nlOvemellt� ; typology of rel ig iou-s group s ; a n d contemporary p roblems facing churches as rel igious orga n izal ions. I al 1968-09

495, 496 Seminar 1 -.'3

Perm ission o f t h e departm{,nt requ ired.

497, 498 /mieperulent Stlldy 1 -.'3

O pen to students majoring in sociology. Perm ission of the depart­Illent req u i red. I . II

597, 598 Gradllate Research 1 -.'3

The top ic o f the thesis o r paper wil l be chosen from the candidate's major area of (;oncentra tion and must be a p proved by his Graduate Committee_

P I . ! I 1 I 1 7 7

SPEEf:n

Mr. Karl, Mr. Bassell, Mr. Duughty, Mr. fiartman, Miss lIolden,

Mr. Nordh olm, Mr. Utzinger

The rcqu i n'lncnbi fo r the Bachelor of Fine Arts with a I rwjor in drama 01' public address a re o u t l i ned under the School of Fine and Appl ied A rt� in t hp sec t ion, Acadelllic O rganizalion.

All stu dellts l1Iajnrinp; in the field will part ic ipate i ll sollie phase of dramatics, forellsi<:�, and broaocuqing.

Cand idates for the Bachelor o f Art..; degree l IIay complete a major with 27 ncdit hour, ill speech art" or 27 hours in dramu, or 27 h ou rs in a com· hination major .

Public Add " ess major : 27 credit hour,. Required c:ollrses : Speech 1 0 1 , 202, 210, ,306, 307, 308, 3 1 7 , and six hou rs of der:tivcs.

D" ama major : '27 nedit hours. Requ ired course:< Speech 101, 210, 216, 316, 317. and 12 hours from the fol lowing : Spec h 310, 3 1 1 , 312, 319. and 3 hou ,'s of d 'ctive,. Select ion of cOll r;;es with the apprm'ul of the major ad· vi""r i s del",nrjent on student's interest in technical or performing drama.

Candidates for the Bachelor of A rb in Edllcut ion degr"c who a re p lan· ning a teac h i np; major in ,pee" ! r 'hould refer to page 70 u nder Ar : .. \IlL�l IC PREI'A((YrloN.

Student, with per,onal p ro blem . . ; i n ,pe(�('h therapy a re urged to con· tan the depa rtment for individual u".,i,tancc with their ,peech d iffi .. u l t ie". A l imited numh!:r can be serviced.

10] Fu"damental .• of Oral Communication .1

Foundation cour,c dealing with basic elements o f the speech situation, including the vi,il.rle and audihle a pproaches. Some concentration on content. F:xtcn;;ive pla t fo rm work. I II

1 03, 203, 303, 403, Fore"sics J

OIl<' )'(�ar com pet i t ion in in tereollegiate fOl'en,i,." dminp; th(� cor· responding academic year. II

1 07 Busine,�.� antI Professional Speech 2

P l a t form tec h n iques, voi<:e adjustment, speech con.slruction. Appli· cation mad" to p raetical speech situations for profes,ions and busi· nes"Cs represenwd in the c ia"", Platform work predomina tes. II

I I I Introtludion to the Theatre .1

Introduct ion to the theatre as a finc art a n d its contribution to the "uiture of a people. A correlat ion of development and influence of the th ea t re in ul l of it;; pha:;es inclllding Its relat ion to tire com· municat ion art;-;. 1

1 7 8

202 Prindple,. of l'u"'ic Speaking .1

Tec l 1 l1 iquc, (Oollll'osition and deli" cry o f speeche, for ,'ariou ' oc' ( " " ion", G rou p and i ndiv idual project,. Major portion i" p l a t form work, I n

207 I'arliamentary Law 2

S t u dy o f parliamentary I n \\' based u pon Robert's Rules of O rder. Prac tical work prr,do m i n ate", Designed pr ima rily to aid thoop 1\ 1,0 do o r w i l l brlonf( to o l'f;lIn ization" I I

2 1 0 Illterpretative Reading 3

An in troduction to the art of i n t(' rprctat il't� rea ding. Emphu,i, given t o devel oping IOf;i c a l and emotional re"poll,il'e ne"s to l i t rratu re. I II

216 FUlldamen tals of Ac/ing .1

Tra i n i ng of the actor w i th t ,mphasis u po n movenwnt, emotional reo ( 'a l l . and rcoponding to imaginary st imuli . Lertnre and (wrfonnancc, I

226 /:roadca,.t AIIIIOIlIUillg .1

:\ ,;I l Idy o f- tilt' I"l"i ( ''; of R"dio and TV announc ing. Ext('n"il'f: Inb· ora tnry ( ·xpericnrc befo re tl'll' microphone "nd c a m e r a . I

306 !llte/oric ancl IUretorical Criticism ,'J

A st l ldy o f t he II"" of oral l a nguaf;c in fo rming ju dgments and o p i n ion", AnalF-is of human motiva tion, eth i c , and heh av ior (L'; ex· I' rt"",,,l ora l ly , Prcrt,quisi le : 101, 202, I

307 I'er, ... ",<ion. ,1

;\ ,-I « d y of the do m i n a n t decision making process in modern so· r,icty, The art and p roc,,'S of arousing mental as,ent a n d of moving to art ion , Pn'C'c< !u i- i te : 101. 202, or con,en t of department, II

308 Extempore Speaking :J

Pla tform work p redom ina tes, Special empha,i<; given to the , tudy of gathering m'l terial, methods o f preparation, and deli'Try, Pre· requ isi te : 101 , 202, 01' (,OIl"'!llt of department. I

3 10 Stage Scellery .1

Th" design and execu tion of ,cenery and costumes for stage p ro · d«ctions, i ncluding the training o f stage personnel. O p en to :;peccl'! majors o r hy I ' , rmission of the depar tment. Offered t:very t h i rd sem-e:-;ter.

3 1 1 Stage Ligl.ting .1

Theory a n d practice of stage l i ghting. Open to speech major, or by permi,,,ion of the depa rtment. Offered every third semester.

:-; 1 '1" 1:1 I I 1 7 9

3 1 2 (;""lII m,' and Make.llp .'J

'rile rk:.:ign and t h e lIlaking o f costl l m e . ..; for �ta�e prodl lct ions , and the tl ,('ory a n d p racl ice of makf'-u p. O pen to "I "'('ch major, o r by p( ' l'lll i., ion of I IIf' r l�part ' O l ( 'n t . O rf�rcd C\'(TY I h i rd ",' IIH'sl r : r.

3 1 6 "istory 0/ 1/", Theatre .'j

:\ ,tlldy of I h" dcycl opnlf :nt of the thea t r,; frOIll ea rly G ,-ecce to illudern Anwril 'a. A t l c i l l ion " I'<l )!i\'('n 10 Ih l' ,, "alysis of repre" ' l I t 'l l i\'''' p ial" . I

:H 7 A(il:all c,'d [ll terpre/atil'e Reading 8

Spc'( ' i a l proj r'('l� and ( · ,la:-:� cxer("i�e:-\ di n·(' ted toward p rogr:-l lll p l a n ­n i ng. Dc\"plopmcnt o f �k i l l a n d cOIl1TJl t l l l i r �at i\"l"n('�s i n reading a l ol ld . J ) ( ·yeIO pl1l 1 · n l o f t he a r t o f n la k i n g l i tcratllrc l i\ c. P ,-el'l' qll i, i te : 210. I I

3 19 PI"y Dirertion 8

P r i n " i p l e , of play di r('c l io n , t h ro ry, e"cr('i,,�s and p ro c l l \ l : t i o n of COln­pl. - t l ' one-act pl ay. For "IWI,, · I I major" or i Jy 1 " ' r I I l i Si' ion of t h" d,,­parl tlleM. I I all' 1969-70

:�27 U(I{/i" "n" Tele,·i .• i01l Prod lie/ion .'1

D i rect ion and product ion o f radio and tclcY i , ion p rograrn� w i t h ex­t('nsi\'e II:''' of radio, rl'co rdi l l)!. and tel evision ('qU i l ' l llCIl t . Lecture a nrl work,d lOp. II

:�36 Speed, S('ienre .'l

Prac t ic,al s l l ldy of anatomy, p hp i o logy and phy�ic" i ll\'oh'ed in the "Iweeh pro, ' ,',,,. The study of phonetics and the produ l ' tion of a l l "ou n ds i ll t h e Engl i s h language. n

337 SfJeech Pathology .1

Basil' princ ip le� and therapy o f 'peech corrcction. Remedial pro­I 'ednr(":o; dt-':, igned fo r a rt ic l l l a t. ion, voice: �l l l t tcring! and l a nguage d i so rdRrs. '1'1", reha b i l itat io l l o f the bra i n dallla)!cd and cleft p a i n t " I w n d i e a p l , , ·d. r

4 1-5 Speech ill Ihe S(,colldary School 2

CllrriClI lulI I " onst llll ' t iOIl, 'Iwel'h phi loso p h y [or the teacher. Co-cur­ri " l I ! a r a C l iv i l y_ Adm i n i Hrat iol l of dram", r'l d io a n d forensic a c ti v i t ies. Offcn'd o n demand.

-147 Speech lor the Cla.'Homll Tead,er 2

A SI\1 '\ ' I ')' of "1 " " " ' 1 , prohlem, a nd opportu n i t ie" ", h i c h ('on front the tCHc l l e r i n the c l a"rooll l . II

1 8 0 1 ' 1.\' 1 ' 1{

461 Children'.� Drama Workshop 4

The ch ildren', workshop will com;ist of fOllr and one·half weeks of in tcm.ivc work in ehildren's drama. A complete three·act play, or cquivaicnt, wil l be produced in that t ime. The tudents wil l be i n · volved in d i rec tion , ,tage management, l ighting, and al l other pbases

of production.

462 Summer Drama Workshop 5

The su mlller drama work,hop will consist of five weeb of i n tensive work i Jl drama. A r. l i ng, �tJ.ge management, l ighting ill�trlleliol1, and all other pha"cs ()f p roduc t ion.

463 Slimmer Televi .• ion Work .• hop 4

A practical and inten�ive study of tbe creative and production tech­n ique,; of television programming. Thi: cource is designed for the mature student interested in the commercial, educational, or religious use of television. It w i l l feature extensive use of studio faci l i t ies and equipment.

464 Television and the Ua .•.• room Teacher 2

A cou rse designed to acquaint the classroom teacher with in-school television ; examining television as a medium ; the classroom teach­er's usc of television as an instructional device; the television teacher's problems in "Ianrling production and presentation of in-school lessons. II S

465 Clinical Practice .• in Speech Correctiofl and Audiology 3

Cl in ical school procedures in speech correction and aud iology. Em­phasis on diagnostic. and therapeutic: techniques of common dis­orders. S

497 Special StlUlie .• ill Speech 1 Individual projects and spec.ial outs.ide actI\'ltles under the super­vision of the department. Entrance upon a pproval of the department.

,t98 Special Stlt(Iie.5 in STleech 2

I ndividual projects and spec ia l outside actiVIties under the super­\'i.,ion of the department. Entrance upon a p p roval of the department.

499 Special Stltdies in Speech .'l I ndividual p rojects and special out;;ide actlvltu:s under the super­vision of the department. Entrance u pon a p proval of the department.

527 Research in Speech 1 Individual projects and special outside actlvHlCS under the super­vision of tbe department. Entrance upon approval of the depa rtment.

1 8 1

.:;28 Re.�earch in Speech 2

Indiv idual projecb aud special out"ide act I vIties u n der the SlIl'er­vi,ion of the department. Eu trance upon approval of the depart­ment.

529 Research in Speech .1

Ind ividual projects and spceial ou tside actlvltle" under the "ul'cr­vision of the department. Entrance upon approval of the departmen t.

1 8 2 1' 1 1 1 . II P-C.I · n .R

The Register

THE BOARD OF RF,(;ENTS

ex-officio

D r'. A. G. Fjd lrnan, 5519 Pl r i nney Ave. N., Sca t t l " , Wn. 9HI03 D r. Robert Mortvcdt, Pacific Lu theran n ivcrsi ty,

Rc{!(cscn/s LeA

Tar;oma, \Vn. 98447

Dr. S. C Siefkco, 2007 T h i rd Ave., Sea t t le, Wn. 98121

J'erm expires 1968

PLU A I .C

l\l r,. A l fred Aus, 500 S.W. Fifth Ave., Portland, O re. 97204 Alulllni i\Ir. Gillwrt Berg, 2():16 N. W. 56th, Sea tt l e , \Vn. 9HI07 ALC

Mr. George Callaway, 540 Pu l l ma n Rd., Hillsborougb, Calif. 94010. . Regen t-at-larg"

Mr. Halvor Halvorson, N. 4407 Division , Spokane, Wn. 99207 LeA Mr. Norman Lorentzsen, 9429 Vineyard Conrt, Bellevue, Wn. 9UOO'I A LC

Mr. Harold E. Nei:;on, 371!! N. :�5th St., Tacoma, \Vn. 9Uil07 LeA Rev. M_ F:. Nesse, U21 1 1 12th St. S.W., Tacoma, \Vn. 9H<l9H ALe Dr. Eric Pan lson; S. 3712 Gandy, Spokane, Wn_ 992Q:{ ALe Re\·. IL Peder Waldn lll, 621 S. Ma in St., Kal itipcll, Mont. 59901 J\ I.e

Term expires 1969

D r. Carl B ennet t, 31 15 W. Canal Drive, Kennewick, Wn. 97336

Mr. Ea rl E. Eekst rom, 360!! 2nd Avcnne N.W., S".a t tlc, \Vn. 98107 D r. Ken neth Erickson, 750 \V i t ha m Drive, Corval l i s, O re. 97330

Rc\"_ W il l i a m Focgc, 62!l Lincol n , Wal la Wa lla, Wn. 99362 Hc\". George Grewenow, 1244 N.E. 39th Ave. ,

Portland, Ore. 97232 Rc\". Lowell K n u bon, 1509 24th S t . , Everet t , \\In. 9!l201

i\lr. E i n er Knut.zen , B u rl i n�ton, Wa�hillgton 9!l233 ;"Ir. I-Iowan/ O. Scott , 1 1(.1 l Woodbin ' Lune S.W . ,

A Le A LC LCA ALC

A L C A l u m n i

ALC

Tacoma, \Vn . 98499 Regent-at-la rge Mr. E l mer .T. W h i te, 3332 '13rd A\le. N.E., Sr:attk, \Vn. 9HJOS LeA

Term expires 1970

D r. Paul Bondo, 11 723 E. Bingham Ave., Tacoma, W n. 9fl446 Mr. Donal d E. Co rne l l , 1019 E. 9th S t . , Port A ngeles, \\In. 98.162

�Ir. M ir - i r uel Dcderer, 1008 \'i'c>'tcrn t\Vf'. ,

ALC A I .C

Sea ttle, \Vn. 98104 Rr"gcnt-a t-Iarge Mr. Ronald E. Dougl""" 1212 F. St. S.E., Auburn, Wn. 98002 LeA

Rev. Frank L. Ericksen, 1214 24th Ave., Longview, Wn. 98632 A L C Mr. Carl T . Fynboe, l l 023 Gravel l y L a k e D r i v e S.E.,

Tacoma, W n . 98499

Re\". David Cetl.endaner, 2a24 Lombard Ave., !<:\'erell, Wn. 9!!201

Mrs. .T. L. Moilien, 2137 N . r:. Scl>uyler, Po rtland, O re. 97212 Re\·. Karl Ufer, P.O. llox 465, Pnllman, Wn. 99163

Al u m n i LCA ALe ALe

liE REGI TER 1 8 3

Allvisory Com. m iuee Oil Higher Education Chairman

Rf'v. 1'. [val' P i l o l , 1 1 20 N. I G t h St., Corvall is, Ore. 97330

Rev. Lloyd R oholt, 3910 Lake Road, M i l wClukic, Ore. 97222

Uni ver.,ity Attorney

]\[1'. fred [-[ ' ·.n ricb"n, S�c u rity B u i ldi ng, Tac'oll1a, \V'bh.

CHUHCH OFFICIALS

.. f mericall {, lIlhera1/. Chllrch

Gelleral

LeA ALe

Ik Frt'c1 rik A. Sd, iotz, I ' re,ident, 422 S. Fifth St . , Min n ca pol if', M i nn . 55 ; 1 5

D r. W i l l ia m Larsen, Vi('�-Pre" idcnt, 422 S. Fifth St. , Minneapolis, M i nn . ss m

Mr. N. B u rdette Ndso n , Tr"asllJ'cr, 422 S. fifth St., l\Iinneapolis, Minn. SS115

Arnold Mil'kelson, Secretary, 422 S. Fifth St. , M i nnea pol is, Minn. 554 1 5

:'Vort1r Pacific District

Dr. S. C. S iefkes, Prc$iden t , 2007 T h ird A \'cnnc, Seattle, Wash. 98 1 2 1

Rev. J u dso n L. Cra ry, A d m i n i st rative A "i>tant, 2007 Third A venne, Sea ttle, Wash. 98 1 2 1

0 ... L. V. Hickf', Unl r"h Cou nci l Rep resentative, 5525 GOth Ave. N.E., Seat tle, \Va"h. 98105

nOllrd of College EduclItion

Mr. (ha rlc" B m n i ng. 1 009 \\!. Fourth, Morris, M i n n . Rc'\' , Mart'us Gravel,d, 2525 S. Mai n , S i o u x Fa ll", S . Oak. -Ir. L"ona rd Ha,,,, 1 23 Roose\' elt Ave. , Eau Claire, Wis.

l\fr. Harold l I olm, :� 1 30 St ra tford Ave., Rac i ne, Wif'. Rev. Harold n. K ilualt!, S I S Waluel's S t ., Minot, N.D. Re\·. Roa ld A. K i nl k lU , Box uu, Havre, Mont. Re\' . .Tohn N. Parbst, 37!\ l 1 7 t h rhc. 5., Mi n nea pol is, M i n n . Mr. Edward A. SH�I'''iel, Segu in, Tex_ Re\·. E r l i ng I ! . Wold, :124 Ch",; tnnt St., Grand Forks, N.D.

I.utller(lll. Church in America, Pacific North rve.d SYII(J(I

Dr. A. G. Fjdlrnan, Pre"ident, .5519 Phi nney Ave. No., Seattle, Wash. 98103

]I,'I r-. Gordon .J. S to ra""l i, A" i,ta n t to the Pre . ..; idenl, 55 1 9 Phinney Ave. No., Sealtle, \Vash. 98103

The I'acifi,' o rtl lwest Synod of the Lutlwt'an Church in A merica has accepted Par· i fi" Lu theran li n i \'crsity as o nc of the inst i t u t i ons of h i p:hcr eu""il t io n which i t enclor!'cs and 'n(1(1orl". The Synod has represen tation on thc Univcrsity's Board of nep:cnt>', hilt doc...; no t ,..;hare ownersh i p of the in4itut ion.

1 84 "1' 1 1 1 II I 1 .. 1 II· H

Representing Boards of College Education Mr. Norman D. Fintel, Executive Director, Board of

College f.ducation, The A merican Lutheran Church Dr. I .oui� T. Almen, Executive S (:cretary, Boa rd of College

Education and Churc h Vocat ions, Lutheran Church in A merica

ALUMNI nOARD

President, Rev. Luther O. Watne" '49, Portland, Oregon ( 1968 ) Vice Presiden t, Robert A. N istad '53, Sea ttle, Wash ington ( 1969 ) Secretary·Treasu r er and Director 0/ Alu mni Rela tions, JOll B. O\<;on '62 Taeollla, \V,,,llington ( Ex-off i l ' io )

T E R M I·:X P I R ES MAY, 196!l

Cu�taf A nderson '4f1 J\'icrcer [sland, Washington Donald Mon",n '39 Ol ym pia. Wash ington 1 I <;I('n Nordqu ist '57 Tacoma, \Va�hington E. Robert Stuhl lll i l l lT '57 Edw a l l , Wash ington

TERM I':XPI RES MA Y, 1969

Dr. .r 55 B u mgardne r '49 Bea\'erLon, Oregon Gerry D ryer '61 S pa naway, Wash ing ton D,·. A n i ta Hend" ick"on '57 Sea tt "', \Va,h i n g t o n Tcrry Svcrdsten '57 Kellogg, I daho

TERM E XPIRES i\L\ Y, 1970

f),ru Ill' Bnen tson '51

B u rl i ngton, \X'ashington Lucile Larson '56 TacOIna, 'Va�hington

Rohert E. l{o", '54 Malcolm L. So i ne '52 Tacoma, Washington Tacoma, Wa<;hington Dr. 1\\. Roy Sc:hwarz '5f1 Seattle, Washinglon

llEPllESENTAT!VES TO THE U N I VE RSITY BOARD OF REGENTS

f." the ,· An, '32, Po rtland, Oregon ( 1 96B ) Ex-o//ido Rev. Lowell Knnt;;o" '5 1 , EYcrctt, Wash i llp:ton ( 1 969 ) M ichael McKean Carl T. Fynhoe '49, Taco ma, Wa h i ng ton (1970 ) Sen ior C lass President

AD1\HNI STHATlVE AND OTHER OFFICERS 1967-68

Pre�ident A UJr l in islrati\"e A,�istant

Academir: Adm inistratiun Ar.ademie Viec Pre;;ident

Director of Graduate Studies D i rector of Summer Scs:,ion Registrar k;sistant Regi�trar

Robert A. L. Mort\"edt LI", i l l" G_ G i ronx

Thomas I I . l .a ngevin

Charlcs T. Nelson Loleta G. Espeseth

1 8 5

D i reetor of Broaden!'t Services and In'3trllct ional Materials Production Judd C. DOllghty

Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences Charie" D. A n dnson Dean of the Col lege of Profe,,, ional Studies. . Hichnrd D. Moe

Director of the School of BU'3ine;;s Admin i · t rat iolL .... Gundar J . King D i rct' to ,' o f the School o f Education Kenneth A. John-ton Director of the School of Fine and Appl ied Arts ( Acting) Ric hard D. Moe Di rector of the School of Nur'ing . Doris G. Stucke Director of Teacher Placement .. . A me K. Pederson

Librarian . . Frank H. Haley

Business Administration Vice President-Bu.,ine:;s and Finance

A "ista n t Controller Bu, .. in f\"':-; l\lrana�er

Plant Manager Manager of the Boobtore . Di reetor of Food Service A,-istant Director of food Service Acting Di rector of Athletic: ·

D i rector of Data Ptocessing .....

Dereiopment Vice President for Development ..

r"-sociate in Developmen t . .

University R eia tions Vice Presirknt-Unisersi ty Relations

Direc tor o f Admi." ion, A"i:;tant D irector of Admi,sions and

F inancial A ids Officer. Assista nt D i rector of AdmiS.5ions. Ad mission." Counselor

Director of Alumni Rela t ions DircI;tor of Church Relations ... News Bu reau Chief

Student Personnel Service Vie(� Pre,idcnt-Stttdent Affairs

Dean of Men Dean of Women A",istant Dean of ,\Vomen Director of Counsel ing and Testing Service . Director of Housing Psyehomct riq Acting Director, Hea l t h Service Chief Nu rse

Swdell l C{)ngrc�{/I,ion Uni"cr"ity Cha plain Assi stant Pastor

. . . . A. Dean Buchanan Jerry C. Hambort Howard K Vedell

Doris McCarty Edith Dougherty

Mary Hel!tvedt H. Jo'cph Broeker

Paul A,kland

Clay ton B. Peten'on Arthur O. Peder"en

M i l ton L. NeHig J. E. Daniel"on

M. Ja mes Vnn Beek Rona l d C. Coltom

Mark E. A ndcr,cn . Jon B. Olson

.. Harvey J. Neufeld . . E. Joseph Schneider

. Daniel R. Leasu re Wil l iam W. Sandler. J r.

. . . Margarct D. Wichtrom l\Iary Jane Heisler

Seiie hi A da('hi ._ Leighland Joh nson

Gary M inl'll i Paul Bondo, M.D.

G ladys Bcr·gum

. .. John O. Lar.-gaard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Morris V. Dal ton

1 8 6 T I l ! 1l 1.1,! n I.

FAC U J ,TY " '-1%7 - 1%B

IW ln:RT A, L. Il'lORT\'EDT. 1962·

Presidcnt 11 . 13" St. Ola f (o[l('p:(·. 1 924 ; '\ .M., PI , .D., Ha n'a rd U n i\er,-ily, 1 ();{O, 19.�4 : LL.D., Pa<: i fi . . Li l l herall Unin'r,- i l), . A u glHana Col I ('�e, 1961 : L i l l . l >., \Vag· ncr Col l ege, 1962,

S E l I u n A DII C H I , 1%7·

ilssista n t Professor of P.\ycholo!-'y (ln d Fdll ('([tion, lJircctur of Coullseling and Testing S ' (L'in: B . A " Ja mestown Col l lege. 1 9 4 6 : B,D" IIIcCorl l l i l 'k S e m i n a ry, 1 9.5 1 : L\ . . Ed, I) " Teachers Col I l ·ge. Colu lH l , ia Uni\ c r,-i ty . 1 957. 1960.

H A R RY S. A D A MS. 1947·5 1 , 1 962-

il ss(wiatc Professor oj Physirs B.S., M.S., Kan,as Stal<' U ni,"" r,-il),. 1 9 '15, 19·1 -7 : PI, .D., Univer,.it)' of Min· ne,." la, 1962.

E LVI N M A R T I N :\ K R E, 1 9,-37-

Associate Prufes,'!Jr oj History R.i\ . , Concordia Colleg(;, 1928 : M , A " Uni\ er" i l y of W",h ington, 1911 : fll l't1 w r ,,:radlla te ;;t l ldy, U n i n'r, i l \' o f \V,,<h i n � lon, U I I i\'e r,i l \ o f 0,,10, E x e l e r '01 "'g(', O x ford Uni\ t'i',itv,

R I C H A R D A. II LSF.TH, 1 965·

Instructor in Physical Educa tioll , Swimminl' ; Pool Manager ; Coach of Sll..·in�mil1g I3.S .. W",h i Ilp:ton Slate U n i ,,!'r,. i ty. 1962.

CH A R LES D E A N ANDERSON, 1959·

Professor of Ch ernis/rY. Dean of the College of A rts and Sr'iences B.A . , SI. O laf Col l ege, 19.52 ; A,M., Ph.D., Harvard ' n iver"i t)', 1954, 1959.

JOSI': P H L. A N D ER SON, 1906·

Assistant Professor of Religio n fl.A., A ' I [! I I >' lHnCl College ( Rock 1" land ) , 1945 : B.D., A uguotanll TI,eo­logic a l Sem i n a ry, 1 94R ; S.T.M., Union Theologiea l Sem inary, 1 952 : Ph.D., Rn,ton U n ivei"' i ly, 1966.

GF.O RGE EVANS A RRAUG I f. 1959·

Projcssor of Philosophy B.A., Auguslana Collcg(� ( Roek bland ) , 1 %5 : M.A., Ph.D., Un iv"r,. i l ), of Iowa, 195R, 1959.

" Da t r, aftel' n'"ne i ndica te,. the heg i n n i n g of term of service.

I). STUA RT BAN CROFT, 1967-

Instru c/or in Business

I I I . II I L I ... ' I I. H

RS.R, M.RA., A r izona State U n i \ cl,ity, 1963, 1965 .

. \ S E .T. BASSETT, 1904-

I/ ssistant Professor of Speech

1 8 7

B . A . , Bowl ing Green State lJni\'ersity, 1952 ; M.A. , Ph.D., The Ohio S tate Un iversity, 1957, 1962.

KE 1\'ETH Ef)\,\i,\ R D BATKER, 1966-

Assistant Professur of Mathematic� B_A., W a rt burg Col lege, 195 7 : M.A. , Un iq�rsity o f Colorado, 1961 : fur­ther g raduat!' ,.;tu dy, University of Oregon.

i\[ARTA ELLEN B E RG, 1907-

Assistall t Professor of flealth and Ph ysical EdlllXltion B.A., Paci fic Lutheran Un ivcr,ity, 1960; M.A. , Paci fic Lutheran Univcr,i t)', to be conferred 1 96fl.

W. HAROLD S E XTON, 1965-

Professur of-Psychology

B . A., McMastf'r ·Univcr;;i t)', 1935 ; M.A., n iver,.;i ty of Saskatchewan, 1950 : Ph .D . , McGill Un i,cr,i t)', 1953.

GRACE E LE ANOR BLOl'vfQUIST, 1939-

I'hsocilt le Professor of Ell "Iish B.A., Concordia College, 1934 ; lIt A., Syracu'e n iver, i ty, 1939: further grad­uate ,.;tlldy, University of Minnesota. Goet l", University.

H E R M A N JOSEPH BROEKER, 1966-

InstmclOr in Health and Physical Educalion, A c ting Director of A thletics, Coach of Baseball B.A., l'I!.S., \\lJ,;hill�ton Stat" Univcr<ity 1965, 1967.

ROY Eo CA RLSON, 1962-

Assistant Professor of Physical Education, Coach of Football and Tfl reSiling B.S .. Univcr i tl' of Wash ington, 1948 ; M.S., Waohington State Uni\-crsity, 1962.

ME Ll:lA J E A N CAT I l ER, 19(i6-

Instructor in fVlLTSillg B.A., Uni\'er,ity of Miami, 1952; M.A., Un ivcr,i ty of Wash ington , 1961.

ALICE-MA R I E B . CH AMBE RS, 1966-

Assi,ltalll Professor of Edacation B.s., Un i\'cr,; i ty o f U tah, 19'15 ; M.A., Un iversi ty o f Wa sh ing ton, 1965.

8 8 Till. I F I . n I

GEOHGA N N 1\ . C H A S E, 1 9M­A ssistant Projes.lOr oj Nnrsing Il .S.N_, M.S. Nursing �d., Univer.- i ty of Ore�ol1, 1955. 1959.

KENNETH EUGENE Cf-lIUSTOPHERSON, 195H­A ssi.,llIn t Projcs,\()r oj R digion 1:1.:\ . , Allg,"talla Coli ege, 1946 : RTh., Luther TheologieaI Sem ina ry, 1 950 : g ru d l'llte ,tueiy, Un ivcr, i ly of O,do, Ulliven'ily of lVl i nne'ota_

LO W E L L \\' A TSON CULVER, 19M­.·l5sislIl lI l Projessor oj Po/itiw[ Science B.A., San Diego State Col l ege, 1954 ; M.A., Univer,i ty of Cal i fornia, 1 9.1 7 : I'h. O., U n i v", ""ity of SUlI t l ,crn Cal ifo rn i a , 1967 .

.I A l\lES D AVIS, 196.1-I nslrllclor in EcoTL omics B.S. , :Y! .S., MOlltal la Slate Univ [',: it)', 1964, 1965.

C A R R O L E I .VT ' DEBOWER, 1964-Ass(lciate Projessur of EdllUliioll n.s_ , Midl a nd Col lc'ge, 1%2 : l\!.Ed., Ed.D., niversit)' o[ Nebra:;ku, 1959, 1 964 .

DD C. DO UG I ITY, 1 962-Assistant. Prole.mlT (1/ S"ccch , Director 0/ R roadmsi Services and !nstructi",w[ Materials Pruduction B . A . M_A_, Pac i fic 1 . I I I I , , , ,,,,n niwrsity, 1955, 19G 1 .

K A RI N 1-1. I J U RI-I A !VI , 1966-Instru c tor in r;erTlWfl B.Ed., Un iv" '-"i ty of B r i t ish Col l l lll bia, 1963 : M.A., (jn iver,ity of Washington, 1%6.

I .A \\' IU:NCE c. EGGAN, 1965·

.'(ssocil/ te Proje",sor (lj il'lathcmati,." B.A., Pacif i" Llltlreran university, 1956 ; M.S., PIr.D., Universi ty of On!­;>;011 , l%H, 1960.

EMiVIET E. F.KLUND, 1964-Associate Prufessor uf Rel£giol/. B.A., Betlrany College, 1941 ; B . D . , Augustan" Sem i nary , 1945 : M.A., Uni­v«r,i ll' of Chira.,;o, 195H : ['11 .0. , Bo,lon Univcr,ity, 19M.

LOIS L [ LAM, 1966-InslruI'({)r in JVursing B.S., University of Wa"hi ngton, 1959 : furth e r !!raduate study, university of \Va,hi nf';ton.

GEORGE ROllERT E L W E LL, 1959-Ass;.s lant Projessur of A rt B.A. , YOllngstown Univehity, 19·�9 ; M.A. , New York U niven;ity, 1955_

.I A i\ ET ill. E R W I N , 1967-lllstrw:/or ill ETllili.lh

TIlE RF ,I TEl

B.A. , Wake ForiA Co l lege , 1960 ; M.A., Duke n h'ersity, 1 961.

D O N A L D R A Y:\WND FA RM ER , 1955-Professor 0. / ['oiillail Sr:il:Tl CC B.S_ Ed., P h. I l ., UniV'r'rsity of M in ne<;ota , 1944, 1954_

W I N N I I-'Iu: n 1\1. FlS I I E I{, 1966-A .lsis/rlf!t Professo r uf German

1 8 9

B . A . , Lf;w i s and Cl a rk Coll r,ge, 1961 ; M.A. , University of Washington, 1 962; St " di�s at Goethe I n,t i tutc and Free Un i\'crsity, 13 e rl in .

:\L JOSEPH I N E FLETCHER, 196:3-A ssistaTl t ['rufessor of Nu rsillg H . . i . , Nort h Park College, 1960 ; M.S. , DePa u l l]ni\"t:r,ity, 196:3.

R. BYA R I l FRITTS, 1949-Associate Professor of ,Hllsic n.NI. , W itten herg University, 1948 ; A.Mus. D., Ea<;tman School of l\'iu"ic, Univ 'rsity of Roch"stf'r, 19 19, 1 958.

RO N A L D W. GENDA, 1967-Assistant Pro/c.lsor of f:conom ics 13.5.[(' 1 ., Rail State U n i vcr,i ty, 1965 : 1\,1. A., Purnnc University, 1967.

E A R l . R. C I': R H I-: lM, 1962-Profe.lsu r of Biology n. i\ ., M.S., Un i \'cr,i ty of New Mexico, 194 1 , 1947 ; Ph.D. , U n h'crsity 01 North Carol i na . 19-19.

W l LI .l A \! P. G I D D I NGS. 1962· Associate ['rolessor 01 ChemislrY n.A . , DePauw nivi"',i tv, 1954 ; A. 1\·I., Ph. D., Harvard U n iversity, 19.'56, 1 %9.

GO R nON O. G I l . B E RT S O N , 1954-Asso('iate ['ro/essor 0/ Music B.A . , COI1i'ordia Col lege, 193 7 : M.M., Northwestrrn Un i\'crsity, 1942 : furt l l f ' r graduate .;tu dy , Un ivcr,ity of Colorado, Uni\'ersity of Wa,h ington.

STEWART D . GOVIG. 1 95f1-60. 1961-A.lsociate Pro/essllr 0/ Religion B . A . . St. O l a f C :() I Iq�e, 194 8 : B .Th . , LlIth�r Theological Semina ry, 1952 ; M.Th., Princdon Th�,ologi( 'al Scmina ry, 195 4 : Ph.D., New York Un i­\c r, i t l'. 1966.

A R NOLD J,\ S P E R H AGEN, 1955-A ssoria te Professor III Edamtiun B . A., Concordia College, 1931 ; M.E:d., U nive rsi ty of Mon tana, 1941 ; Ed.D., C niver,i!}, of 0 !'f'gOIl, 1955.

190

J A �IES A . H A L S I·:TI I . 190u· Ill., lructor in lIislliry B . A . . COIl" ord ia Cn l l cge, ( Moorl ,,;ad ) , 1962 : �L\. , Ea,;tcrn New Mex i . . o lI l l i, , · .. ,it)', 196.� : f l i r t l in g;radl latc ,ludy, T" :<a , Tec l ln()I ()� i J :a l Co l le )!;. ·.

P A U L I ': . I li\J H I\I " i\ , 1 9G7· In.5 l m f 'lur ill -"I we,·" I3.A ., "al · i fi . . LlI llwrall U l l i l' c r, i l y . 1 967.

" " 1 1 .1 1 ' E NOC I I ! l A U G t-:. 1 920·

Professor of fduclJliun I\ .A . . 51. Olaf Co lh, . c , 1 920; M.A., Ph.D. . Il in'r"i t)' of Wa;;l i i n g tol l , 1924,

1 9 1 2 : L I . . D .. Pacific L l l th era n Un in· . . ,it)', 19GO.

1 0 1 1 1\ O. H I� l{ZOG, 1967·

Associate Professor of !lIll lh emali,'" B.A. . ( :nncordia Co I I f'g" I IIIoo rl J ( 'ud ) 195( : li L A . , Ph.D.. Unin'r,il), of N ... hnl-ka . 1 959. 1 %'1.

Rl U J A IW \'. I l l LDA HL, 1 9(1 1·

Ins l rudor in Rilsiness ,Jdlllinisira lioll

n.B .. \ . . "" .. i fi .. L i l t l w rrln n i " ,r"ily, 19().5 : lYUl . ·\ . , Un il'er.- i t\· o f Cheg;ol1, 1966.

LA YO\' C. 1- IOLl )F:N, 1 9(,(·

/lelin!; III.I lm clne ill S"ee . . h n.A .. IJa .. i f i .. I . ll t l l C'r'"1 n i\·(, .. , i t,.. 1.967.

G A H Y I .. H O L M A )! , 1 967· /'l.II.'iislflllt Profe.'i.sor of E('UflOmirs B .A .. 5 1 . Mart in'" Lol le�f ' . 1962 : M.A., U n i \ e .. , i l) of \Va"h i n�ton,. 1965.

B IU NT01\ K. HOu\JBE H C , 1 %1 ·

Instructur in P.ly,-lwlogy ll.:\ . . lVi.Ed . . Cenl .. al \'i'a,liil1�ton State Col lege. 1962, 1964.

C U I{TIS E. H I3 E R, J 96r1-

.. I.ssuciale Pmfl'5sor of PhilosfJllhy B.A. , B.D., Concordia Senl inary, 1950, 19.5:1 : :lI. A., I ' h . n., n i \ CJ'- i t \· of Wi ''' ( l I l , in , 1958, 1902.

1. .-\ itI-: N C E D. HUESTIS, 196 1. ·

//ss()rillie (lru/esso r Ii/ r:hemislry B.S., rh.D. , U l l i W I>i ty of Cal i fo r n i a , 1956, 1960.

W I I . I . lM.J R. I I UTC l-\ J': O N , .T H., 1'167·

As.lisillfl i Pr()/ess()r uf III/siness .. Idministration B.S . . U n i \'!'r,it)' of Hh,,"" I ,l and, 1953 ; M.B . A . , Un i \ c rsity of Wa,h ingtOIl, 1 96.'1.

JO A I\ i': .I 1-: \' S I': I\ , 19<>7·

/lss()ciu lC Pro/cs:f,ur oj Biology

1 I I I 1.1 . 1 ./ I II 1 9 1

. \ , n . , 1 " \I' . i f i ( ' 1 , « I h l' ra« U « il 'er, i l y , 1 95 1 : M , A " U « i ' I T - i l l' o f Sn( ( l h � rn

Ct l i fn rn i ll , 1 % 7 : PI . . ] ) . . 10\\'a S la l r ' n i l'p r, i ty . 1 9 6 1 .

I{ [ Cf L-\IW J. J OBST . 1 <)(,/· In .'ilruct{ Jr il l .':-:v(·/ulv(.:,r B , A . . l i l l i ' l ' r, i t ,· o f S a « Fra n ! ' i ,! 'o . 19( A : :'IL\ . . e l l ; \ l T- i t )' of Cal i fo ", ia , 1967,

I U U I L I ,: iII A n G U I� I{ I T E J O I l '\'SON, 195:\· . /s.W) (,;Il(C Pru/essur u/ f:nglish B, ,\ .. Conl 'ordia Col lege, 1 9 '10 : IVI .A" \\'a,l , in>;toll State U n i,·ersi t ,·, 1 9'� 3 ; Erl . ! ) , ( Rhptor i l : ) . l I ivr rsi t y of MOl l ta l la , to h e t ' O l l fl'(Tt'd 1 9(,R.

I\.I,: N N I,:T I I A, J O I I N STO N, 1964-Professor of Education, /)irator oj the .5,·hoo/ uj Educatioll B , A . , \Vcst " ", W""h ing ton State Col lege, 1 9 4 7 : lVI .A " Sta nford U n i " cr, i ty,

1 9:1:\ : Ed,D" Wa,l , i ngLon Stat e , U n i " cr, i t l' , 1 964,

A LB E R T I I G i l JON E , 1 964·

AssisUlll t Profc.lsor of Education 13,5" l\U\ . . Ph.D" Ol , io State Un;, cr,.it)', 1 95 1 . 1955, 1966,

O LAF MELV I N JOR D A H L, 1 940· Professor 0/ Phpics A , B., Lll th!'r Co II ef!;C, 1925 : -I .S" U n i \'('r,i ty of P i t t-hurgh, 1927; Ph,!)" Ullil'('('" i l y of W ; ,con,.in, 1 9,1�,

THEODORE OSCAR H E N RY KI\ RL, 1940·42, 1948· Professor oj -"" eech B .A" M,A" G(H;) ' " , Aelol phus Col lege, 19,34, 1 9:16 ; further graduute stu ely,

nin'r-i t )' of Sonth l'J'n Cal i fornia, Stan ford U n i" cr,i ty,

G i\' !) A R JULIJ\ N K I �G, 1960· ['rlljcss{/( oj Bu" illcss Adm inisuation, Director 0/ the 5('1100/ 0/ Busin ess Administration B , B . A . . t' n in'rsity of O regon , 1 950 : l\L B , i\ " Ph,D" S t.a n ford U n i v e rsity,

1958, 19(,3,

L:\ H S r.:n:RI::TT KITTLESON, 1 956 ·

Assistant Pm!essor oi A rt I 3 ,S " U n i v e r- ; t y of \v i,con,in in Mil\\'aukee, 1950 : M,S" Un iver,ity o f

W i scon,in, 195 1 ; M , F,A., ' n i l" c t'>, i ty of Southcl'l( Ca l i fo rn ia, 1955,

HA '{l\ION O A, KLO P S C H , 1 95:j· . "l s.sol'iulC ['roje.s,wr IIj English 13.S . . I l l i no is I n ;t. i tute of Technology, 1949 ; l\!,A" Ph,D" U n ivcr,ity of I l l i no is, 1950, 1 962,

1 9 2 1 1 1 1 K l l ,l I II

A L \' [ i\ I I . K\fA PP, 1 96(), A"s;,/a/l.t Prulessor 0/ Mllsie H . . S" l\'! 's ' , .T u i l l i a rd Sc hoo l of Music, 1 949, 1950 ; g ra d u a t (; study, Co l u lllb ia U n i " e!'.- i t l', Pacifi" L < l the ra n U<l iycr,;i ty, < I ivcr;;ity of ['«get Sou n d , Uniyer' ,; i ty o f \\ 'a -h i n g t o ( L

E H I C I I C.'\ R L K N O I{ ]L 1 9 1 9 · Projc,s,'ior ()f Sociulogy C raliu<ll L', SL Pa u l Lu t her College, 1 921 : Cand. Theo\., 51. Panl Lu t h"'r Seminary, 1 92 1 : B.A" M,A., Wa,hington Statr Unil'cr,ity, 1929, 1930 ; Ph.D.,

n i , ,'r-i t y o f Wa,! t in�tl ln, 1 946,

.TF:NS \v 1': R N I� R KNUDSEN, 1957· Proje.I.wr nj niology 13 . ;\ " Pac if ic Ln t heran U n iw'r"i l)" 1952 : M.S., Ph.D" ' n ive'r"itY of SOll th ( ,rn Ca l i fo rn i a , 1 '15 1 . 1957.

A 'I .'i E E I .I S E K I\ UDSO N , 1 94(,· /1""(1( ,;11/(, P,o les.w, of Engli.\h n . A . , A u gu"!an" Colkg,·. 1 92fL .1> 1 " " " Wa,hington S t a te Un iY,T-i ty , 1 93(, : f t l r t l ( e r gradu a t e st udy, U n ivers i ty of Wa.-h i ngton, Wa ,l ( i n gton State Un iver· ,;ity, U n iv " , ,- i t)' o r " Cal i forn i a , U n i "er"ity of London, Brradloaf Sel (oo l of Engl i .- IL

J E R RY n. K R ACHT, 1 %7· Instfllct",. ill Mllsic n.M .. 1\1 .1\ . , Univrr,;i ty of Iowa, ] 96.3, 1 9(,5.

TI IO'\L\S H, LA NGEV I N , 1%5·

I'rolessur 0/ HistflrY, A cademic Vice Presidcnt, Director uf G raduate Studies, Director of Su m mer Session B.S., CO rl ( 'ordia Teachers College ( Seward, Ncbt'aska ) , 1947 : M.A., Ph.D.,

n iver., i t \ of l\<' l J ri1,ka, 1949, 1 95 1 .

n . \ i\' I E L R . U:A S U R E, 1966· Prolessor 01 Edll mti(J n . ViI'(' Presiden t - Stllrirn t Aflairs B . A . , \Ve,t m i rb(er Co l l e�<" 1 9SR : M . E l i., Ed.D. , I'I�nrl"y lv; J t t ia S t a t e U n ;\ cr, i ty, 1%0, 1 % 1 .

H A RO LD .r. L [ R ;\ A S, 19:15-42, 1 947, Projcs,Ior lif ni"lo�)' A . n ., Lnt h"r College, 1930: M.s., PILD., D . ] ).S., Un ivcr':itl" of i!\Ii('higan, 1 9:)2, 19:35, 19,16,

K£N l\ ETH A . L U ED E R , 191i7· Instru c/or il/. Math ematics

n.A. , Luther C o l l (,"l', Dcr:o ra i l , Iowa, 1965 : M.A. , Uniycrs i ty of i\ebraska, 1967.

'11 1 1 I I r , 1 1 1.1 ' 19 3

G J-:i \ E C A H l W L L LU. l I lGAAfW, 1 9511-

.. 1s.Ii'IIIIlI Profess(lr (I/ IJh )·.,iud Edu ca lion . COllch 01 HII.ske lill/li H.A . , �:d., Pac i f ic L u t l l c ran Un iYC' · .. - i ty. 1 95 1 : M .. . _. Un i Y 1 'r.- i t y of W,,,h­i n ;; lo n . 196·1 .

I,: G E N E A . }[ A l E B . 1967-Visiling Pru lessor of Malh emalics B.A., M . .'\ . . P I I . !) ., Cni\ l 'r"ity o f 0 '('[,0 1 1 , 19!1 9, 195 1 , 1 'JS 1.

' C UY\I A!{ . IO I L\ i\ i\' I·: . i\['\ L M l j\-, 1 9:1'/­l'rolessor oi ral;II (IIU/ No('{cegillTl.

IL·\ " r . u l llel· Col 1 ( ';;,' . 1 9:2:1 : H.M. , St. Olaf «()II , ·�(·. 1925 : !\!.i\ [ n " . , L n i ­""'" i t )' o f i\li c h ip:a n , 1 9 1 0 : f u r t l ,('l ' gradl lal l ' 'Ili d y. Un iy er" i ty o f 50 1 1 1 1 , ­<'I'll Ca l i fo rn i a . U n i l'cr, i ty o f 0.-10.

A R T I ! B OA\ ' l i l M A R T I NSON, 19(,('· .. l s.,isla lll em/cssor 0/ Hi.llory H . :\ . . I 'a ( ' i fi<: Lu t h eran U n i n' r" i l )" 1 95 7 : M.A . . P l l . i l . , \\'""I, i ngton Sta l , ' n l -I l ' " i l l' . 1 % 1 . 1 96(,.

T H O M A S A . i\kKA Y. 1%7-

IlIslru C/or ill P h i/os(I!,h r [ 1 . :\ .. \L.-\., Con zaga U n i\ l.,." i ty . 1 962. 1911:'.

K E I T H Ii' E N D E r . 1 . i\!< -l\L\ 5 T E I{ , 1 %7 -:·-/ssi."lan t Prnje .... ·s()r of BlIsin t!ss Ildm illisuali(Jn

B.I3 . :\ . . n i l f ' l , i t )' of Wa"h Lnp: l o n . 1 96 '1 : M . B . A ., U n i , (') '.- i l y of Or<'i!on, 1<)():'.

n r n ! A JU> I ). MOE, 1 9(,5 -Pro /esSI)r o f 1�'du ('(J lioll , /Jean o f the Collcge 0 / Pro/essiollal SI lIdi6 B .. '\ . , Concordia Col l e."" ( I\foo r l wad. Minn. ) , 1 95 1 : M.Ed., F.d.O., Cni­I I T,i l ), of Col o rado. 195:;, 190:2.

KATf-IA tU \, E 1,: n nrrOOKF: MON HOE. 19Ci7-Assistalll Pro!c:;.\U,. ul "'rcllch B . A . , Loo uon U n il'p" i t )' 1932 : M.A., 71'! iddlehury Collci-(e, Vennont, French 1 9 12 , E n i!l i -" 1 95 1 : fn rt h ... r p: 1'a dn<l I I ' ,t u d y , Col l l i n h i a li ni" " r- i t y a nd O h io S t a t e U n i l' l 'r,i l l· .

,\ 1 . 1 0: .T A � I E S j\' AP.TCS, ] 'IIi:3-// ssislllfit Pro/ussor ,,/ I�'dllca tiofl B . A . , M. A.. ni l' lT, i l y I I f \\·a,l , i ni!tlln . I SlS(,. 1CJ6's.

C I L\ R LE5 T. N U .50 'l , 19Ci7-Inslrl/ ( ' lur in I·:dll( "([li()ll, Ncgistrar B.S., Edu c a l i o n . C,'ne,-al Rf':Idk S tal" Coll ('gF, S. Dakola , 1 %.3 : M,A .. Adams Sia l<' ( :o l l ('ge. ( :o lo rd dl l , 1964.

" O n I " H I" '. 1%7-fill

1 94 rHJ I 1 ( 1 ' " I

B l KfO:\ I .. N r·:SS r·:T. 1%,-�'lssisll[!/ t I)ru/cs ..... "r of Chemistry n . '\ . . Sl. 0 1 ,, 1' Coll t -�(' , 1957 : M.e; . . Ph .D . . Pll rc h ) (, U n i n:r,i l " , 1960, 1902.

F R I·: J ) J-: H r u . : I .A L l{ I ·: "l U: N E \\, \, I I A M, 1950-IJrufcssf)r ()l lHll�.;,i(' ( ; ra " " " I < ' , H "" ,d A " , , , I , , , , , ,' of 1\[ ",i( ' , Londo n , 1925 : T"" . - J wr', T ra i n i ng Ce rt i f i " a l e, L l l i " . " i ! , of London, 1 ():!5 : A , ,'o c i a l e : , Royal Col le ge of MIlS ic, l .{) n d , , " , 1 ')2R : L i e f ' ' ' l i a l ' ', " ,;,;oe ia"' , F'c l low, Ho yed Ac, , , .I ' · I 1 1) o f MIl, i , ' , Lond"n. 1 9:.'9. l en 1 . 1 %2 .

J-: ]{ ! ( : ['; O fW HO I .l\L 1 9 5 5 -A .'\sisUtfl l Pr()/essor 0/ '''llcee!1

B . I-' . '\ . , An I I H i l u l < ' of C h i ca�o. 1 <)51 : ('ra d l lalc , 1 ' ldy, I n d ia na U n i,!:'r, i t)'.

P H I J . l I " \ K E I{SO N j\O IW Q U TST, 196:1· , 'issueili le Pttlje ...... wr of lliS(Of), 1 1 . ,-\ . . Pacific Ll l t heran U n i , , 'r,it) ', 1950 : iVL\ ., Ph. )) .. Un iH:r-i ly of \\'a,h· in).!;ton, 1 %0, 1 9M.

S1 - 1 E H:VIA N I.l E R DEF:N N' O l{ 1\ ES, 1959-61 : 1 965· .I1ss()('ili lc Prufe.ssor of Physics B.A. , COIl l 'urdia Co I I"gc , 1 95 1 : M.S., U n in:rsity of Norlh Oakotn, 1956 ; 1 ' 1 1 . ) ) . . Wu,: h i nglon Stli l e n iH,r, i t )' , 1965.

S.\ H A i\ . OF'J -' I U: I{ . 1 967-Instru ctnr i l l lIelllth (JI1i1 Pin-sica! Education

B.S., O re�o n State Coll ege, 195fl : M.S. , Indiuna U n iver, ity , 1965.

j{OB I� l{T CA R L O L .SEN, 1 9 [7-Pru/essor oj Chemistry B .S., I ' h . I l . , r-,! i c - i . i gal l S t a t · U l l i " r rsity, 1931, 1936.

I . l ;'l l ) ,\ i'i H .SON O L . �O N . 1 967-IlIslrtu:lnr ill lYllrsing R . N ., H.S.i\ . . ivI .N_ , n i n :rsi l ) of W""hinglO I l . 195R, 1959, 1964.

FLOH I-:NU: A. OnV I K, 1967-Ilssislanl Professor oj Edu mtiu/l. B.S., !\Ioorhead Stal" Col l ege, ] 953 ; M.A., E""tern Washington Slale Col­lege, 11)(, 1 .

B l I In-ON THOl\IA S OSTEN'SON, 1947· Professor of fliology B .A . , Ll I l l w r Col lege;, 193 2 ; M.S. , P h . f) . , llniver,ity of Miehigan, 1 93<1, 1 9 17.

DO . · .' I . D L. PATTI I':, 1964·

Assistallt Professor "j iJit/log\'

1 9 5

B.:\ . , Conco rdia Col l "g". 1 955 : ]\1.".'1'. , i\'Iol l tana State U " in' ]',it\', 1960: P h . D ., n i\,, ' ] ',ity of i\lonta n a , 1 967.

A H \ I': K I·:'i .'H:TH P E D I·: R. 0 :-'1 , 1 %0-

i/ss{)('illte Pmjessur o.i Edt/cllliol!. /) irector vf Tc({ ( 1Jcr !'laccment

B.A.Ed . . B . E d . . M . !\ . . P a c i f i c L l l L lwran U n in'l , i t y . 1 9 1 9 , 19.5:1, 1%0 : fl l l-1 1 , ( " , I-, ,,,, , , I" [ l t l ' , t u d\" ( " n i \T r" i t y of W",I , i l l !! t o n .

.lO H 'J E. I ' E:TF: I1S E N , 1 '.1(,7-.·hsislar7l Professor uj l\('/igiuf/ B . A . , 5 1 . Ola f Col l",.:(' . 1 95 1:1 : B . D .. L u t h e r Selll i " a n', 51. P,," ! . 1 9(,:\ : \ 1 . ,\ . , Nl 'w Y(>rk 1 " i ,,"r, i t L 1 905.

CI'I AR LES A B TI I C H P ET E I{SON , ] <)59· , '/sslIl'i,tlr Pm/e,\.\ur 11/ /Iasiu !'.)s i/ dll1in islraliull

n . s . . " a n ,�a, State Teacher" \ .o l l <:g,·', 195 1 : M.S., n i \ ( . , ." i t \· o f Ten l \ ( " ','r, l 'lS:Z : 1 ' 1 , . 1 ) . . U " i \ ('r,i l \' of \ I i l l l \ ( ',o l a . 1 %0.

r. \ B Y n. 1 ' F: ' f ' F I{SON. 1 907· Instrll ctur i1l liltl /herna/if's n , s . . l ll w a Sta te U n i \ . . ,., i t )' , 1 9(,() : M .S., \\' ( - '-t('\ ' 1 1 \\i",l l i nglOI l S t a l , ' ( :O l irll",

] 907.

WILMA 1 -:. P E T E R SO N , 1 965-//ssislllll ( I)j"u/ 'SS.UI of .'\"lI r��ifl (..J B.S. , ' " i"" I' i t \ ' of Sa-kate l ",wall, ] ')-1- 7 : IVLS . . Ro,ton l i n i\Tr,il\', 1%:1.

IW B I':W1' E L C E i\' E P I E RSON, 1 9.)9-.. ls.w)('illl(' Professor of I�'('()nomi('s B . A ., SI. O b f Lol l , ';!'" 1 9S:Z : M . . \ . . '1o l,t l l wc,tern Uni\ ''!''it )', 1954 : fu r­t l" ,r ;!l'adnH lp , l u Jy, Nort l l \\'c,tern Ull i \ "", i l y.

H I·: H B J-: RT H O B L RT I n N S O N , 1 9 10·

Professor 0/ c'""li"h B . A . . � I .A . , U n i " " ',i t , of Ka rl"'\', 192 1 . 1�26 : P h . D . . n i \ cr, i ty o f \\"u,II '

i ll ,� to ll , 1 936.

I ' A L �I;\TTH J-:\V I 1 J-: 1 CSTAD, l IJ 4 7 - JU, 1951:1-!'ro/ess(1f' (lj Enfilish

B . A . , . t . O l u f (:ol lt-;!,·. 1 9 1:l : iVI . A . , P h . n . , C n i \ cr, i ly of Ne" l\lcxico , 1956, 1 9.,1:1.

r .or. i\ I M: R I '\TI-: R . 1<)0:;-I fLSirllclor ill .,vll r$ill� B.S., Tvn . . I"'I' Colic;!," Coll l l l 1"i:.l LJ l l in'r, i l y, 1959 : J\ L 'I . , \Va,h ing:tn l l , 1 966.

1 96 f 1 1 1 ' 1 .1 I I I It

Lons DO\' !; ! i\ C L . I 'J61l· . 1 .'1.\;,\[([11/ j-Jru/c .... sor (11' (; ('n/oMY a n d L' cf /eral :";C;Cf1CC n.s .. -'LS., t : l l i " ' , -, i l � of Id" I I I ', 1 95.3, 1 % 7 : fU I ' ther g,-" d l l a k ' l l I dy, Wa"I"

i ng lo l l �1�1 11 ' L'n i \T l'-- i l y .

C ; UJ H C I-: RO. KOS, 1 1)50-.. / ,'is ( I ( ' ifl { ( , j )rn/(',\s(Jr of . I , t B.S . . \ ,- 1 I -:d . , ) 11 l 1 1 I �'I ( ) lI n Co l i ( ',.,;' · , l 'H9: M . . \ . . n i , �,-, i l " of I "" " . 195().

1 1 . 1\ 1 \ K K :-' ,\ I ./ \ l .\ :\ . L % 1 ·

... bs(JCia / t ' Pr()/t.:..",�ur o f Pltysin'l/ FdU!"fltiu!l. H. , \ . . LI r\ l l i I�I' C( ) I I t - �, · , I 'J -l i : \ . :\ .. U l I i' I ' ,-" i t y of IOll a, 195 1 .

\\,1 l . U . \ J\ J \\ . . . \ \' I !.I X 1 %7-I .<SiS(II I J i Pro/e.<.<",- 0 / Ldil( ' (llioll. /Jeal/. 0/ Mell

n.s . . \ 1an,f i . . Jd 5 1 '1 1 ( ' <j, I i ('i!I', Pr''''''Y}''a n i a , 1 95K : i\I. J-:d., ] ' C I I I1 -,k .Lll i" Sluk U l l i " ' r, i t , , 1 9(,( ) : f l l r l lH 'r � r" d u a t'· "t l ld" 1 " ' I I I 1 " [ ' ' I l I i " Stall ' l I n i , , ' r ,. i l , .

[ O I l ;\ :'\ \' I·:S .\ C ST SCl I I I l . Lle 1 95R· PrfJ/(',..;,sor 1)/ Sucill/up.y B.A .. Ca l ' i t;< I U n i ,·cr" i l ,· . 19;15 : C"nd. Tll < 'o l . , f.\'an�e1 ic"] 1 .1 I t l ' l ' l'" n Tl lco lo� i· " , , 1 S' ·l I l i l l , l n . II) I i : i\ ! . .\ .. Ll l i \, ( ' lc-i t y of Kan"a", 19S9 : P h . D . , U n i\'"""it\' I l l' W",I , inl!tO I l . 190,.

W . \ L'I' I · : n ( I l A R I E S SU I . " C K I·: I\ H I·: RG, 19 12·;1 1. 1 952· I'ru/I's.'( > /' oj E/is/" ,-},

C radu; J t ( ' . I 'dc i fi ( ' 1 .1 I t hera n Cnl icp:(', 1037 ; A . n . , St . Olaf College, 1939 : '\. L C " I I I"�n T I n i\ ' l' I " i l y , 1 9 1 7 : P I I . D . , Wash in gton St"te U l l i \'e,-"ity, 1%0.

I': H X ST c. S C l - I W I n D F. R , 19(i7· ' / ssocialc Pru/essOl 0 . / // 1'1 ILL M .F.A., U n ; , cr"it )' of \\ ",hi l l p: tU I I , l ').-':i, 1%5.

s, I : R \' I i': ( ; s r·:n: [nS()N, 19or,· . l s.,i" lon l j){ '(J/<,:,.'j.'ior of I's)'ch olagy 1 \. .\ . , ] ' ;\ < · i f ic I . l I l i lf'l'lIl1 U n i \' e i "' i ly . 1%5 ; u.n., I . l I t l l l ' l' Th�ol op:ieal SCll I i · I I H r\', ] C)Sf) : i\ l . :\ . , C ni\'l ' I '" i tv o f \\ ' YO lll i n� , 1060 ; Ph.D .• L n i\cr"ily I) f Utah, l %(l.

I J l J - :TI·:n. I I . S 1':\'1 'I, ] 1)('; . . f..;.si .... /alll Pro.lessnr of G('rman FL .'\ . . San .To",' « tn l e r ., " I <-�!', 1 9r,3 : ;\1 . :\ . , P h . D . . n i "" r"i t y of W'hhill�ton, 19(; 1 , 196,.

T I I I,: o n O ln: C \ ROL S.J O I l I N C, 1 95 1 · " rojess(lr oj C'r/Il i 'lLlinn B.A., U n i , cr, i t )' of S",ka lchc"i ln, 1933 : -' 1 .;\., P h . ] ) ., ' n i\'cr,i l y of Min· 1 I 1'>,ota, 19 1 1 , ] % 1 .

H I I I . 1 'I I r. 1 9 7

I A U IUCE f l . SKON ES, 1964-

, I ssueiale Professor of Music, Director 0/ Choral Music B.A. , Concordia Colle).';", 191H ; M .M. Ed . , Mon tana Sta t e U nivpr,ity, 1957 ;

fu rther g raduate st1ldy, (!n iver-i lY of A rizona a n d U n i l !' , r, i l ), oE Wa"h i n e: lon .

J I l\ !i\ [ [ E L. SOLE, 1967-

, bsisLaIl I Professor of 1�·lIgli.\h B . A . , Belhal lV' Colkge, Kan-a,,,, 195 9 ; M.A. , Ka1l,-'" Sla le Teac her, Colkgc, 1962.

C \ [0 . D . S PA N GL E R , 1%1- 1%2_ 1 96.1-,'/ssis/allt Professor 0/ Fre n ch A . B . , G rove Ci ly CnlIPg", 1958 ; M.A., Pen n,;yl v a nia Sta le Ull ivehit)', 1961 : furt i ter g ra< i l la t l ' �tl l dy, Pl' I l I l:"ylvania State C I 1 i\'c r� i ly a n d U lllyt�r�i t y of l\I i nllcsota.

L Y N N S. STEI N , 1961-, 1 .Is()ciale Profes:;ur 0 1 Edu w tion B.A. , North Dakota Sta te Teachers Col le).';c, 1937 : M.A . . U n iversi ty of l\lonlana, 1952 : Ed. D. , 'lo ntana State U niversi ty, 1961.

V E R N O N L. STI NTZr, 1964 -Assistan t Professor o.f Business A dmiT/islmlion 13 . . -\ . , Coe Col lcge, 19:) 7 : ALB . A ., A rizona State Un iver.- i ty, 1964 ; fur t her g ra d u a te '''l l tdy. n iver�i t y o f \Va:-:-h ingtoll .

K A T H R Y N A . S T R I C K L A N D, 1965-In :"'lnu"toT ,:n 1l1llSlc n .M .. M.l\1.. I n d ia n a Un iwr-i t y, 196:'\, 1964 ; furt her graduate ,tudy, I n d iana L n i Yf' i'" i t y.

D O R I S C. ST CKE, 1967-/l!�s() ('ialc Profess()r of lVflTsin f.{ : Director ()f the Sch uol oj }Vu. rsl�ng B.S., American U n iversity, D.C., 1949 ; l\LEd. , U niversity of Minne,ota, 1956 ;

Ed . D., T"aci le l'" Col i ,>;;"" Colu mbia U n ivere i ty , 1967.

KWONG-TIN TA N G , 1967-//:;.';staTlt Pm/('ssor of Physi( '., n.s . . 'M.A., Un il t>r" i ty of \'('usl , i l lglol1 , 1 9SR_ 1 959 : Ph.D. , Coiul ui J ia n IYt ' /'-" i t), 1965.

F R E D E R I C K L. TOBIA SO N, 1966-, 1.,s;staTlt Profes,,,,r of Chem istr)' B.A. , Paci Eil' Lutherall U niversity , 195 (l ; Ph.D., Mich igan S t a t e University, 1 9(,:).

DO ROTHY M I L D R E D TOLLEFSOl\', 1961-A ssi:; lanl Professor 0/ ,I\"II. rsinl; B.S. '\' . , IVLEd., U nivCJ', i t y of I\'linne-otd, 1956, 1959.

1 9 8 I I I � H I ( . 1 I I n

.\ U I lL :\f TltYC,C, I·: Ton:i\, 1%7-InSlru ('tor ill jYUrWCgr'tlfl

l l l i \ l ' r , i Ly of 0,1 0 , 1 9 (, -1 : l\ 1 . A . , Ull i ,'el', i ty of Wasl , inglOIl, 1967.

P A U L WOLfC,\ ;'oI C, U I .BRICI IT, 1967-ils.<isli/l} I Projessor oj Politiml .'i" icflce B ,A . . !\t." . . I ' lL ! ) . , U l l i H · " i L ' of Washi llglon, 1 959 , 1960, 1965.

1 11\ \' I i ) I·:. U ({;'Ii I':SS, 1 % 7·

i1ssi.\ta!l.t I'rl)jc:;sor "f MIl.lie IL�!. , Concordia :" l I pg< ' . Moorhead, 1%(, : M.A., Un i"" r,ily of Den",-,., 1959.

n: R N O N LFR f: D UTZJ 'G f:R . 1%0-5:�, 1957-Pr()/CS,s,"f of Sflee('1i B.A., Nort h C(,IlLral College. 1922 : M.A., North\\'e�t('rn U nivc,-sit,·, 1929 ; Ph.! )., U n i\'ersit)' "I' SOl l L i , ern Ca l i fo rn ia , 1952.

E UX\, O I{ Mc N HTY \V l-lITE, 1967-Instruc/ur in IYursill{!,

B.S. \! . . n i v(, I ', i L y of Oregon , 1')6.') : M.S.N., U n i " c ,-,ily of Cal i fo rn i a , 1966.

M A R G A R E T O. W ICKSTHOM. 1951 -11.\sistant Projessor �j Religion, Oeafl of fI7 omen A . n . , i\ l I� I I .' La lia Co l l rg(', 19:\ 7 : lVI.R.E. , The n i bl ical Semin a r y o f Nnw York, 1 9.'i 1 .

J A N E Wr L U AM S O N , 1 % 1 -

.I/ ssor-latc Professor o j Eduwtion n.s. i n E d . , U n i,('r' i L\' o f Nla ryland, 1943 ; M.A., New York n i,ersi L)" 1 9117 : Ed. ! ) . . Colorado S L a L e Col kg" , 1 959.

" Iu r O D A I-JO K F:NST A D YO ' NC, 19311-32, 1 9 1:)­;lssociate Professor oj Physical Edllcation G radual" , Pacific Lu l l ",ran Lni" er�ily, 1935 ; B. _, M.s., Un iversity of Washi ngton, 1 9:n, 1956.

" DW I G I I T J U nSOi\ ZU I ./\ )i', 1949-53, 195'./­Professor of Bu siness A dministration

n.s., [ n i w·r.;i l), of O rellon, 1 94B ; M.S . . 'ol u rnhia U n i versi LY, 1949 : Ph. D., U n i \'e.,., i L y of l\'f i n ll .sota, 1965.

*On I a'-c, 1967-68

1 " 1 1 1. HI ,1 T R 1 9 9

Lecturers, Associate Lc"tllrer� and Assistant Lel,tllrers

A N N E LISE A N D E RSON !{oyal Conservatory of Music, Df:nlOark. Assistant Lecturer i n Music.

HELEN A. BUMGARDNER n.5. , Nonbwp>tern Un iver>ity, 195 1 ; M.r..S., University of \Va,h ington , 1959. Assistant Lecturer in Educatioll.

DEAN E. CLABAUGH B.A. , University of I l l ino is : .:\1:. A., University of Minnesota. Assoc iate Lecturer in Pol i t ical Scif 'UCt:.

BLOSSOM COHON B.A., Brooklyn College : M.A., Col umbia Un in:rsity. Assbtant Lecturer i n Music.

JOHN CON A N T B.S., U niversity o f M innesota ; l\LA., Mexico City College ; M.A.T., Colorado State College. lh"or:iate LeeLUrer in Spani. h.

I RE N E O. GRESO, 1955-56, 1966· n.S., M.S., University of Puget SOllnd, 1942, 1947. Assi stant Profe",or of B iology.

RUSSELL \'\1. CROCKETT B.A., lVI.Mus., Un iversity of I daho , 196 1 , 1966. Assistant Lcclllrer i n Music.

J E R RY EVANS B.A. in Music, B .A . i n Education, Univer,ity of Washington. Assistan t Le(:\11 rer in lYIusi<'.

]OI-IN EYRES B.A. , Central Washington State College. Associate Lec tu rer i n Jou rnalism.

CHA.RLOTTE GARRETSON B.l\L, University of Tennessee; M.M., U niversi ty of Ill inois. Assista nt Lee· tu rer in M ,,,ie.

WILLIAM H. GILBI·:RTSON B.A" U n i versi ty of Pnget Sound, 1954; M.S.W. , U niversity of Wa"hington, 1956. Assoeiate Leetu rer in Sociology.

HAROLD GRAY B.A., Pacific Lu theran University, 1944 ; B.Ed., M.A., University of Pnget Sou nd, 1916, 1950. Associate Lectu rer in Education.

KAREN HA DLEY B.A., U niversity of Washington . Assistant Lecturer in Mu�ic.

200 1 m H I. . 1 l l H

\ [\ H I I . Y N D. l-l;\ /\ \ U A 11.:\ .. Pal ' i f i( ' L l l t l l l ' l'a l i U n i Y c r- i t )' . A.--i" ta n L i .l 'c t u re r I I I B u , i ,ll 's" A d i l l i l l i,,­I r;l l i o l l .

T I l I':H I':S,\ I,:. m:1\I )\\ I-:\ n.s . . L n i\ l ' r"i l v o f ;\ I i ll llc-ota . . \-, i-t a n t Lel' t u rn I n N u r'ing.

1·'tC\ \ K L. 1 l0 1 l0 U S IL\ . . n i l I.' r - i l y o f I ' u g, ' t S o u n d . A';-llI ' i < l t ( ' l ,( , l · t l l rr.r i l l La t i l l .

M . \ I l. C ,\ H ET A . K E B L f l E K B . A . . �r e,; t " l'll \Vash i l l " / o l l Col lege o f Ednea l ion : M . A . , lClI l ra l \Va s h i n g ton C o l J , .� ( ' of I-:dl l l · a t io l l . ;\ "I)( ' i a t l ' Lt' I ' l n rc r i n E d l l l ' a t i o n .

( ; E N E P_\ U L K 1 LL I A 1 1 1 . 5 . . M.S .. I ' h . l l . , \\ a _ l l i n � t o ll Stal! ' e n i",'r"i t \, . A'"or ialc Ledu rl!r in Ptil'­( ' 1 1 f)1 ( J�y.

S A N n H ,\ n. K\' i\ PP B.S.:'-!" 1\I .S.i\L, J u i l l ia rd School o f ]\[u"i l ' . A",i-ta n t Lec t u re r I I I ]\[I I" i l ' .

] ) ,\ i\' 1 1: I .1 . K B A I.1 K B . A . , N o t l' ( ' I la me

'U U i\T I'" i t y, 1 962 : M.Ed. , WaYl I " S l a te U n i \ cr,;i t)', 196 1 .

", ,, i , t a n t 1 . 1 ' 1 ' t i l 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' i n E d l l l ' a t i o n .

1 l0 N N �\'. 1 . <\ CC H U I\ U.s. A n Ed., C a l i fo rn i a (olleg(' o f ,\ IH a n d C ra fh, 1959. As-isla u t Lee·

t l l rer in A rl .

f lU RTON C. I . 8r\'Ii\ 10 'I flA., \\' i l la n w t t e U n i\'f'I" i t y : 1.S., Oregon Stalc University. A"'ol ' iatc Lec­til reI' in S l 'a n i,h.

K i\ H I·; i\' A . MA n n A n.M. , ' n i' l ' l', i l \' o f I da h o . 1 965 : ilL\., ' n iver, i ty o f \Va " h i n g to n , 1967. A,'i- tant l .e c l i l re r in M I I,ie.

A l A N 1 l0L'CI.,\ S i\,[d , EO I l 1 3 . . \ . , l J n i \'cl'- i l y o f \\';b] , i J l � to l l : M . A . , I I l v'er;;i t )' o f 10\\' '' ; 1\L I '.s. , U n iwr,jLy " I' \\''' ' ' ' i l l� t l ) l l . A,,,,w i a t " L" c ll l rf , r i n Pol i t i ( 'al Sl ' i ence.

A I . iVI E D I ) .\ ' ( ; H 1 1 . .:\ . , U n i l l'r- i l l' or I ) I l �" t Sound. A",i>ta l l t L" I ' U l l" '!, i l l iVTu,ic.

\ LB E HT F.. C l l l M K I� IL\. i n E d . , E""l l ' r l l Wa,l l i ng t o l l S t a l e Col lcg .. ' , 1 936 : B . A .. U n i\'( ! l',i t y u f \\'�" I l i ngl l ) l l , E) l5 . A""i,t"nt I .ee t l l rer i n Edncat ion.

HO R E HT E . SC I I i\l l / ) B.A., n ivcr,; i ty o f f'ugel Sound. Lect u rer i n General E n g i neering.

1 1 1 1 , I i i : ,I I l l ' 201

F R E I l I·:H I L K S C H W E I ' PI': B.'\'f . , i\ !a d ' ) " l i 1 C(\1 1e�l' of 'vIII,i . . , ,\ [ i nllcal 'o1 i , ; fl .A . , Y <l 1 l 'a r a i ,o U n inT, i l " : i\l.A. , Syr a l ' l l "" U l l i '· ( ' (' .-i l v. L, ... l l l r t · r in Mil- ie .

K.\T I I , \ R! N E R. S E C E l{ n.s. , L n i , , ,r-i l " of N,· 1ml,ka. A " i - l a I l L LCl ' l l l r" r In n l l - i IlP'" ,\ dllli l l i , t l'n L i o l i .

M;\\tY I I E: I .E N T HOMPSON B.\T . , O I H' r 1 i l l C011 q,'" 1 940. '\", i - I 'I I I I 1 . ' ' 1 ' 1 1 1 \ 1 ' 1' i l l .\I I I, i . . .

\ 'l i\ K. TREMAI'l F: n .M" U l l i\l '\',ity of O rr'gol l . !\ ,�i ,ta n t Lectllrn i l l �Il.l , i l ' ,

IW I l 'l I':Y I · : . \VA I. K E H B.A . , U n i n ' r , i l ), of Pugel Sou nd, 1 9o59. i\" j.'lal l l I . , . . . tu rl'l ' i l l 1311 , i l l l>'" Ad­m i n istrat ion .

1 1 1\ Y \V \ R RI � N B,A" l I ive r, i t)' o f Puget Son n d : M.A" Uni" cr'iLy o f \Va , h i ngton, Lecturer in E dl H ' a t i o l l .

I l O � A I .D A . \\ t \ T N E I l . A . . ' L A . . Cl l in, r - i t ) of J\ !o l l l 'l n a . 1 9(,0, 1 % 1 . \ " o . . i a tc 1 .t:l' l n l' f 'r i l l ECI)' 1l 0 1 1 1 1 ( · � .

I':SSI';Y W O I . F1 W i\ ! ILL M.s,\\ . . U n i " c r ' i t )' o f \\·a-), i l l g l o n . A,-ol ' iatc L'>t: l n re r I I I Sor· iology.

\ \'O X ;\, I·: i\ l . Z U B A I . l K 1 3 . ;\ . . 1 " l I ' i f i , · I .n t l l l ' ran n i"I 'r, i l ,· , 1 9(' 1 : A " i,ta llt Lel ' \ l l \tT in Frenel\ .

LiLra,'Y

F ft A N K H AM I I .TON H A LE Y, 1 95 1 · I.i I,/([ rillfl B . A . , \\' i I L I I I l < ' t l l ' Un iw,!" i ly , 1 93;; : B,U" I l rt;\\, n i ' er, i t) , 19 15 : A.13,L.S., C ll i , ( 'r,; il\' o f \\'a, h i ng toll, 1 %0, F l l l' \ h lT gradnate 'In dy, D rcw nin,rsil)" U l l in::r,; i l y of Ca l n h r idgc, U n i " cr,i l y of Z u rich.

' II B I " ]\[ R U T l I HECKi\1 \ \ , 1I)1i-1 ·

!V([li/ral ([nd Social Sdcnccs Librarian

B.A" ' l l i V f > l',; i l y or PIlge t SOll nd, 192fl ; M . A . , UO,otOll U n i " c I',it y, 1933 ; i\I.l. ihr., Un i\'(; r , i l y of Wa,hi nglon, 19M.

i': I ) \\ ' ,\ H n L. \\ i-I l TT A K E ll H ciercll f 'c LilJ Tllrian

B.S. , Mil rrav Statr College, 195 9 : �I .A. L. S., e l l i \ ( T,i I) of ;' [ i ciligall, 1 963.

202 I IlF II < : 1 "; 1 1 B

EMER ITI

OTT I LI E E L I S E L I TT I . I::, 1 ge1 (,-5 1 , 1%2_ Professo r Emeritus oj G e rman, I 'J(,(, A . B . , U l l i \ ('r " i t y of l i l i n oi" 1 92:; ; M.A. , U n i\er,i l), of \Ta ,h i n g l o n . 1 02(, ;

" h . l 1 . . I L, n 'c a l i( ' U n iwr,it\ . [ Ll ll l j , , , rg, Germany, 1 9.i 7.

L U i\ ]<; K R A A BE ! . M O [ l K I'; f\ , 1 95:;' , / s50( 'ifl l e Prolc.\sor Emerilus 0.1 '\' " rsi,,!', 1 %7. I l . A . . 5 t . O ! a f Col I ( '�, ' _ 1 ()2fl : n . i'> . , " : " ( , l I l l l I ' ! 1I0' l ' i t a ! Sl ' i lno ! " I' !\ I l l - i , ,�. 19;1 1 : 1\!.N. , U n i\", - i t\, o f Wa ,h i l l e: t o " , 1 96 2 .

'L\C N li::; \l O DT Y ]<; DT, 1 9 1 7 , Prolessor Emeritus o f Hislory, 1963

B . ,·\ . , S t . O l a f ( 'o l l {')£,', 1 9 1 7 : \ . ! . . CO! l l lll h ia n i\pr-i t )', 1 920 : B.Th.,

I .l I t l l l ' r T I , , ·ol o,� i , · ,t l 5" l I l i l l a n , 1 ')25 : Th.1\I . , Pri n( ,eton Theolog i c a l SCll l i -

1 ( '1 1 \ , 1028 : " 1 l . D . , n i \ e r, i t )' o f C h icai!;o, 1 050 .

. \' \ 1 ) ]< : 1\ ::; \\' I I . I . L\ I R ,\]I.!' "!'A I ) , 19205. Professor Emcrilrl., oj Chemistry, 19G1

B '\ . , 51 . Olaf C o i l ",!". 1 9 1 1 : Cando Thcol . , L" t i ' e r TI 'eoloi!i " a l ,' ( , Ill i na r\"

1 ') JH : t'-T 's . , U n i \ ei , i t y of \Va -h i ng ton , 19:16 : f " r t h c r g ra d"a t e 'tndy, n i ­

\I ' I'., i t \ o f Wa,l , i ll',!; IOJ1 : 1 , , [ 1. 1) . , l . " t l " T Coi I . -gc, 1960.

KEI j\ l I':I{ N 1': 1 .501\ HOE, 1 947, , I .'s,)('ia / c Pmics.,,,, Emeritus oj R eli!,i, ,", r; r ee/;-, 1 067

B.t\ . , Lntl ler Co l l c ",c, 1 925 : B.TI , . , L n t h " r 'I' l l ( 'o logi ( ' a l . · , · n l i na r) , 192B : i\I.T i < . , Prin( 'eton TI" 'o loi!; j I ' Cl I S l ' l l I i na r),. 1')29 .

.l O S [·:F 1-:. I l l . R j'( N ING, 19 18, , i ssis{(lnl Prn/cSSQr f,'merilus 01 iVf([ th ematin, 1 9(, 1 BJL S l . O l a f C :o l l ci!;" , 1 9 1 6 : !\l. A . , l Jn i\ (' I', i t y o[ M i l l llC", ta, 1 9 4 1 .

I ' , \ li G . V I G N E S ' , 1956, .lss(), -iule Pro/essur Emerilll,\ 01 Religion ([ n d

lfistury, I lJ()S B . . \ . , 51 . O I Cl f Col l ege, 1 9 1 8 : lVU\ . , P h . D., 5 t<1 n fO I-d Un ivcn;ity, 1924, 1930.

r H ' I " ( 0 1 :\ 1 1 1 11 1

FACULTY COMMITTEES 1 967-68

20 3

The f i rst·n a m ed memhe (' of eac h committee is t he c h a i rman. The President is all advisory member of all cOl1l m i t tee�.

ADM ISSIO ' S : DeBower, Dough ty, Sen:rtso" . .-\ dvisory members : Lea", , " Langev in , Dan ie!,;on, Moe, C. A nder"JIl.

A WnST S E H I E S : Bassc t t, N ewnham, l\ordqn i sr . Aelvisory member" Moe, Skones, U tzinger.

ATHLETICS : Huestis, Kl0 l'"" h , P a t t ie . Advi-orv nwml",rs : Buchanan, 1\ o rd· qn ist, B rot:k"L

CO;\IlVrITTEE ON COMMITTE ES : Fa rme(', Blomqu i:-t, A . Knn,!,;on , Lernas, Nordqnis t .

COMMITT E E TO I'RO'V[OT[ G R A DUATE ST D I E S : Bcxton, John ston, Tob ia<;()n. Ach'isory memhers : Langevin, Anelerson, l\Ioe,

E DU C ATION AL POLI C I E S : Ek l un d , Hexton, Jones, A . Pederson, Skones, Spal lg l er. Advi .. ...;ory IlH� l nber� : Langev i l l , A n der�on, IHoe:.

FACULTY \v 1� LFA R E : Akrp, Cu l ver, Jone:;,

F I N A ' CI A L ASSISTA tCE : St intzi , H o l mberg, (lavis. Ad v isory m embers : Buc hanan, Dan ielson, VanBeek

I ,ECT U R E AND CONVOCATI O N : BIomqu i ,st , Pederson, Karl, Nordholm. Ad\' i�o l'Y L l lel l lber� : La ngedn, Lca�llre. La r:-:gaa rd, Dal ton

I . I B R A R Y : G id d i ngs, Mart inson, \\ill iamson , Ad,' i>'()rY mem hers : Ha ley,

Lange\' in , An de r . ...;o 11: Moe

P ' fl U CATIONS : Hu ber, W il l ia m!)on, K i ng . A dvi sory m em bers : Langevin,

Netlvig, Ander�on, Moe

RELIGIOUS ACTIV I T IE S : Rcigstad, A rbaugh, Hu Der. Advi:;ory meII1bers : Ek l u ud, Lt l'" gaa rd

SOCI A L : Ahc th , Strickland, Cha�e, Durham, Pa t t ie. Ad"ioo ry m€m lJer : Doug l , · CrLy

STAN D A R D S : Schi l ler, Cha,c, Adams, Gi l benson, Obcn . Advisory members : Leasure, Sandle(', \Vickstrom

STUDENT ACAD E M 1 C STATUS : Fle tch er, L. Johnson, Utzinger. Advisory mClu!Jcrs : Lange" in , Buchanan, Lea,ure, Anderson, Moe, Sandler, Wickstrom

STU DENT ACTI\, lTIES AND WELFA R E : Doughty, W. Peterson, Govig. A .-h'i,o ry members : LeaHlre, Saudler, W ickstrom

'TUDENT P U B Lf CATIONS : Rei"ner ( student ) , Christopherson , Johnston, Schnacken berg. Advi:;ory members : Stener" en ( ASPLU P res. ) , Nesvig, Editors and Faculty Ad, i crs of a l l student J lu bl i ca t ions.

204 ' t I I I n

Statistical Sunllnary

E. ROLD') Ei'lT-SJlI"i n�, 1 9(,7 Men \Yoml'lI Tnl a l

GradllatC '...: 300 3.1H (,3R Senior> 1 75 1 59 :n l J l l n i f l " .... :200 :2 19 ·I ICJ Sopholl lore,; 26fl 2% So2

f,.. " I I I l I l · 1 I 277 :I(,S 6 1 2

S p ' T ; " I , 1 6 :t2 :IH TO l a l 1 ,234 1 . 129 :!,6(':�

E:"il I .LlH E�T -SlIl lllller, 1 967

G radl la l l " 2'l2 1:1:\ (,().�

. ( ' Il i o r .. I ::> I II I H(,

) u ll ; or, - I I -.) 1 - 1 1 3

S( J l l l lo l l 1 o n · ... :n 2.i 1 9 F'n ', I I I I l ! ;n 15 1:2 2,

� I I I T ; a l ., 7 :10 2i Tot a l :192 67S 1 ,067

E � ROLLME:"oIT-F" I I , 1 %7

1 ; r: td l l i l te-- 269 203 1 -')

Sl'n ior=-- 1 97 :t2:1 120

r l i l l ior� :nl 2.; ] -iCJ·' �Ol d IO I 1 1 0n ' ... 2 1R :300 5 1 B Frl'.' l l I l I I ' 1l :j30 480 R IO

SpIT ; a l , 22 :IB (,Q

Total 1,309 1 .4% L.BO-)

T nl I \ { I I It 205

G EOGIU PnlCA L U I ST HI B UTIO:\-Fa ll , J 9(.7

\\:a ... l l j l 1�tOll

O rr�OIl Ca l i fo rn i" \lO" ( ; L L L" l < l a l L o

A l a-ka

:'Iurl l L Dakota

�! i " " I ,,()ta

H a \\ a i i Col orado \',.\\ , YO L k p('l l l l ..;,�·I\"'l l l i i l

I I I i n o i ,

l l t a h i\ , '" .Trr.-I ·\ :-;oLL t i L Dakota

\ ril,o l l<-l

O h io T" \[l,

[ " d i a n a

\'('\'ada

1 .9H2 J lB Hl:! (n :1')

:W L.S 2:! HI 1 7

B

H

6 6 5

, J

:\

1 0\\ (.1

' 1 i l ' I L i " ' L L : \ " '1 :'l In i ( 'o

\ ' i ! "!I i J J j ; 1 K " " I Ll I ' k l

\ 1 a -- ;" , I " I-et l-

" a r, Ia"d ,\ 1 ;,-i-,i l ' l ' i

\\ j"co l I .. j l \

< : i I i ""

I l O l l ;,! f\..t 1 I l �

Cannela

Kt ' 1 1 Y�1

\ , , - I ,.,I i ; a I ) , · n n l " ,.].;

C , C 'rJ l 1 <- 1 I IY [ " d i a

J ordan

Ta i \\ a l l

To t a l

RELIG I O US AFF I I ,l .\T 1 0 N S-F"II , 1 967

1 ,l ll ite" at' T I l l ' :\ 1 ,< ,

1 .( ' .1\

Ol hl'" J)cllominalio.", P I'{'�I)yt(' ria J I

\kt l lo" i" t

Ll l hn l i , ' 1 ': p ; " ' O I Ja l ia"

I kl l ' t i , 1

( : o l l ;! rt'l!tl t iona l

O i l ", ,. ,dli l ia l ionl'

No alli l ia t i l l i l

Dill 2<JO

1H:1

1B2

]: 12

9H 91

52

1:25 2,1(i

\ I i'_O I l I' j 1 1 t ' 1a .- ; l i l 'd

Total 1 , l I t h Na ,,-

To l a l

LI I ,-I \ 1 l '1'0'1' 1 1 .

1 .) 3 :2 :z 1 1

1 1

2.BO �

159 .)')

f.(';i):,

1 . 1 0')

:Z,110 I

206

Index

Academ i c O rganization Acadcn l ic Proba tion Academic Procedures Acc red i tat ion A t , t i\" i t i(��

A t ld ,! t ic Depa rt l l lenta l Gencl'al l Ionora l'Y )\[u,ieal P u l d i c a t ions Rel igiolls S pcee h l\ rts

Adm i n ist rative Officers A(l l l l i �.-.;.iolh

A,h-ann'd Placemen t Program , \ u d i tors Ea rl y lkcision Pol icy Early A d m issions Pol icy Graduate S t u dies Proc cdulTs Rc-a d rn i s,sion of ro rnler

S t u , k n t s Non-dq .! ret:;: St u de n � Tra nsfer Students

Advancer! P lace men t Program A i r ror'cc Rc",,-ve OAicers

T ra i n i n� PrOi-!J'am A l u m n i A S ,so c i a t ion j\ rt B l l i l d i n!,: A rts a n d S c i (,nces, Col l ege of A t l de t ics A l l d i l i n p; of COll r:se� A u t omohi le, and other Mo tor

Vehicles

Board and Room Board of Collpl!;c EdlIC',ation Board of n('�('nls Book Store B u i l d i n!,:s, Un iw'r,si ty f311�i rH:·:-=:s A dm i n i . ...; t ra t ion,

S"hool of

41 37

35

9

29

:�O

30

29

30

30

31

i \1 3]

184

13

16

IS, 1 7

1 1

1 4

11 7

B

1 5

I S

1 4

16

IlS

10, 1 M

1 1

42

30

15, 36

31

18

11l.'3

Hl2

2!l

1 0, 12

50

Calendar Ca m l 'us Cert i ficat ion C h J. l 1p;t ;� i ll Hcgistrat ion Chu n · h Olli( , ia Ls Cha pel H.,.sl'orhi h i l i t i(�s Classi fica t i o n o f Studenb Classroom Building Cofre" Shops Co l kgc En tl'ance Exam i na t ion

Board T"sts Coi l , ·!':" of A rts and Sc iences Co l lege of Profess ional Stu dies Co l l (·g;c lnion B u i ldin� Col u l l I l , ia Center COlll lll u u i ty Life Cost. Est i mate Cou nspl i llp; and T,;sl.ing Ser\' iee� Cou rse Load COll r�e:; of Jnstruct ion

A rt B iol o;!y nu"i nc'" A d m i n istra t ion Chelll i < t ry Economics E d u c a t ion En�l i,h Fo reign La ng(la �f'<';

Classics F re n r l r German Greek Japal lc<:'t-'. La t i n L i rq!lI i;o: t icos Nor\\'P�ian RlI�:-:ian Spani,h

Gcnernl Engineering Geo�raphy Geoloi'!Y

He3 1 t h a nd Pl l y,sieal Educat ion H istory

6, 7

1 0 5 5 :16

183 28 38 I I

2 9

1 3 42

_ 50 I I

I I

25

19 27

35

9.1- 11l1

94

97

102 109 II3 I l 7

124 128 129 1 .30 B l UP,

1 :>2

1 29

1 2P,

B2 112 1 :\2 B3 }''3.) 134

135 140

.1 oll rn a l i'lll .\!athcl ilil t i r> rvru,ic

f u r:-: i n g P h i lo'!,p h y P h y,i[ 'al E d u c a t i o n Phy "j( , ,-.; Pol i t i ( ,a l Science P,,)T l lo logy Rt' l igioIl R,,'('rve Ollicer T ra i n i ng Cor p' S"i['nc[' ( Genera l ) . (}c io lngy S peec h

Cr .. d i t by Exa m i na t ion

144 IH Ufl 1 5,'\

1 55

US

ISH 1 (,2 l(,;) 1m 1 7 1 l:l:1 ] ,:,1 177

35

:W Dr'an', Li,t n,'�n'e, 42, 50. 73, fiB

20 D C I '0:,i tory for Studr'nt' D i , i, ion of C ,-aduat ! ' ' t u d ies

/-:,,,t, 'o)d CI ra p'·) E .. h l l ' < l t ion, 5 . . 1 ,001 o f

J.: l i g- i h i l i ty E , n pl o y m e l l t. Studcnt 1':ll m l l l l l l 'n t E l l t ra n ( ' e Rcf [ l I i rc rn e n l. ... Even ing C:L.l;-;-=t�="'

Fac u l t y Fa!' u l t y Comm i t tees Fep.,

Ct ' l l tT<.d 7I[u, ;c Spr'c i a l

r i f t l , Yea r Hequirel11ents Fin:ln('p" Financial A i d

1\7

I I S.·� :{R

29 20 1

1 ,), I 1 ,1·1

10, IH()·202 203

l 7

Fille and A p p l ied r\n�, School of

17 ]R

17 5S 17

21 ,�

C('()�ra p hical D istri hu t ion GO\nnm('nt o f th" U nivcr�ity

2R

205

9

207

Grade Points :1', r ; ra ,Ie .0,7 C ra d u a t e St l ld ie:-;, D i v i . ..;, inn of H 7

C , ra d l la t io l1 Honors :l'J G raduat ion Hr''lr r i rTfllcnls 4 1

A l so, :-,tT t l ) e Col le�c, and S . . hoob

C n. l l l t� 22 c,y m 1 I ;J:-; l U 111 1 1

I ll 'al th CI 'ntl 'r 1 1 l ka l t h a n d Medical S rvice 26 H ea l t h ] n:'u ra ncc 26

I T i,tory of t llf: n ivC'r .... ity fl T -TouIH:' COtl r:-:e:-: :{H I 1onors at F:lltrance 15 HOll � i ng 33

La tl' A fternoon a n d Lihra ry, Mort" 'dt Loan Fu n d "

En-ning Cla"SI�S 34 10

1 .01 ' ; 1 1 ; 011 of U n i """ ',it)'

I'ILtjors ]\[a,t r'l\ DC!!"" I" O fTen',d IIf .. c i i l ' ,r 1 T"l 'hno lo !;y Cou r,,­I\I()() r in� i\h"t

n H

42. ,1:\ gf; 4B :n

N a t i o n a l ! Jelen,,, F:ducalion A c t 2 1

l\ l l l 1 l 1 ) ( ' r i n.� Sy:-..t ( ' 1 l l i\ l t r,s ing, S c h o o l o f

Ohj"c t iv I> o f t l " , U n i\r " ',i t y O ril ' , lla t ion O w rtn,h i p and S u p port

Pa . . ; !ie i\orthwc,t I n t c rcol ll!g;a t e :\ t l > l eti . . Con[('J'('w'"

r.l r i,; } , Work PaYl l len t !-' Ph)" i"al I::xa m i na t io n Place o f H . . ,idcncc Pla'TnH'nt Sen'icc

9.) HO

4 25

B

30 49 19 14 3:? 29

208

Prp- l ) r()fe .... � i0nal Progra lll ..... I ' rr: - I lrntal P r(' · E l I g i nf'f ' r ing P re- I ,aw PIT- I\ l e c i i c i nc I ) n-· ·Tl l t- 'o l ogy

Pri l l l " i l lu l ':-; ( : r('cicl l t i a i :-.; Prog:ral l l'-' for Careers

Iladio S ta t ion Ral l l4ad I Ia l l Re-Admi" ion of Former tudcn b H"fnnd,

4 7 4 4

46 47 49 51i 44

1 0

I I ]5 20

B(-�i�t('r, 1'111' 1HIi Iki! i�l l-a t i lln �S B(-l i i!ioll� Anil ial ion 20S [{,,! ,catillg: of C()n r�('" - 37 Heqll i rclllI'll t" En tra lll'r 1.3, H [{'-q l l i n- llH'nls, Gradua l i o n 4 1 Hc" :r\"(� On,rcr Tra i n i ng: Corps 85 H , -, i e lencp l I a l l , I i . 32 Room R"-,,,-vations and A"ip;nn'lf'nts 32

Sil�a Sdlolarsh i p Hcqui rf'l1l cnLs Scl loi<t r,hi Jl" S,-hool o f BII, in c,,, A d m i n istra tion School o f Edl l<'u t ion Sdlnlli o f F i n " a n d A pplied A rts Sc hool of N u r,ing S,-hedni ing Sc ien(- ,' Hall Soc - in l Wo rk

3 1

2-i

2:1

SO 5:�

7.'-1 80

:�2

1 1

49

Standard C e n i Er -at ion Stalisti , -al SUll lmary Student A ffa i rs

t lH lent Hildy ,· ' llldent ( :ol l J!rep;a t i o n Sl.nd,'nt Loa n F u n d , Student Organizations S w d ,!n t P n h l i , - a l i !) I l ., Slll d":nl Tea c h i ng: Su m m e r e!<sion Swinnning Pool _ y m hol,

Tahle o f Content, T"cll l l la-Piner: Aell i l i nistra tion

Rn i l rl i ng T:r i l ' l l t A wa rcb Tc-a,-h,-,r Edl(('ation T('�l i ll� Sf'I'\' i('f' Transfer S t n dp.n l ­Tu i t ion

U n i v(T,i tv , Ti ll' n i vf'r..: i ty R l1 i l d i ng�

° n ivp.rsi l y R 'ql l i l't'IlH'll t �

Vct"nln, A ffa i rs

\\ 'a.-"l lol l'" a l ld Shops W i t h drawa l from (ol1 1'S('s .

Xavier Hall

55 2(];\

25

9 31 22

29-31 3 1 59

:31 1 1

'),1

3

10

22

53-71 27 1 4 1 7

H 10, 12

'11

27

1 1

36

1 1

...